As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2016
Securities Act File No. 333-209666
Investment Company Act File No. 811-21337
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-14
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
x Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 | ¨ Post-Effective Amendment No. |
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
620 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10018
(Address of Principal Executive Offices: Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)
1-888-777-0102
(Area Code and Telephone Number)
Jane E. Trust
Legg Mason & Co., LLC
100 International Drive
Baltimore, MD 21202
(Name and Address of Agent for Services)
with copies to:
Sarah E. Cogan, Esq. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 425 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10017 |
Robert I. Frenkel, Esq. Legg Mason & Co., LLC 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, Connecticut 06902 |
Calculation of Registration Fee under the Securities Act of 1933:
|
||||||||
Title of Securities Being Registered |
Amount Being
Registered(1) |
Proposed
Maximum Offering Price per Unit(1) |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1) |
Amount of
Registration Fee(2) |
||||
Common Stock ($.001 par value) |
14,290,553 shares | $135,868,000 | $9.50 | $13,682 | ||||
|
||||||||
|
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee. |
(2) | Previously paid. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL PARTNERS INCOME FUND INC.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
620 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10018
, 2016
Dear Stockholder:
A Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders (the Meeting) of Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (GDF) and Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (EHI and together with GDF, the Funds) will be held at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, New York, on Friday, July 22, 2016 at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, for the purposes of considering and voting on a proposal to approve the merger of GDF with and into EHI in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law (the Merger). The attached Proxy Statement/Prospectus asks for your approval of the proposed Merger. After careful consideration, the Board of each Fund recommends that you vote FOR the proposed Merger.
As a result of the Merger, each share of common stock of GDF would convert into an equivalent dollar amount (to the nearest $0.001) of full shares of common stock of EHI, based on the net asset value of each Fund on the date preceding the Merger. EHI will not issue fractional shares to GDF stockholders. In lieu of issuing fractional shares, EHI will pay cash to each former holder of GDF common stock in an amount equal to the value of the fractional shares of EHI common stock that the investor would otherwise have received in the Merger. The currently issued and outstanding common shares of EHI will remain issued and outstanding.
Both GDF and EHI are closed-end, diversified management investment companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange. GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives, different secondary investment objectives and similar policies and strategies. GDF seeks to maintain a high level of current income. Capital appreciation is a secondary objective. EHIs primary investment objective is high current income and EHIs secondary investment objective is total return. A more detailed comparison of the Funds investment objectives and policies appears in the attached Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The current investment objectives and policies of EHI will continue unchanged if the Merger occurs.
The Board believes that the Merger is in the best interests of both GDF stockholders and EHI stockholders. GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives and similar policies and strategies, which will allow GDF stockholders to continue to have exposure to emerging market and high yield securities. Moreover, the combined Fund will likely benefit from economies of scale, as one set of fixed expenses would be spread over a larger asset base, as well as from enhanced market liquidity and additional opportunities for diversification. Furthermore, the Merger will result in more streamlined high yield product offering, allowing for more focused marketing and stockholder servicing efforts.
Your vote is very important to us regardless of the number of shares you own. Whether or not you plan to attend the Meeting in person, please read the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and cast your vote promptly. To vote, simply date, sign and return the proxy card in the enclosed postage-paid envelope or follow the instructions on the proxy card for voting by touch-tone telephone or on the Internet.
If you have any questions about the proposal to be voted on, please call Georgeson LLC, the proxy solicitor, at 888-565-5190.
It is important that your vote be received no later than the time of the Meeting.
Sincerely,
Jane E. Trust
President and Chief Executive Officer
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc.
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL PARTNERS INCOME FUND INC.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
IMPORTANT NEWS FOR STOCKHOLDERS
The enclosed combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus describes a proposal to merge Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (GDF) with and into Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (EHI, and together with GDF, the Funds) in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law (the Merger).
While we encourage you to read the full text of the enclosed combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus, here is a brief overview of the proposed Merger. Please refer to the more complete information contained elsewhere in the combined Proxy Statement/Prospectus about the Merger.
COMMON QUESTIONS ABOUT THE PROPOSED MERGER
Q. | Why am I receiving the Proxy Statement/Prospectus? |
A. As a stockholder of either GDF or EHI, you are being asked to vote in favor of a proposal to merge GDF with and into EHI in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law.
Q. | How will the Merger affect me? |
A. If the Merger is approved, GDF will be merged with and into EHI in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law. GDFs assets and liabilities will be combined with the assets and liabilities of EHI, and stockholders of GDF will become stockholders of EHI.
As a result of the Merger, each share of common stock of GDF would convert into an equivalent dollar amount (to the nearest $0.001) of full shares of common stock of EHI, based on the net asset value of each Fund on the date preceding the Merger. EHI will not issue fractional shares to GDF stockholders. In lieu of issuing fractional shares, EHI will pay cash to each former GDF stockholder in an amount equal to the value of the fractional shares of EHI common stock that the investor would otherwise have received in the merger. The currently issued and outstanding shares of EHI common stock will remain issued and outstanding. Stockholders of EHI will be stockholders in a larger fund.
Q. | Why is the Merger being recommended? |
A. The Board believes that the Merger is in the best interests of both GDF stockholders and EHI stockholders. GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives and similar policies and strategies, which will allow GDF stockholders to continue to have exposure to emerging market and high yield securities. Moreover, the combined Fund will likely benefit from economies of scale, as one set of fixed expenses would be spread over a larger asset base, as well as from enhanced market liquidity and additional opportunities for diversification. Furthermore, the Merger will result in more streamlined high yield product offering, allowing for more focused marketing and stockholder servicing efforts.
At a meeting held on November 11 and 12, 2015, the Board of Directors of each Fund, including all of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Funds under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Independent Directors), unanimously approved an Agreement and Plan of Merger with respect to both Funds.
Q. | Are EHIs investment objectives and policies similar to those of GDF? |
A. GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives, different secondary investment objectives and similar policies and strategies.
GDF seeks to maintain a high level of current income. Capital appreciation is a secondary objective. EHIs primary investment objective is high current income and EHIs secondary investment objective is total return.
Under normal market conditions, GDF will invest at least 33% of its total assets in high yield U.S. corporate debt securities. GDF also will be able to invest up to 33% of its total assets in a broad range of other U.S. and non-U.S. fixed income securities, both investment grade and high yield securities, including but not limited to corporate bonds, loans, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, preferred stock and sovereign debt, derivative instruments of the foregoing securities and dollar rolls. In addition, under normal market conditions, GDF will invest at least 33% of its total assets in securities of issuers that are, or are incorporated in or generate the majority of their revenue in, emerging market countries. GDF may invest up to 50% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated securities.
Under normal market conditions, EHI will invest (i) at least 10% of its total assets in below investment grade (high yield) fixed income (debt) securities issued by corporate issuers and (ii) at least 10% and up to 80% of its assets in emerging market fixed income securities or investment grade fixed income securities. The Fund has broad discretion to allocate its assets among the following segments of the global market for below investment and investment grade fixed income securities: corporate bonds, loans, preferred stock, mortgage and asset-backed securities and sovereign debt, and derivatives instruments of the foregoing securities.
The current investment objectives and policies of EHI will continue unchanged if the Merger occurs.
It is currently anticipated that minimal, if any, portfolio turnover will occur as a result of the Merger. Additionally, GDF utilizes Western Management Company Ltd. (Western Japan) for investment in Japan, while EHI does not utilize Western Japan as a subadviser. Because GDF does not have any investments in Japan, nor are any investments in Japan currently being contemplated, it is not anticipated that any changes to EHIs portfolio will be made as a result of the non-utilization of Western Japan.
Please see Comparison of Investment Objectives, Strategies, and Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus for a more complete comparison of the Funds investment objectives, policies and a summary of the principal risks of investing in the Funds.
Q. | How will the Merger affect fees and expenses? |
A. As further described below, assuming the impact of EHIs voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, it is anticipated that GDFs total expense ratio will decline by 0.07% on net assets, from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger, and EHIs pro forma total expense ratio will be reduced by 0.07% on net assets from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger. Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (LMPFA) provides administrative and certain oversight services to the Funds. GDF pays an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 1.05% of GDFs average weekly net assets. Similarly, EHI currently pays LMPFA, which is also EHIs investment manager, an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 0.85% of average daily net assets plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings (managed assets), along with a voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, which reduced the annual rate of that fee to 0.80% of the average daily managed assets. LMPFA implemented a voluntary investment management fee waiver on EHI of 0.05% beginning on March 1, 2010 through December 31, 2016. LMPFA has a financial interest in the Merger because its respective fees under agreements with EHI, which are based on managed assets that take into account the use of leverage, are higher than under the respective agreements with GDF, which are based on net assets and do not account for the use leverage, and increase as the assets of EHI increase, including the use of leverage. In addition, it is anticipated that former stockholders of GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.11%, or approximately $161,000, following the Merger as a result of EHIs management fee (not including the management fee waiver) being calculated on managed assets, rather than net assets. GDF also pays 0.62% in other expenses based on its average daily net assets, whereas EHI only pays 0.54% in other expenses based on its average daily net assets. It is anticipated that GDFs total expense ratio will remain the same and EHIs will decline by 0.03% as a result of the Merger. However, assuming the impact of EHIs voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, it is anticipated that GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.04%, or approximately $58,000, and GDFs total expense ratio will decline by 0.07% on net assets, from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger.
Q. | Will I have to pay any taxes as a result of the Merger? |
A. The Merger is intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Assuming the Merger qualifies for such treatment, you generally will not recognize a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Merger. GDF stockholders may, however, recognize gain or loss with respect to any cash those stockholders receive pursuant to the Merger in lieu of fractional shares. As a condition to the closing of the Merger, GDF and EHI will each receive an opinion of counsel to the effect that the Merger will qualify for such treatment. Opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or the courts. You should talk to your
2
tax advisor about any state, local and other tax consequences of the Merger. See Proposal 1Information About the Proposed MergerFederal Income Tax Consequences.
Q. | Who will pay for the Merger? |
A. The costs of Merger, including the costs of preparing, printing, assembling and mailing material in connection with this solicitation of proxies for GDF and EHI are estimated to be approximately $216,700 and $250,700, respectively. LMPFA will bear 50% of each Funds costs of the Merger, with the remaining costs shared equally by the Funds.
Q. | How does the Board of each Fund recommend that I vote on the Merger? |
A. After careful consideration, GDFs Board of Directors, including all of the Independent Directors, and EHIs Board of Directors, including all of the Independent Directors, unanimously recommend that you vote FOR the Merger.
Q. | What will happen if the Merger is not approved? |
A. If the Merger is not approved, GDF and EHI will continue as separate investment companies, and each Board will consider such alternatives as it determines to be in the best interests of such Funds stockholders, including reproposing the Merger.
Q. | When is the Merger expected to happen? |
A. If each Funds stockholders approve the Merger, the Merger is expected to occur on or about August 12, 2016.
Q. | Will my vote make a difference? |
A. Your vote is very important and can make a difference in the governance of each Fund, no matter how many shares you own. Your vote can help ensure that the proposal recommended by the Board of Directors of each Fund can be implemented. We encourage all stockholders to participate in the governance of each Fund.
Q. | Whom do I call if I have questions? |
A. If you need more information, or have any questions about voting, please call Georgeson Inc., the proxy solicitor, at 888-565-5190.
Q. | How do I vote my shares? |
A. You can provide voting instructions by telephone by calling the toll-free number on the enclosed proxy card or electronically by going to the Internet address provided on the proxy card and following the instructions, using your proxy card as a guide. Alternatively, you can vote your shares by signing and dating the enclosed proxy card and mailing it in the enclosed postage-paid envelope.
A stockholder may revoke a proxy at any time on or before the Meeting by (1) submitting to the applicable Fund a subsequently dated proxy, (2) delivering to the applicable Fund a written notice of revocation (addressed to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Funds at the address shown at the beginning of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus) or (3) otherwise giving notice of revocation at the Meeting, at all times prior to the exercise of the authority granted in the proxy card. Merely attending the Meeting, however, will not revoke any previously executed proxy. Unless revoked, all valid and executed proxies will be voted in accordance with the specifications thereon or, in the absence of such specifications, for approval of the proposed Merger.
You may also attend the Meeting and vote in person. However, even if you intend to attend the Meeting, we encourage you to provide voting instructions by one of the methods described above.
It is important that you vote promptly.
3
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL PARTNERS INCOME FUND INC.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. 620 Eighth Avenue New York, New York 10018
NOTICE OF A JOINT SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
, 2016
To the Stockholders:
A Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders (the Meeting) of Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (GDF) and Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (EHI, and together with GDF, the Funds) will be held at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, New York, on Friday, July 22, 2016 at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time, to consider and vote on a proposal to approve the merger of GDF with and into EHI in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law (the Merger).
The Board of each Fund recommends that you vote FOR the Merger upon which you are being asked to vote.
Stockholders of record at the close of business on May 3, 2016 are entitled to vote at the Meeting and at any adjournments or postponements thereof.
By order of the Board of Directors,
Robert I. Frenkel
Secretary
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc.
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc.
, 2016
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SIGNING PROXY CARDS
The following general rules for signing proxy cards may be of assistance to you and avoid the time and expense to GDF and EHI involved in validating your vote if you fail to sign your proxy card properly.
1. Individual Accounts: Sign your name exactly as it appears in the registration on the proxy card.
2. Joint Accounts: Either party may sign, but the name of the party signing should conform exactly to a name shown in the registration.
3. All Other Accounts: The capacity of the individual signing the proxy card should be indicated unless it is reflected in the form of registration. For example:
Registration |
Valid Signature |
|
Corporate Accounts |
||
(1) ABC Corp. |
ABC Corp. (by John Doe, Treasurer) | |
(2) ABC Corp. |
John Doe, Treasurer | |
(3) ABC Corp., c/o John Doe, Treasurer |
John Doe | |
(4) ABC Corp. Profit Sharing Plan |
John Doe, Trustee | |
Trust Accounts |
||
(1) ABC Trust |
Jane B. Doe, Trustee | |
(2) Jane B. Doe, Trustee, u/t/d 12/28/78 |
Jane B. Doe | |
Custodial or Estate Accounts |
||
(1) John B. Smith, Cust., f/b/o John B. Smith, Jr. UGMA |
John B. Smith | |
(2) John B. Smith |
John B. Smith, Jr., Executor |
2
The information contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 6, 2016
PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
, 2016
PROXY STATEMENT FOR:
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL PARTNERS INCOME FUND INC.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
620 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10018
888-777-0102
PROSPECTUS FOR:
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
620 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10018
888-777-0102
This combined Proxy Statement and Prospectus (the Proxy Statement/Prospectus) is being furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors (the Board) of Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (GDF) and Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (EHI, and together with GDF, the Funds) for a Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders (the Meeting) for each Fund. The Meeting will be held Friday, July 22, 2016 at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time. At the Meeting, stockholders of GDF and EHI will be asked to consider and act upon a proposal to approve the merger of GDF with and into EHI in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law (the Merger).
If the Merger is approved, each share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of GDF (the GDF Common Shares) would convert into an equivalent dollar amount (to the nearest $0.001) of full shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of EHI (the EHI Common Shares), based on the net asset value of each Fund on the date preceding the Merger. EHI will not issue fractional EHI Common Shares to holders of GDF Common Shares. In lieu of issuing fractional shares, EHI will pay cash to each former holder of GDF Common Shares in an amount equal to the value of the fractional EHI Common Shares that the investor would otherwise have received in the Merger. Although the EHI Common Shares received in the Merger will have the same total net asset value as the GDF Common Shares held immediately before the Merger (disregarding fractional shares), their stock price on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) may be greater or less than that of the GDF Common Shares, based on current market prices persisting at the time of the Merger. All EHI Common Shares currently issued and outstanding will remain issued and outstanding following the Merger.
The Board believes that the Merger is in the best interests of both GDF stockholders and EHI stockholders. GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives and similar policies and strategies, which will allow GDF stockholders to continue to have exposure to emerging market and high yield securities. Moreover, the combined Fund will likely benefit from economies of scale, as one set of fixed expenses would be spread over a larger asset base, as well as from enhanced market liquidity and additional opportunities for diversification. Furthermore, the Merger will result in more streamlined high yield product offering, allowing for more focused marketing and stockholder servicing efforts.
At a meeting held on November 11 and 12, 2015, the Board of Directors of each Fund, including all of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Funds under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) (the Independent Directors), unanimously approved an Agreement and Plan of Merger with respect to both Funds.
GDF was incorporated in Maryland on September 3, 1993; EHI was incorporated in Maryland on April 16, 2003. Both GDF and EHI are closed-end, non-diversified management investment companies listed on the NYSE.
GDF seeks to maintain a high level of current income. Capital appreciation is a secondary objective. EHIs primary investment objective is high current income and EHIs secondary investment objective is total return. The current investment policies of EHI, which differ from those of GDF, will continue unchanged if the Merger occurs. Please see Proposal 1Comparison of Investment Objectives, Strategies, and Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus for a more complete comparison of the Funds investment objectives and policies.
The Merger will be effected pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, a form of which is attached to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendix A. The material terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Merger are summarized in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. See Proposal 1Information About the Proposed Merger-The Agreement and Plan of Merger.
This Proxy Statement/Prospectus serves as a prospectus for EHI Common Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), in connection with the issuance of EHI Common Shares in the Merger.
Assuming the holders of GDF Common Shares approve the Merger and all other conditions to the consummation of the Merger are satisfied or waived, the Funds will jointly file articles of merger (the Articles of Merger) with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the SDAT). The Merger will become effective when the SDAT accepts for record the Articles of Merger or at such later time, which may not exceed 30 days after the Articles of Merger are accepted for record, as specified in the Articles of Merger. The date when the Articles of Merger are accepted for record, or the later date, is referred to in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus as the Closing Date. GDF, as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, will withdraw its registration under the 1940 Act.
The Merger is being structured as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes. See Proposal 1 Information About the Proposed MergerFederal Income Tax Consequences. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the actual impact of the Merger on them in light of their individual tax circumstances.
You should retain this Proxy Statement/Prospectus for future reference as it sets forth concisely information about GDF and EHI that you should know before voting on the proposed Merger described below.
A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated , 2016, which contains additional information about the Merger and the Funds, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The SAI, as well as GDFs Semi-Annual Report to Stockholders for the six-month period ended February 29, 2016, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2016 (accession no. 0001193125-16-551892), GDFs Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on October 22, 2015 (accession no. 0001193125-15-350735), EHIs Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on July 27, 2015 (accession no. 0001193125-15-263659), and EHIs Semi-Annual Report to Stockholders for the six-month period ended November 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2016 (accession no. 0001193125-16-436681), which highlight certain important information such as investment performance and expense and financial information, are incorporated by reference into this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. In addition, stockholder reports, proxy materials and other information concerning EHI (File No. 811-07994) and GDF (File No. 811-21337) can be inspected at the NYSE. You may receive free of charge a copy of the SAI, or the annual report and semi-annual report for either Fund, by contacting GDF and EHI at 888-777-0102, by writing either Fund at the address listed above or by visiting our website at www.lmcef.com .
In addition, you can copy and review this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the complete filing on Form N-14 containing the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (File No. 333-209666) and any of the above-referenced documents at the SECs Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. You may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 202-551-8090. Reports and other information about each Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SECs Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549.
GDF Common Shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol GDF, and EHI Common Shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol EHI. After the Closing Date, EHI Common Shares will continue to be listed on the NYSE under the symbol EHI.
The information contained herein concerning GDF and EHI has been provided by, and is included herein in reliance upon, GDF and EHI, respectively.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities nor passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
1 | ||||
Comparison of Investment Objectives, Principal Investment Strategies and Principal Risks |
2 | |||
2 | ||||
3 | ||||
COMPARISON OF INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUNDS |
4 | |||
9 | ||||
24 | ||||
24 | ||||
25 | ||||
26 | ||||
30 | ||||
30 | ||||
30 | ||||
34 | ||||
34 | ||||
38 | ||||
39 | ||||
39 | ||||
42 | ||||
42 | ||||
43 | ||||
48 | ||||
49 | ||||
51 | ||||
52 | ||||
52 | ||||
53 | ||||
53 | ||||
53 | ||||
54 | ||||
55 | ||||
57 | ||||
62 | ||||
63 | ||||
FEES PAID TO INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (GDF) |
66 | |||
67 | ||||
FEES PAID TO INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (EHI) |
67 | |||
68 | ||||
68 | ||||
70 | ||||
70 | ||||
70 | ||||
70 | ||||
71 |
PROPOSAL 1TO APPROVE THE MERGER OF GDF WITH AND INTO EHI IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MARYLAND GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the additional information contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and the Agreement and Plan of Merger, a form of which is attached to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Appendix A.
The Board believes that the Merger is in the best interests of both GDF stockholders and EHI stockholders. GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives and similar policies and strategies, which will allow GDF stockholders to continue to have exposure to emerging market and high yield securities. Moreover, the combined Fund will likely benefit from economies of scale, as one set of fixed expenses would be spread over a larger asset base, as well as from enhanced market liquidity and additional opportunities for diversification. Furthermore, the Merger will result in more streamlined high yield product offering, allowing for more focused marketing and stockholder servicing efforts.
At a meeting held on November 11 and 12, 2015, the Boards of GDF and EHI, including all of the Independent Directors, unanimously approved the Agreement and Plan of Merger with respect to each Fund. As a result of the Merger:
|
each GDF Common Share will convert into an equivalent dollar amount (to the nearest $0.001) of full EHI Common Shares, based on the net asset value per share of each Fund calculated at 4:00 p.m. on the business day preceding the Closing Date; |
|
each holder of GDF Common Shares will become a holder of EHI Common Shares and will receive, on the Closing Date, that number of EHI Common Shares having an aggregate net asset value (disregarding fractional shares) equal to the aggregate net asset value of such stockholders GDF Common Shares as of the close of business on the business day preceding the Closing Date; and |
|
EHI will not issue any fractional Common Shares to GDF stockholders. In lieu thereof, EHI will pay cash to each former holder of GDF Common Shares in an amount equal to the value of the fractional EHI Common Shares that the investor would otherwise have received in the Merger. |
If the Merger is not approved, each Fund will continue as a separate investment company, and the Boards of GDF and EHI will consider such alternatives as they determine to be in the best interests of their respective stockholders, including reproposing the Merger.
For the reasons set forth below in Information About the Proposed Merger-Reasons for the Merger and Board Considerations, the Boards of GDF and EHI, including all of the Independent Directors, have concluded that the Merger would be in the best interests of each Fund, and that the interests of the holders of GDF Common Shares and EHI Common Shares would not be diluted as a result of the Merger. The Board of each Fund, therefore, is hereby submitting the Merger to the holders of GDF Common Shares and EHI Common shares and recommends that stockholders of GDF and EHI vote FOR the Merger.
Because the Merger has been approved by at least 75% of GDFs Continuing Directors (as that term is defined in GDFs charter), approval of the Merger requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding GDF Common Shares. Similarly, because the Merger has been approved by at least 75% of EHIs Continuing Directors (as that term is defined in EHIs charter), approval of the Merger requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding EHI Common Shares. See Voting Information below. If stockholders of each Fund approve the Merger, the Closing Date of the Merger is expected to be on or about August 12, 2016.
Prior to completion of the Merger, GDF and EHI will each have received an opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP to the effect that the Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, for federal income tax purposes, (i) no gain or loss will generally be recognized by GDF (except for consequences regularly attributable to a termination of GDFs taxable year) or (subject to the following sentence) the holders of GDF Common Shares as a result of the Merger, (ii) the aggregate tax basis of the EHI Common Shares (including fractional EHI Common Shares purchased by EHI) received by the holders of GDF Common Shares will be the same as the aggregate tax basis of the holders GDF Common Shares immediately prior to the completion of the Merger and (iii) a holders holding period for EHI Common Shares (including that of fractional EHI Common Shares purchased by EHI) will generally be determined by including the period for which such stockholder held GDF Common Shares converted pursuant to the Merger, provided that such shares were held by such stockholder as capital assets. Holders of GDF Common Shares may, however, recognize gain
or loss with respect to cash such holders receive pursuant to the Merger in lieu of fractional shares. For more information about the federal income tax consequences of the Merger, see Information about the Proposed MergerFederal Income Tax Consequences below.
Comparison of Investme nt Objectives, Principal Investment Strategies and Principal Risks
GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives, different secondary investment objectives and similar policies and strategies.
GDF seeks to maintain a high level of current income. Capital appreciation is a secondary objective. EHIs primary investment objective is high current income and EHIs secondary investment objective is total return.
Under normal market conditions, GDF will invest at least 33% of its total assets in high yield U.S. corporate debt securities. GDF also will be able to invest up to 33% of its total assets in a broad range of other U.S. and non-U.S. fixed income securities, both investment grade and high yield securities, including but not limited to corporate bonds, loans, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, preferred stock and sovereign debt, derivative instruments of the foregoing securities and dollar rolls. In addition, under normal market conditions, GDF will invest at least 33% of its total assets in securities of issuers that are, or are incorporated in or generate the majority of their revenue in, emerging market countries. GDF may invest up to 50% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated securities.
Under normal market conditions, EHI will invest (i) at least 10% of its total assets in below investment grade (high yield) fixed income (debt) securities issued by corporate issuers and (ii) at least 10% and up to 80% of its assets in emerging market fixed income securities or investment grade fixed income securities.
The current investment objectives and policies of EHI will continue unchanged if the Merger occurs.
It is currently anticipated that minimal, if any, portfolio turnover will occur as a result of the Merger. Additionally, GDF utilizes Western Management Company Ltd. (Western Japan) for investment in Japan, while EHI does not utilize Western Japan as a subadviser. Because GDF does not have any investments in Japan, nor are any investments in Japan currently being contemplated, it is not anticipated that any changes to EHIs portfolio will be made as a result of the non-utilization of Western Japan.
Please see Comparison of Investment Objectives, Strategies, and Principal Risks of Investing in the Funds in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus for a more complete comparison of the Funds investment objectives, policies and a summary of the principal risks of investing in the Funds.
Neither Fund is intended to be a complete investment program, and there is no assurance that either Fund will achieve its objectives.
As further described below, assuming the impact of EHIs voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, it is anticipated that GDFs total expense ratio will decline by 0.07% on net assets, from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger, and EHIs pro forma total expense ratio will be reduced by 0.07% on net assets from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger. Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (LMPFA) provides administrative and certain oversight services to the Funds. GDF pays an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 1.05% of GDFs average weekly net assets. Similarly, EHI currently pays LMPFA, which is also EHIs investment manager, an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 0.85% average daily net assets plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings (managed assets), along with a voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, which reduced the annual rate of that fee to 0.80% of the average daily managed assets. LMPFA implemented a voluntary investment management fee waiver on EHI of 0.05% beginning on March 1, 2010 through December 31, 2016. LMPFA, Western Asset and Non-U.S. Subadvisers (as defined below), have a financial interest in the Merger because their respective fees under agreements with EHI, which are based on managed assets that take into account the use of leverage, are higher than under the respective agreements with GDF, which are based on net assets and do not account for the use leverage, and increase as the assets of EHI increase, including the use of leverage. In addition, it is anticipated that former stockholders of GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.11%, or approximately $161,000, following the Merger as a result of EHIs management fee (not including the management fee waiver) being calculated on managed assets, rather than net assets. GDF also pays 0.62% in other expenses based on its average daily net assets, whereas EHI only pays 0.54% in other expenses based on its average daily net assets. It is anticipated that GDFs total expense ratio will remain the same and EHIs will decline by 0.03% as a result of the Merger. However, assuming the impact of EHIs voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, it is anticipated that GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.04%, or approximately $58,000, and GDFs total expense ratio will decline by 0.07% on net assets, from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger.
2
EHIs assets will increase as a result of the Merger (although this increase in assets is expected to be offset by the concomitant loss of GDFs assets and the related fees).
Fee Table and Expen se Example
The table below (1) compares the fees and expenses of GDF and EHI as of April 30, 2016 and (2) shows the estimated fees and expenses of the combined Fund, on a pro forma basis, as of April 30, 2016. The estimates are based on the contracts and agreements in effect for GDF and EHI as of April 30, 2016 and reflect the operating expense accrual rates on such date. Accordingly, the actual fees and expenses of each Fund and the combined Fund as of the Closing Date of the Merger may differ from those reflected in the tables below due to changes in net assets from those at April 30, 2016 for GDF and EHI. No amount of any prior fee waiver or expense reimbursement to EHI or GDF may be recovered by any person.
Changes in net assets may result from market appreciation or depreciation and other factors occurring between April 30, 2016 and the Closing Date of the Merger. As a general matter, changes (positive or negative) in a Funds expense ratio resulting from fluctuations in the Funds net assets will be borne by the stockholders of that Fund and the combined Fund. For information concerning the net assets of each Fund as of November 30, 2015, please see Capitalization.
The estimated expenses of GDF and EHI and pro forma expenses following the proposed Merger are set forth below. The percentages in the table below are percentages of the Funds net assets attributable to Common Shares.
Fee Table
Pre-Merger | ||||||||||||
GDF
(Target Fund) |
EHI
(Acquiring Fund) |
EHI
(Pro Forma Combined Fund) |
||||||||||
Management Fee |
1.05 | % | 1.16 | % (1) | 1.16 | % (2) (3) | ||||||
Interest and Commitment Fees |
0.37 | % | 0.42 | % | 0.40 | % | ||||||
Other expenses |
0.25 | % | 0.12 | % | 0.11 | % | ||||||
Total Annual Fund Expenses |
1.67 | % (1) | 1.70 | % (1) | 1.67 | % (1) |
(1) |
LMPFA agreed to a voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05% based on managed assets. The waiver commenced on March 1, 2010 and extends through December 31, 2016. Assuming the impact of EHIs voluntary investment management fee waiver, EHIs total annual expenses are reduced 0.07% on net assets from 1.70% to 1.63% and it is anticipated that EHIs pro forma combined annual expenses will also be reduced by 0.07% on net assets, from 1.67% to 1.60%. Including the impact of EHIs voluntary fee waiver it is anticipated to reduce GDFs net expense ratio by 0.07% on net assets, from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger. |
(2) |
Percentage of net assets attributable to common stock (assumes leverage is used). |
(3) |
LMPFA has a financial interest in the Merger because its respective fees under agreements with EHI, which are based on managed assets that take into account the use of leverage, are higher than under the respective agreements with GDF, which are based on net assets and do not account for the use leverage, and increase as the assets of EHI increase, including the use of leverage. In addition, it is anticipated that former stockholders of GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.11%, or approximately $161,000, following the Merger as a result of EHIs management fee being calculated on managed assets, rather than net assets. Assuming the impact of EHIs voluntary investment management fee waiver, it is anticipated that GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.04% or approximately $58,000 as a result of the Merger. |
Example
The following example helps you compare the costs of investing in each Funds Common Shares with the costs of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $1,000 in each Funds Common Shares for the periods shown, that your investment has a 5% return each year, that you reinvest all distributions and dividends and that the Funds operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
GDF |
$ | 17 | $ | 53 | $ | 91 | $ | 198 | ||||||||
EHI |
$ | 17 | $ | 53 | $ | 92 | $ | 200 | ||||||||
EHI (Pro Forma Combined Fund) |
$ | 17 | $ | 53 | $ | 91 | $ | 198 |
3
COMPARISON OF INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES AND PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUNDS
The following chart lists the investment objectives, principal investment policies and fundamental investment restrictions of EHI and GDF and describes the principal differences between the Funds respective policies. The chart provides EHI and GDF stockholders with a means of comparing the investment objectives, policies and strategies of EHI and GDF.
Western Asset Global High
|
Western Asset Global Partners
|
Differences between EHI and GDF |
||||
Investment Objective(s) | EHIs primary investment objective is high current income and EHIs secondary investment objective is total return. | GDF seeks to maintain a high level of current income. As a secondary objective, GDF will seek capital appreciation. | EHI and GDF have the same primary investment objective: to maintain high current income. EHIs secondary investment objective is total return, while GDFs secondary investment objective is capital appreciation. | |||
Principal Investment Policies and Strategies | Under normal market conditions, EHI will invest at least 10% of its assets in below investment grade (junk) fixed income securities issued by corporate issuers. | Under normal market conditions, GDF will invest at least 33% of its total assets in high yield U.S. corporate debt securities. GDF also will be able to invest up to 33% of its total assets in a broad range of other U.S. and non-U.S. fixed income securities, both investment grade and high yield securities, including but not limited to corporate bonds, loans, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, preferred stock and sovereign debt, derivative instruments of the foregoing securities and dollar rolls |
EHI may invest less than GDF in below investment grade securities. |
|||
Under normal market conditions, EHI will invest at least 10% and up to 80% of its assets in emerging market fixed income securities. |
Under normal market conditions, GDF will invest at least 33% of its total assets in securities of issuers that are, or are incorporated in or generate the majority of their revenue in, emerging market countries.
GDF may invest up to 33% of its total assets in a broad range of U.S. and non-U.S. fixed-income securities, both investment grade and high-yield, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, loans, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, preferred |
EHI may invest less than GDF in securities of emerging market issuers.
GDF may invest up to 33% of its total assets in a broad range of U.S. and non-U.S. fixed income securities, while EHI has no specific policy. |
4
Western Asset Global High
|
Western Asset Global Partners
|
Differences between EHI and GDF |
||||
stock and sovereign debt, derivative instruments of the foregoing securities and dollar rolls.
GDF may invest up to 50% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated securities. |
GDF may invest up to 50% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated securities, while EHI has no specific policy. |
|||||
Under normal market conditions, EHI will invest at least 10% and up to 80% of its assets in investment grade fixed income securities.
EHI usually will attempt to maintain a portfolio with a weighted average credit quality rated at least B3 by Moodys or B- by S&P or an equivalent rating from any nationally recognized statistical rating organization. |
GDF has a guideline that, under normal market conditions, no more than 20% of its total assets will be rated, at the time of investment, below B by Moodys or S&P, or will be unrated and of comparable quality. | EHI may invest less than GDF in investment grade securities. | ||||
For temporary defensive purposes and in order to keep EHIs cash fully invested, EHI may deviate from its investment objectives and policies and invest some or all of its assets in investments of non-corporate issuers, including high-quality, short-term debt securities. In addition, in anticipation of or in response to adverse market conditions, for cash management purposes, or for defensive purposes, EHI may invest up to 100% of its assets in U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements , or short term commercial paper.
As a temporary defensive strategy, EHI may employ alternative strategies, including investment of all of |
If adverse conditions prevail in the securities markets which makes GDFs investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of GDFs stockholders, GDF may invest its assets without limit in Temporary Investments, which are debt securities denominated in U.S. dollars including: (1) short-term and medium-term obligations issued or guaranteed by governments or supernational entities, (2) short-term commercial obligations rated or issued by companies with similar securities outstanding that are rated Prime-1 or A or better by Moodys or A-1 or A or better by S&P or, if unrated, of comparable quality; (3) obligations of banks, subject to the restriction that GDF |
Substantively similar. |
5
Western Asset Global High
|
Western Asset Global Partners
|
Differences between EHI and GDF |
||||
the Funds assets in securities rated investment grade by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or in unrated securities of comparable quality. |
may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in bank securities; and (4) repurchase agreements with respect to securities in which GDF may invest. |
|||||
EHI may invest up to 20% of its assets in all types of equity securities, including common stocks traded on an exchange or in the over the counter market, preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, depositary receipts, trust certificates, limited partnership interests, shares of other investment companies and REITs. | GDF may invest up to 10% of its assets in common stock, convertible securities, warrants, preferred stock or other equity securities of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers when consistent with GDFs objectives. | EHI may invest more than GDF in equity securities. | ||||
EHI has no specific policy with regard to turnover. | Although GDFs advisory agreement contains no restrictions on portfolio turnover, it is not GDFs policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. | EHI and GDF have no specific policies with regard to turnover. | ||||
EHI may invest up to 15% of its assets in illiquid securities. | GDF may invest up to 20% of its total assets in illiquid securities. | GDF may invest more than EHI in illiquid securities. | ||||
EHI may invest up to 10% of its total assets in any combination of publicly or privately traded mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. | GDF has no specific policy with regard to investments in REITs. | EHI may invest up to 10% of its total assets in REITs while GDF has no specific policy with regard to investments in REITs. | ||||
EHI may invest in zero coupon securities, pay-in-kind bonds and deferred payment securities. | GDF may invest up to 15% of its total assets in zero coupon securities and pay-in-kind bonds. | EHI may invest more than GDF in zero coupon securities and pay-in-kind bonds. | ||||
EHI may invest in certain bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances, and fixed time deposits. |
GDF may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in bank securities. |
EHI has no specific restriction on percentage of assets that may be invested in bank securities while GDF limits investment in bank securities to 25% of its assets. | ||||
EHI may invest in collateralized debt obligations, collateralized bond obligations and collateralized loan obligations. | GDF may invest in collateralized debt obligations, collateralized bond obligations and collateralized loan obligations. | No difference. |
6
Western Asset Global High
|
Western Asset Global Partners
|
Differences between EHI and GDF |
||||
EHI may not purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs, but may purchase, sell, or enter into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, or interest rate, securities-related or other hedging instruments, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments. | GDF may make use of derivatives involving futures contracts and options on futures contracts for purposes other than hedging if, immediately after purchase, sale, or entering into such contract, the sum of the amount of its initial margin and premiums on open contracts and options would not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the funds portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on existing contracts, provided further, that, in the case of an option that is in-the-money, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The use of derivatives and short sales is speculative. | Substantively similar, except that GDF may make use of derivatives involving futures contracts and options on futures contracts for purposes other than hedging if certain conditions are met. |
Fundamental Investment Restrictions
The following restrictions, along with the Funds investment objectives, are each Funds only fundamental policies- that is, policies that cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a 1940 Act Majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities. As used in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, a 1940 Act Majority means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present in person or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares.
With respect to each Fund, the other policies and investment restrictions referred to in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus are not fundamental policies of the Fund and may be changed by the Funds Board without stockholder approval. If a percentage restriction set forth below is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.
Western Asset Global High
|
Western Asset Global Partners
|
Differences between EHI and GDF |
||||
Fundamental Investment Restrictions | EHI may not concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as that term is used in the 1940 Act. | GDF may not purchase any securities which would cause more than 25% of its total assets at the time of such purchase to be invested in securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that there is no limitation with respect to investment in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or repurchase agreements collateralized by any of such obligations. | EHI has a stricter concentration policy as it cannot concentrate in a group of industries. |
7
Western Asset Global High
|
Western Asset Global Partners
|
Differences between EHI and GDF |
||||
EHI may not borrow money or issue any senior security, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. | GDF may not issue senior securities or borrow money, except for (a) preferred stock and other senior securities not in excess of 33-1/3% of its total assets, and (b) borrowings up to 5% of its total assets for temporary or emergency purposes (including for clearance of transactions, repurchase of its shares or payment of dividends), without regard to the amount of senior securities outstanding under clause (a) above. | Substantively similar. | ||||
EHI may not make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. | GDF may not make loans, except that GDF may (a) purchase and hold debt instruments (including commercial paper notes, bonds, debentures or other secured or unsecured obligations and certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances and fixed time deposits) in accordance with its investment objectives and policies; (b) invest in or purchase loans through Participations and Assignments; (c) enter into repurchase agreements with respect to portfolio securities; and (d) make loans of portfolio securities. | Substantively similar. | ||||
EHI may not act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws. | GDF may not underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter. | Substantively similar. | ||||
EHI may not purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities secured by real estate or interests therein, or securities issued by companies which invest in real estate, or interests therein. | GDF may not purchase real estate, real estate mortgage loans or real estate limited partnership interests (other than securities secured by real estate or interests therein or securities issued by companies that invest in real estate or interests therein) | Substantively similar. |
8
Western Asset Global High
|
Western Asset Global Partners
|
Differences between EHI and GDF |
||||
EHI has no fundamental restriction on making short sales. | GDF may not make short sales of securities or purchase securities on margin (except for delayed delivery or when-issued transactions, such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions, and margin deposits in connection with transactions in futures contracts, options on futures contracts and options on securities and securities indices.) | GDF may not make short sales or purchase securities on margin, while EHI has no fundamental restriction on making short sales. | ||||
EHI may not invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company. | GDF may not invest for the purpose of exercising control over management of any company. | No difference. | ||||
EHI may not purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs, but may purchase, sell, or enter into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, or interest rate, securities-related or other hedging instruments, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments. | GDF may not purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, including futures contracts and options thereon, except that the Fund may engage in derivatives that include interest rate, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts, currency forward contracts and currency swaps, the purchase and sale (or writing) of exchange listed and over-the-counter (OTC) put and call options on debt and equity securities, currencies, interest rate, currency or stock index futures and fixed-income and stock indices and other financial instruments, entering into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors, collars, entering into equity swaps, caps, floors or trading in other similar types of instruments. | Substantively similar. |
There is no assurance that EHI or GDF will meet its investment objectives. You may lose money on your investment in either Fund. The value of each Funds shares may go up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. Market conditions, financial conditions of issuers represented in each Funds portfolio, investment strategies, portfolio management, and other factors affect the volatility of each Funds shares. An investment in EHI is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
9
The following section includes a summary of the principal risks of investing in EHI. Except as described below, your investment in GDF is subject to the same risks.
Investment and Market Risk. An investment in EHI is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. Your investment in EHI Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the fixed income securities and other investments owned by EHI, most of which could be purchased directly. The value of EHIs portfolio securities may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. If the current global economic downturn continues or deteriorates further, the ability of issuers to service their obligations could be materially and adversely affected. At any point in time, your EHI Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
Fixed Income Securities Risk. In addition to the risks described elsewhere in this section with respect to valuations and liquidity, fixed income securities, including high-yield securities, are also subject to certain risks, including:
|
Issuer Risk. The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons that directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuers goods and services. |
|
Interest Rate Risk. The market price of EHIs investments will change in response to changes in interest rates and other factors. During periods of declining interest rates, the market price of fixed income securities generally rises. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the market price of such securities generally declines. The magnitude of these fluctuations in the market price of fixed income securities is generally greater for securities with longer maturities. Fluctuations in the market price of EHIs securities will not affect interest income derived from securities already owned by EHI, but will be reflected in EHIs net asset value. EHI may utilize certain strategies, including investments in structured notes or interest rate swap or cap transactions, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio and decreasing EHIs exposure to interest rate risk, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful. |
|
Prepayment Risk. During periods of declining interest rates, the issuer of a security may exercise its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing EHI to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayment in lower yielding securities, which may result in a decline in EHIs income and distributions to stockholders. This is known as prepayment or call risk. Debt securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met. An issuer may choose to redeem a debt security if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. |
|
Reinvestment Risk. Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from EHIs portfolio will decline if and when EHI invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called fixed income securities at market interest rates that are below the portfolios current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect EHIs Common Stock price or its overall return. |
|
Credit Risk. Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed income securities in EHIs portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. If the recent adverse conditions in the credit markets continue to adversely affect the broader global economy, the credit quality of issuers of fixed income securities in which EHI may invest would be more likely to decline, all other things being equal. Changes by an NRSRO in its rating of securities and in the ability of an issuer to make scheduled payments may also affect the value of EHIs investments. Since EHI invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which invests solely in investment grade securities. The prices of lower grade securities generally are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuers revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. High-yield fixed income securities are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuers capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. |
Below Investment Grade (High-Yield or Junk Bond) Securities Risk. EHI may invest in high-yield debt securities. Debt securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as high-yield securities or junk bonds and are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuers capacity to pay interest and repay principal in
10
accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse conditions. Debt securities rated C or lower by Moodys, CCC or lower by S&P or CC or lower by Fitch or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) or, if unrated, determined by Western Asset to be of comparable quality are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, to have a current identifiable vulnerability to default, to be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions and/or to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Ratings may not accurately reflect the actual credit risk associated with a corporate security.
Debt securities rated below investment grade generally offer a higher current yield than that available from higher grade issues, but typically involve greater risk. These securities are especially sensitive to adverse changes in general economic conditions, to changes in the financial condition of their issuers and to price fluctuation in response to changes in interest rates. During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, issuers of below investment grade instruments may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of principal and interest and increase the possibility of default. The secondary market for high-yield securities may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities, a factor which may have an adverse effect on EHIs ability to dispose of a particular security. There are fewer dealers in the market for high-yield securities than for investment grade obligations. The prices quoted by different dealers may vary significantly, and the spread between the bid and asked price is generally much larger for high-yield securities than for higher quality instruments. Under continuing adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for high-yield securities could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer, and these securities may become illiquid. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of below investment grade securities, especially in a market characterized by a low volume of trading.
Default, or the markets perception that an issuer is likely to default, could reduce the value and liquidity of securities held by EHI, thereby reducing the value of your investment in EHIs Common Shares. In addition, default may cause EHI to incur expenses in seeking recovery of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, EHI may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. Western Assets judgment about the credit quality of an issuer and the relative value of its securities may prove to be wrong. Investments in below investment grade securities may present special tax issues for EHI to the extent that the issuers of these securities default on their obligations pertaining thereto, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences to EHI as a holder of such distressed securities may not be clear.
Foreign Securities and Emerging Markets Risk. A fund that invests in foreign (non-U.S.) securities may experience more rapid and extreme changes in value than a fund that invests exclusively in securities of U.S. companies. The securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. Investments in foreign securities (including those denominated in U.S. dollars) are subject to economic and political developments in the countries and regions where the issuers operate or are domiciled, or where the securities are traded, such as changes in economic or monetary policies. Values may also be affected by restrictions on receiving the investment proceeds from a foreign country. Less information may be publicly available about foreign companies than about U.S. companies. Foreign companies are generally not subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards as are U.S. companies. In addition, EHIs investments in foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and adverse diplomatic developments. In addition, there may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment abroad. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply.
The risks of foreign investment are greater for investments in emerging markets. EHI considers a country to be an emerging market country if, at the time of investment, it is (i) represented in the J.P. Morgan Emerging Market Bond Index Global or the J.P. Morgan Corporate Emerging Market Bond Index Broad or (ii) categorized by the World Bank in its annual categorization as middle- or low-income. Emerging market countries typically have economic and political systems that are less fully developed, and that can be expected to be less stable, than those of more advanced countries. Low trading volumes may result in a lack of liquidity and in price volatility. Emerging market countries may have policies that restrict investment
11
by foreigners, that require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, or that prevent foreign investors from withdrawing their money at will. An investment in emerging market securities should be considered speculative.
Non-U.S. Government, or Sovereign, Debt Securities Risk. EHI invests in non-U.S. government, or sovereign, debt securities. The ability of a government issuer, especially in an emerging market country, to make timely and complete payments on its debt obligations will be strongly influenced by the government issuers balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a government issuer cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks, and multinational organizations. There are no bankruptcy proceedings similar to those in the United States by which defaulted non-U.S. government debt may be collected. Additional factors that may influence a government issuers ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a countrys cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and the issuers policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and other international agencies to which a government debtor may be subject.
Since 2010, the risks of investing in foreign sovereign debt have increased dramatically as a result of the ongoing European debt crisis which began in Greece and has begun to spread throughout various other European countries. These debt crises and the ongoing efforts of governments around the world to address these debt crises have also resulted in increased volatility and uncertainty in the United States and the global economy and securities markets, and it is impossible to predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the United States and the global economy and securities markets or on EHIs investments, though it is possible that these or similar events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of EHI. Moreover, as the European debt crisis has progressed, the possibility of one or more Eurozone countries exiting the European monetary union, or even the collapse of the Euro as a common currency, has arisen. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the European monetary union, on the United States and the global economy and securities markets are impossible to predict and any such events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of EHI. See Risk FactorsCurrency Risk.
Currency Risk. If EHI invests directly in foreign (non-U.S.) currencies or in securities that trade in, and receive revenues in, foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, or in derivatives that provide exposure to foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, it will be subject to the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions intended to protect EHI from decline in the value of foreign (non-U.S.) currencies, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency being hedged. Currency rates in foreign countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention (or the failure to intervene) by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational entities such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by EHI. As a result, EHIs investments in foreign currency denominated securities may reduce the returns of EHI. EHI will compute, and expects to distribute, its income in U.S. dollars, and the computation of income is made on the date that the income is earned by EHI at the foreign exchange rate in effect on that date. If the value of the foreign currencies in which EHI receives its income falls relative to the U.S. dollar between the earning of the income and the time at which EHI converts the foreign currencies to U.S. dollars, EHI may be required to liquidate securities in order to make distributions if EHI has insufficient cash in U.S. dollars to meet distribution requirements. See Dividends and DistributionsDistributions and EHI Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The liquidation of investments, if required, may have an adverse impact on EHIs performance.
EHI may, from time to time, seek to protect the value of some portion or all of its portfolio holdings against currency risks by engaging in currency hedging transactions. In addition, there may be instances in which EHIs portfolio contains synthetic exposure to a particular currency even though EHI does not own any bonds denominated in such a currency. Such transactions may include entering into forward currency exchange contracts, currency futures contracts and options on such futures contracts, the use of other derivatives, as well as purchasing put or call options on currencies, in U.S. or foreign
12
markets. Currency hedging involves special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent Western Assets view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of hedging could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. In addition, in certain countries in which EHI may invest, currency hedging opportunities may not be available. See Risk FactorsDerivatives Risk.
In addition, realizations and drawdowns in EHIs currency exposure may add to volatility to EHIs distributable income. If EHIs currency exposure results in a negative return to EHI, it may result in EHI making distributions, some or all of which consist of a return of capital.
Liquidity Risk. EHI may invest in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which EHI has valued the securities. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to sell. Securities may become illiquid after purchase by EHI, particularly during periods of market turmoil. When EHI holds illiquid investments, the portfolio may be harder to value, especially in changing markets, and if EHI is forced to sell these investments in order to segregate assets or for other cash needs, EHI may suffer a loss.
Common Stock Risk. EHI may invest up to 20% of its assets in all types of equity securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. In addition, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market, and a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks to which the Fund has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons including changes in investors perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting an issuer occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. The value of the common stocks in which the Fund may invest will be affected by changes in the stock markets generally, which may be the result of domestic or international political or economic news, changes in interest rates or changing investor sentiment. At times, stock markets can be volatile and stock prices can change substantially. The common stocks of smaller companies are more sensitive to these changes than those of larger companies. Common stock risk will affect the Funds net asset value per share, which will fluctuate as the value of the securities held by the Fund change.
Preferred Stock Risk. EHI may invest up to 20% of its assets in all types of equity securities. Generally, EHI has a greater flexibility to invest in equity securities. Preferred stocks are unique securities that combine some of the characteristics of both common stocks and bonds. Preferred stocks generally pay a fixed rate of return and are sold on the basis of current yield, like bonds. However, because they are equity securities, preferred stock provides equity ownership of a company, and the income is paid in the form of dividends. Preferred stocks typically have a yield advantage over common stocks as well as comparably-rated fixed income investments. Preferred stocks are typically subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a companys capital structure, in terms of priority to corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuers board of directors. Preferred stocks also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
Convertible Securities Risk. EHI may invest up to 20% of its assets in all types of equity. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. Similar to traditional fixed income securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible securitys investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporations capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible securitys governing instrument.
13
Risks of Warrants and Rights. Warrants and rights are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants and rights do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants or rights may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant or right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying security and a warrant or right ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. The purchase of warrants or rights involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a warrant or right if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants or rights expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants and rights involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant or right added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed securitys market price such as when there is no movement in the price of the underlying security.
REITs Risk. Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity or hybrid REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage or hybrid REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. Mortgage and hybrid REITs are subject to the risks of accelerated prepayments of mortgage pools or pass-through securities, reliance on short-term financing and more highly leveraged capital structures. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified.
REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to stockholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees and borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as healthcare, are also subject to industry related risks. Certain special purpose REITs may invest their assets in specific real estate sectors, such as hotels, nursing homes or warehouses, and are therefore subject to the risks associated with adverse developments in any such sectors.
REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REITs investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise, but mortgages are often refinanced, which may reduce the yield on investments in mortgage REITs. Rising interest rates may cause REIT investors to demand a higher annual yield, which may, in turn, cause a decline in the market price of the equity securities issued by a REIT. Rising interest rates also generally increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could cause the value of a REITs investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans (the interest rates on which are reset periodically), yields on a REITs investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.
REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and maybe subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. In addition to these risks, REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts or by the quality of any credit they extend. Further, REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidation.
REITs are subject to management fees and other expenses. Therefore, investments in REITs will cause CRO to bear its proportionate share of the costs of the REITs operations. At the same time, CRO will continue to pay its own management fees and expenses with respect to all of its assets, including any portion invested in REITs.
Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities Risks. Mortgage-backed securities include, among other things, participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders and involve, among others, the following risks:
|
Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Investments by EHI in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities will entail credit risks (i.e., the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks (i.e., the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline). Many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities may guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages. This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the securitys market value and yield will not |
14
change. The value of all mortgage-backed securities also may change because of changes in the markets perception of the creditworthiness of the organization that issues or guarantees them. In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pools ability to make payments of principal or interest to EHI as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless. EHI also may purchase securities that are not guaranteed or subject to any credit support. |
Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise. Floating rate mortgage-backed securities will generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will be affected.
In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation. Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which an individual mortgage or specific mortgage-backed security carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of the mortgage pool.
Ongoing developments in the residential mortgage market may have additional consequences to the market for mortgage-backed securities. Delinquencies and losses generally have been increasing with respect to securitizations involving residential mortgage loans and may continue to increase as a result of the weakening housing market and the seasoning of securitized pools of mortgage loans. Many so-called sub-prime mortgage pools are currently distressed and in some cases may be trading at significant discounts to their face value.
Additionally, mortgage lenders recently have adjusted their loan programs and underwriting standards, which has reduced the availability of mortgage credit to prospective mortgagors. This has resulted in reduced availability of financing alternatives for mortgagors seeking to refinance their mortgage loans. The reduced availability of refinancing options for mortgagors has resulted in higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on mortgage loans, particularly in the case of, but not limited to, mortgagors with adjustable rate mortgage loans or interest-only mortgage loans that experience significant increases in their monthly payments following the adjustment date or the end of the interest-only period (see Adjustable Rate Mortgages below for further discussion of adjustable rate mortgage risks). These events, alone or in combination with each other and with deteriorating economic conditions in the general economy, may continue to contribute to higher delinquency and default rates on mortgage loans. The tighter underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans, together with lower levels of home sales and reduced refinance activity, also may have contributed to a reduction in the prepayment rate for mortgage loans generally and this trend may continue. The values of mortgage-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying mortgage pools, and therefore are subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation also may affect the rights of security holders in and to the underlying collateral.
The United States Government conservatorship of Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) and the Federal National Mortgage Corporation (Fannie Mae) in September 2008 may adversely affect the real estate market and the value of real estate assets generally. It is unclear as of the date of this prospectus what the ultimate resolution of the conservatorship arrangement will be and what impact that resolution will have on the financial markets.
The Federal Housing Finance Agent (FHFA), as conservator or receiver of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to its appointment if it determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Maes or Freddie Macs affairs. In the event the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac are repudiated, payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.
Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent. If FHFA were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to
15
another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.
Asset-backed securities represent participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as installment sales or loan contracts, leases, credit card receivables, and other categories of receivables. Certain debt instruments may only pay principal at maturity or may only represent the right to receive payments of principal or payments of interest on underlying pools or mortgages, assets, or government securities, but not both. The value of these types of instruments may change more drastically than debt securities that pay both principal and interest. EHI may obtain a below market yield or incur a loss on such instruments during periods of declining interest rates. Principal only and interest only instruments are subject to extension risk. For mortgage derivatives and structured securities that have imbedded leverage features, small changes in interest or prepayment rates may cause large and sudden price movements. Mortgage derivatives can also become illiquid and hard to value in declining markets.
|
Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities may reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have, paid them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of EHIs higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and EHI will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. Prepayments can result in lower yields to stockholders. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of mortgage-backed securities. This is known as prepayment risk. Mortgage-backed securities also are subject to extension risk. Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate. This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate term into a long-term security. The values of long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities. In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer. If a mortgage-backed security held by EHI is called for redemption, EHI will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or pay-off the security, which could have an adverse effect on EHIs ability to achieve its investment objective. |
|
Liquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities. The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times EHI may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. Because mortgage-backed securities have the potential to be less liquid than other securities, EHI may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity when disfavored by the market. |
|
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred in 1994, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss. |
|
Adjustable Rate Mortgages. Adjustable Rate Mortgages (ARMs) contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is |
16
added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is used to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM. |
In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or teaser interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the teaser rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase dramatically when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed security into which that loan has been bundled.
|
Interest and Principal Only Securities Risk. One type of stripped mortgage-backed security pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only, or PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on EHIs yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, EHI may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated. |
Derivatives Risk. The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments for investment or risk management purposes, such as options, futures contracts, swap agreements and credit default swaps. Generally derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates and related indexes. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and management risk. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligation. Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as EHIs counterparties with respect to its derivative transactions will affect the value of those instruments. By using derivatives that expose EHI to counterparties, EHI assumes the risk that its counterparties could experience financial hardships that could call into question their continued ability to perform their obligations. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative transaction would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If EHI is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative transaction and its claim is unsecured, EHI will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. As a result, concentrations of such derivatives in any one counterparty would subject EHI to an additional degree of risk with respect to defaults by such counterparty. See Counterparty Risk. Derivatives also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with an underlying asset, interest rate or index. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that EHI will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. If EHI invests in a derivative instrument, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Changes to the derivatives markets as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and other government regulation may have an adverse effect on EHIs ability to make use of derivative transactions.
Derivative instruments can be illiquid, may disproportionately increase losses and may have a potentially large impact on EHIs performance.
It is possible that government regulation of various types of derivative instruments, including interest rate swaps, interest rate options, credit linked notes, foreign currency forward contracts, credit default swaps and total return swaps on individual securities and groups or indexes of securities may limit or prevent EHI from using such instruments as part of its investment strategy, which could negatively affect EHIs performance. For example, the U.S. Government recently enacted legislation that provides for new regulation of certain portions of the derivatives market, including clearing, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, and registration requirements. Although the CFTC has released final rules relating to clearing, reporting, recordkeeping and registration requirements, many of the provisions contained in the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further final rulemaking. New regulations could, among other things, restrict EHIs ability to engage in derivatives transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivatives transactions no longer available to EHI) and/or increase the
17
costs of such derivatives transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements), and EHI may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result. It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.
EHI is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like EHI, from registration as a commodity pool operator with respect to EHI under the Commodity Exchange Act (the CEA), and who, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to EHI under the CEA. As a result, effective December 31, 2012, EHI is limited in its ability to use commodity futures (which include futures on broad-based securities indexes and interest rate futures) or options on commodity futures, engage in swaps transactions or make certain other investments (whether directly or indirectly through investments in other investment vehicles) for purposes other than bona fide hedging. With respect to transactions other than for bona fide hedging purposes, either: (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish EHIs positions in such investments may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of EHIs portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of EHIs portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, EHI may not market itself as a commodity pool or otherwise as a vehicle for trading in the futures, options or swaps markets.
Risks of Futures and Options on Futures. The use by EHI of futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge interest rate risks involves special considerations and risks, as described below.
|
Successful use of hedging transactions depends upon Western Assets ability to correctly predict the direction of changes in interest rates. There can be no assurance that any particular hedging strategy will succeed. |
|
There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between the price movements of a futures or option contract and the movements of the interest rates being hedged. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the interest rates being hedged, such as market liquidity and speculative or other pressures on the markets in which the hedging instrument is traded. |
|
Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable movements in the interest rates being hedged. However, hedging strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable movements in the hedged interest rates. |
|
There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. If EHI were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures contract position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses. EHI would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. |
|
There is no assurance that EHI will use hedging transactions. For example, if EHI determines that the cost of hedging will exceed the potential benefit to EHI, EHI will not enter into such transactions. |
Derivatives Regulation Risk. In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies. The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of EHIs use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on EHI. Neither LMPFA nor Western Asset can predict the effects of these regulations on EHIs portfolio. LMPFA and Western Asset monitor developments and seek to manage EHIs portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving EHIs investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
Credit Default Swap Risk . EHI may invest in credit default swap transactions for hedging or investment purposes. Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if EHI had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. The buyer in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the seller a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred. If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or par value, of the reference obligation through either physical settlement or cash
18
settlement. EHI may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction. If EHI is a buyer and no event of default occurs, EHI will have made a series of periodic payments and recover nothing of monetary value. However, if an event of default occurs, EHI (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation either through a cash payment in exchange for the asset or a cash payment in addition to owning the reference assets. As a seller, EHI receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and five years, provided that there is no event of default. The sale of a credit default swap is a form of leverage. EHI currently segregates assets on EHIs records in the form of cash, cash equivalents or liquid securities in an amount equal to the notional value of the credit default swaps of which it is the seller or otherwise covers such obligations. If such assets are not fully segregated or otherwise covered by EHI, the use of credit default swap transactions could then be considered senior securities for purposes of the 1940 Act. Recent market developments related to credit default swaps have prompted increased scrutiny with respect to these instruments. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, credit default swaps may in the future be subject to increased regulation. Such regulation may limit EHIs ability to use credit default swaps. Although EHI will seek to realize gains by writing credit default swaps that increase in value, to realize gains on writing credit default swaps, an active secondary market for such instruments must exist or EHI must otherwise be able to close out these transactions at advantageous times. If no such secondary market exists or EHI is otherwise unable to close out these transactions at advantageous times, writing credit default swaps may not be profitable for EHI.
The market for credit default swaps has become more volatile in recent years as the creditworthiness of certain counterparties has been questioned and/or downgraded. If a counterpartys credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that EHI may not receive adequate collateral. As of the date of this prospectus, credit default swaps are not currently traded on any securities exchange, however certain credit default swaps will be cleared through swaps clearing houses. EHI may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause EHI to incur more losses.
Repurchase Agreements Risk. Subject to its investment objectives and policies, EHI may invest in repurchase agreements for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by EHI of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that EHI will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. EHI does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, EHI could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which EHI seeks to enforce its rights thereto; possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and expenses of enforcing its rights. In addition, as described above, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, EHI generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of EHIs right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase are less than the repurchase price, EHI could suffer a loss.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk. To the extent that EHI utilizes reverse repurchase agreements, such agreements are subject to many of the same risks involved in EHIs use of leverage described above, as the proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements generally will be invested in additional securities. There is a risk that the market value of the securities sold by EHI in the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price at which EHI remains obligated to repurchase such securities. In addition, there is a risk that the market value of the securities retained by EHI may decline. If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement were to file for bankruptcy or experience insolvency, EHI may be adversely affected. Also, in entering into reverse repurchase agreements, EHI would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the underlying securities. In addition, due to the interest costs associated with reverse repurchase agreement transactions, EHIs net asset value (NAV) will decline, and, in some cases, EHI may be worse off than if it had not used such instruments.
Senior Loans Risk. EHI may invest in first lien senior secured loans (Senior Loans) issued by banks, other financial institutions, and other investors to corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies and other entities to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, debt refinancings and, to a lesser extent, for general operating and other purposes. An investment in Senior Loans involves risk that the borrowers under Senior Loans
19
may default on their obligations to pay principal or interest when due. In the event a borrower fails to pay scheduled interest or principal payments on a Senior Loan held by EHI, EHI will experience a reduction in its income and a decline in the market value of the Senior Loan, which will likely reduce dividends and lead to a decline in the net asset value of EHI. If EHI acquires a Senior Loan from another lender, for example, by acquiring a participation, EHI may also be subject to credit risk with respect to that lender.
EHI will generally invest in Senior Loans that are secured with specific collateral. However, there can be no assurance that liquidation of collateral would satisfy the borrowers obligation in the event of non-payment or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, EHI could experience delays and limitations on its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing the Senior Loan. Senior Loans are typically structured as floating rate instruments in which the interest rate payable on the obligation fluctuates with interest rate changes. As a result, the yield on Senior Loans will generally decline in a falling interest rate environment causing EHI to experience a reduction in the income it receives from a Senior Loan. Senior Loans are generally of below investment grade quality and may be unrated at the time of investment; are generally not registered with the SEC or state securities commissions; and are generally not listed on any securities exchange. In addition, the amount of public information available on Senior Loans is generally less extensive than that available for other types of assets.
Second Lien Loans Risk. Second senior secured lien loans (Second Lien Loans) generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Senior Loans. Because Second Lien Loans are subordinated or unsecured and thus lower in priority of payment to Senior Loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Second Lien Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure for the holders of such loans. Second Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.
Loan Participations and Assignments Risk. EHI may invest in participations in loans or assignments of all or a portion of loans from third parties. In connection with purchasing participations, EHI generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and EHI may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, EHI may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, EHI may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. Certain participations may be structured in a manner designed to avoid purchasers of participations being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lenders insolvency, the lenders servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired. EHI will acquire participations only if the lender interpositioned between EHI and the borrower is determined by Western Asset to be creditworthy.
Smaller Company Risk. The general risks associated with income-producing securities are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources or they may depend on a few key employees. As a result, they may be subject to greater levels of credit, market and issuer risk. Securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities. Companies with medium-sized market capitalizations may have risks similar to those of smaller companies.
Management Risk. EHI is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. Western Asset, Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. in Singapore (Western Singapore) and Western Asset Management Company Limited in London (Western Asset Limited, together with Western Singapore, the Non-U.S. Subadvisers and individually, each a Non-U.S. Subadviser) and each individual investment professional may not be successful in selecting the best performing securities or investment techniques, and EHIs performance may lag behind that of similar funds.
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk. LMPFA, Western Asset, the Non-U.S. Subadvisers (together with LMPF and Western Asset, the Managers) and EHIs investment professionals have interests which may conflict with the interests of
20
EHI. In particular, LMPFA also manages, and Western Asset serves as subadviser to, another closed-end investment company listed on the NYSE that has an investment objective and investment strategies that are substantially similar to EHI. Further, the Managers may at some time in the future manage and/or advise other investment funds or accounts with the same investment objective and strategies as EHI. As a result, the Managers and EHIs investment professionals may devote unequal time and attention to the management of EHI and those other funds and accounts, and may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities as might be the case if they were to devote substantially more attention to the management of EHI. The Managers and EHIs investment professionals may identify a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and accounts, and the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds and accounts, which may limit EHIs ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. Additionally, transaction orders may be aggregated for multiple accounts for purpose of execution, which may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to EHI than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts. At times, an investment professional may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the investment professional may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and accounts. For example, an investment professional may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that EHI holds, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by EHI.
Rating Agency Risk. Credit ratings are issued by rating agencies which are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. Ratings assigned by a rating agency are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks or the liquidity of securities. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuers current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. In addition, in recent years there have been instances in which the initial rating assigned by a rating agency to a security failed to take account of adverse economic developments which subsequently occurred, leading to losses that were not anticipated based on the initial rating. To the extent that the issuer of a security pays a rating agency for the analysis of its security, an inherent conflict of interest may exist that could affect the reliability of the rating. The ratings of a debt security may change over time. As a result, debt instruments held by EHI could receive a higher rating or a lower rating during the period in which they are held. EHI will not necessarily sell a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase.
Investments in mortgage-related securities may involve particularly high levels of risk under current market conditions.
Inflation/Deflation Risk. Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain assets or income from EHIs investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Stock and distributions on the Common Stock can decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over timethe opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer defaults more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of EHIs portfolio.
Counterparty Risk. Changes in the credit quality of the companies that serve as EHIs counterparties (whether a clearing corporation in the case of cleared instruments or another third party in the case of uncleared instruments) with respect to derivatives or other transactions supported by another partys credit will affect the value of those instruments. Certain entities that have served as counterparties in the markets for these transactions have recently incurred significant financial hardships including bankruptcy and losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower quality credit investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, EHI may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy dissolution, assignment for the benefit of creditors, liquidation, winding-up or analogous or other reorganization proceeding. EHI may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances. Some, but not all, derivative transactions may be cleared, in which case a central clearing counterparty stands between the direct parties to the derivative transaction and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, to the extent of its available resources for such purpose. Uncleared derivative transactions have no such protection; each party bears the risk that its direct counterparty will default. Counterparty risk with respect to certain exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives may be further complicated by recently enacted U.S. financial reform legislation. See Derivatives Risk above for more information.
21
When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions Risk. EHI may purchase fixed income securities on a when-issued basis, and may purchase or sell those securities for delayed delivery. When-issued and delayed-delivery transactions occur when securities are purchased or sold by EHI with payment and delivery taking place in the future to secure an advantageous yield or price. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis may expose EHI to counterparty risk of default as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. EHI will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed-delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself.
Leverage Risk . EHI has borrowings in the form of a revolving credit agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Co. that allows the Fund to borrow up to an aggregate amount of $125,000,000 ($100,000,000 prior to March 2, 2015) and renews daily for a 270-day term unless notice to the contrary is given to the Fund. EHI may elect to utilize leverage in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Funds total assets through borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions, mortgage dollar rolls, reverse repurchase agreements and debt securities, and 50% of EHIs total assets through the issuance of preferred stock. Leverage may result in greater volatility of the net asset value, distributions on EHI Common Shares and market price of EHI Common Shares because changes in the value of EHIs portfolio investments, including investments purchased with the proceeds from borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock, if any, are borne entirely by holders of EHI Common Shares. Common Stock income may fall if the interest rate on borrowings or the dividend rate on preferred stock rises, and may fluctuate as the interest rate on borrowings or the dividend rate on preferred stock varies. On the other hand, EHIs use of leverage results in increased operating costs. Thus, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on EHIs investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to holders of EHI Common Shares will be reduced, and if the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on EHIs portfolio, EHIs leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to holders of EHI Common Shares than if EHI were not so leveraged. In addition, the costs associated with EHIs incursion and maintenance of leverage could increase over time. There can be no assurance that EHIs leveraging strategy will be successful.
Portfolio Turnover Risk. Changes to the investments of EHI may be made regardless of the length of time particular investments have been held. A high portfolio turnover rate may result in increased transaction costs for EHI in the form of increased dealer spreads and other transactional costs, which may have an adverse impact on EHIs performance. In addition, high portfolio turnover may result in the realization of net short-term capital gains by EHI which, when distributed to stockholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. A high portfolio turnover may increase EHIs current and accumulated earnings and profits, resulting in a greater portion of EHIs distributions being treated as a dividend to EHIs stockholders. The portfolio turnover rate of EHI will vary from year to year, as well as within a given year.
Temporary Defensive Strategies Risk. When Western Asset anticipates unusual market or other conditions, EHI may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategies as a defensive measure and invest all or a portion of its assets in obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; other investment grade debt securities; investment grade commercial paper; certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances; repurchase agreements with respect to any of the foregoing investments or any other fixed income securities that Western Asset considers consistent with this strategy. To the extent that EHI invests defensively, it may not achieve its investment objectives.
Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value Risk. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that EHIs net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities and may be a greater risk to investors expecting to sell their Common Stock in a relatively short period. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of the Common Stock will depend not upon EHIs net asset value but upon whether the market price of the Common Stock at the time of sale is above or below the investors purchase price for the Common Stock. Because the market price of the Common Stock will be determined by factors such as relative supply of and demand for the Common Stock in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of EHI, EHI cannot predict whether the Common Stock will trade at, above or below net asset value. EHIs Common Stock is designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not view EHI as a vehicle for trading purposes.
22
Anti-Takeover Provisions. EHIs charter and bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of EHI or convert EHI to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Stockholders of opportunities to sell their Common Stock at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Stock.
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk. Instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. Terrorist attacks closed some of the U.S. securities markets in 2001, and similar events cannot be ruled out in the future. War, occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and adverse long-term effects on the U.S. and world economies and markets generally. These risks may adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, secondary trading, ratings, investor psychology, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Stock. High-yield securities tend to be more volatile than higher-rated securities, so these or similar events may have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of high-yield securities than on higher rated securities.
Current Economic ConditionsCredit Crisis Liquidity and Volatility Risk. The markets for credit instruments, including fixed income securities, have experienced periods of extreme illiquidity and volatility since the latter half of 2007. Tightening of credit conditions occurred just as a record amount of corporate bonds (as measured by transaction volume) were scheduled to enter the markets in the third quarter of 2007. This imbalance has caused a significant dislocation in the markets, marked by sharply widened credit spreads, delayed high-yield bond offerings and a general reduction in liquidity. General market uncertainty and consequent repricing risk have led to market imbalances of sellers and buyers, which in turn have also resulted in significant valuation uncertainties in a variety of debt securities, including certain fixed income securities. In addition, during 2008, several major dealers of fixed income securities exited the market via acquisition or bankruptcy. These conditions resulted, and in many cases continue to result in greater volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency, with many debt securities remaining illiquid and of uncertain value. During times of reduced market liquidity, EHI may not be able to sell securities readily at prices reflecting the values at which the securities are carried on EHIs books. Sales of large blocks of securities by market participants, such as EHI, that are seeking liquidity can further reduce security prices in an illiquid market. These market conditions may make valuation of some of EHIs securities uncertain and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or decreases in its holdings. Illiquidity and volatility in the credit markets may directly and adversely affect the setting of dividend rates on the Common Stock.
Furthermore, because of the current conditions in the credit markets, issuers of fixed income securities may be subject to increased costs associated with incurring debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity generally. The worsening general economic conditions have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. The reduced willingness of some lenders to extend credit, in general, may make it more difficult for issuers of Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans to finance their operations. These developments have adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by EHI to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increased defaults. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by EHI and adversely affect the net asset value of EHIs Common Stock.
23
INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROPOSED MERGER
The Agreement and Plan of Merger
The following is a summary of the material terms and conditions of the Agreement and Plan of Merger. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of Agreement and Plan of Merger attached as Appendix A to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Under the Agreement and Plan of Merger, GDF will merge with and into EHI on the Closing Date. As a result of the Merger and on the Closing Date:
|
GDF will no longer exist, and |
|
EHI will be the surviving corporation |
GDF will then:
|
deregister as an investment company under the 1940 Act, |
|
cease its separate existence under Maryland law, |
|
remove its Common Shares from listing on the NYSE, and |
|
withdraw from registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
Each outstanding GDF Common Share will be converted into an equivalent dollar amount (to the nearest one tenth of one cent) of full EHI Common Shares, based on the net asset value per share of each of the parties at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the business day prior to the Closing Date. No fractional EHI Common Shares will be issued to the holders of GDF Common Shares. In lieu thereof, EHI will pay cash to each former holder of GDF Common Shares in an amount equal to the value of the fractional EHI Common Shares that the investor would otherwise have received in the Merger.
No sales charge or fee of any kind will be charged to holders of GDF Common Shares in connection with their receipt of EHI Common Shares in the Merger.
From and after the Closing Date, EHI will possess all of the properties, assets, rights, privileges and powers and shall be subject to all of the restrictions, liabilities, obligations, disabilities and duties of GDF, all as provided under Maryland law.
Under Maryland law, stockholders of a corporation whose shares are traded publicly on a national securities exchange, such as the Funds Common Shares, are not entitled to demand the fair value of their shares upon a merger; therefore, the holders of the Funds Common Shares will be bound by the terms of the Merger, if approved. However, any holder of either Funds Common Shares may sell his or her Common Shares on the NYSE at any time prior to the Merger.
The Agreement and Plan of Merger may be terminated and the Merger abandoned, whether before or after approval by GDFs or EHIs stockholders, at any time prior to the Closing Date by resolution of either Funds Board, if circumstances should develop that, in the opinion of that Board, make proceeding with the Merger inadvisable with respect to EHI or GDF, respectively.
Prior to the Merger, GDF shall have declared and paid a dividend or dividends which, together with all such previous dividends, shall have the effect of distributing to GDFs stockholders substantially all of its net investment income that has accrued through the Closing Date, if any, and substantially all of its net capital gain realized through the Closing Date, if any.
The Agreement and Plan of Merger provides that either Fund may waive compliance with any of the terms or conditions made therein for the benefit of that Fund, other than the requirements that: (a) the Agreement and Plan of Merger be approved by stockholders of GDF or EHI; and (b) GDF and EHI receive the opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP that the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger will constitute a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes, if, in the judgment of the Funds Board, after consultation with Fund counsel, such waiver will not have a material adverse effect on the benefits intended to be provided by the Merger to the stockholders of the Fund.
Under the Agreement and Plan of Merger, each Fund, out of its assets and property, will indemnify and hold harmless the other Fund and the members of the Board and officers of the other Fund from and against any and all losses, claims,
24
damages, liabilities or expenses (including, without limitation, the payment of reasonable legal fees and reasonable costs of investigation) to which the other Fund and those board members and officers may become subject, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions with respect thereto) arises out of or is based on (a) any breach by the Fund of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or (b) any act, error, omission, neglect, misstatement, materially misleading statement, breach of duty or other act wrongfully done or attempted to be committed by the Fund or the members of the Board or officers of the Fund prior to the Closing Date, provided that such indemnification by the Fund is not (i) in violation of any applicable law or (ii) otherwise prohibited as a result of any applicable order or decree issued by any governing regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction. In no event will a Fund or the members of the Board or officers of a Fund be indemnified for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising out of or based on conduct constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or the reckless disregard of duties.
The Board of each Fund, including the Independent Directors, has determined, with respect to its Fund, that the interests of the holders of that Funds Common Shares will not be diluted as a result of the Merger and that participation in the Merger is in the best interests of that Fund. LMPFA will bear half the costs of the Merger, with the remaining costs shared equally by the Funds. Such expenses shall also include, but not be limited to, all costs related to the preparation and distribution of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, proxy solicitation expenses, SEC registration fees and NYSE listing fees.
Approval of the Agreement and Plan of Merger requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding GDF Common Shares and EHI Common Shares. See Voting Information below.
Reasons for the Merge r and Board Considerations
Board Considerations
The Funds may be deemed affiliated investment companies as a result of LMPFA and Western Asset serving as each Funds investment advisers. In connection with a merger of affiliated investment companies, Rule 17a-8 requires the board of each affiliated investment company, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the investment company, to determine that (1) participation in the transaction is in the best interests of the investment company, and (2) the interests of the existing stockholders of the investment company will not be diluted as a result of the transaction.
Moreover, Rule 17a-8 requires that the directors request and evaluate such information as may reasonably be necessary to make their findings. Rule 17a-8 does not specify the factors to be considered in making the findings required by the rule. The SEC has recommended that boards consider the following factors, in addition to any others that may be appropriate under the circumstances:
|
any fees or expenses that will be borne directly or indirectly by the fund in connection with the merger (Factor 1); |
|
any effect of the merger on annual fund operating expenses and stockholder fees and services (Factor 2); |
|
any change in the funds investment objectives, policies and restrictions that will result from the merger (Factor 3); and |
|
any direct or indirect federal income tax consequences of the transaction to fund stockholders (Factor 4). |
A proposal to merge was presented to the Board of each Fund for consideration at simultaneous in-person meetings held on November 11-12, 2015 (together, the Meeting), and was approved by both Boards at that meeting. LMPFA at the meeting expressed its belief that the Merger would be in the best interests of each Fund and provided information and analyses (the Merger Evaluation Information) sufficient in LMPFAs belief for each Board to evaluate the Merger. In considering the Merger, with the advice of counsel to the Independent Directors, the Boards considered the factors noted above in light of LMPFAs belief that the Merger would be in the best interests of each Fund, the Merger Evaluation Information and additional information received on an on-going basis in connection with the oversight of each Fund, including information received at the Meeting in connection with the approval of the continuation of each Funds management agreements, as well as the following:
Factor 1
|
Half of the expense associated with the Merger will be paid by LMPFA, or an affiliate thereof. |
|
EHI Common Shares may experience near term price volatility as a result of the Merger. |
25
Factor 2
|
It is anticipated that GDFs total expense ratio will remain the same and EHIs total expense ratio will decline by 0.03% as a result of the Merger. |
|
The stockholders of each Fund may benefit from economies of scale, as one set of fixed expenses would be spread over a larger asset base |
|
The stockholders of each Fund may benefit from enhanced market liquidity. |
|
The combined Fund may benefit from potential cost savings from better trade executions as a result of increased trading liquidity and tighter spreads. |
|
The stockholders of each Fund may benefit from a more streamlined high yield product offering, allowing for more focused marketing and stockholder servicing efforts. |
|
For the 1-year, 3-year, 5-year and 10-year periods ended December 31, 2015, GDF and EHI had substantially similar investment performance, with GDF returning -7.26%, -1.65%, 3.82% and 6.03%, and EHI returning -8.09%, -1.24%, 3.94% and 5.39%. |
Factor 3
|
GDF and EHI have identical primary investment objectives and similar investment policies. |
|
GDF and EHI have different secondary investment objectives; capital appreciation is GDFs secondary objective, while total return is EHIs secondary investment objective. |
|
The stockholders of each Fund may benefit from additional diversification from a larger pool of assets. |
Factor 4
|
The Merger is intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Assuming the Merger qualifies for such treatment, GDF stockholders generally will not recognize a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Merger. GDF stockholders may, however, recognize gain or loss with respect to any cash those stockholders receive pursuant to the Merger in lieu of fractional shares. |
|
The combined Fund will have a total tax loss carryforward of $82.8 million. |
|
GDF stockholders may benefit from the capital loss carryforward of EHI. |
|
EHI stockholders may benefit from the capital loss carryforward of GDF, as some of GDFs capital loss carryforward will move to the combined Fund, although an estimated 71% ($31,240,287) of GDFs capital loss carryforward will expire unutilized due to the tax limitations imposed by the reorganization. Additionally, any capital losses recognized after the reorganization attributable to depreciation in GDFs portfolio at the time of the reorganization will also be subject to the annual limitation on losses and may result in a greater amount of the capital loss carryforward expiring unutilized. |
Following extensive discussions, based on its evaluation of the above factors in light of the Merger Evaluation Information and of any other factors regarded by the Board as relevant in the exercise of its business judgment, including those described above, the Board of each Fund, including all of the Independent Directors, determined, with respect to each Fund, that: (1) the Merger would be in the best interests of such Fund; and (2) the Merger would not result in the dilution of the interests of such Fund or its stockholders. The Boards did not identify a single factor or piece of Merger Evaluation Information as all determinative or controlling. As a result, each Board approved the Agreement and Plan of Merger, subject to approval by stockholders.
Federal Income Tax Conse quences
The following is a summary of the material federal income tax consequences of the Merger applicable to a holder of GDF Common Shares that receives EHI Common Shares in the Merger. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue
26
Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury regulations, judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) and other applicable authorities, all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion is limited to U.S. holders (as defined below) that hold their GDF Common Shares as capital assets for federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular GDF stockholder or to GDF stockholders that are subject to special treatment under federal income tax laws.
This discussion does not address the tax consequences of the Merger under state, local or foreign tax laws. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences set forth below.
Holders of GDF Common Shares are urged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of the Merger in their particular circumstances, including the applicability and effect of the alternative minimum tax and any state, local or foreign and other tax laws and of changes in those laws.
For purposes of this section, the term U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of GDF Common Shares that for federal income tax purposes is:
|
an individual citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any State or the District of Columbia; |
|
an estate that is subject to federal income tax on its income regardless of its source; or |
|
a trust, the substantial decisions of which are controlled by one or more U.S. persons and which is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States, or a trust that validly has elected under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for federal income tax purposes. |
Tax Consequences of the Merger Generally
GDF and EHI intend the Merger to qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code. The Merger is conditioned upon the receipt by both GDF and EHI of an opinion from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP to the effect that, based upon certain facts, assumptions and representations of the parties, for federal income tax purposes:
(i) the Merger will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code and that GDF and EHI will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code;
(ii) except for consequences regularly attributable to a termination of GDFs taxable year, no gain or loss will be recognized by GDF as a result of the Merger or upon the conversion of GDF Common Shares into EHI Common Shares;
(iii) no gain or loss will be recognized by EHI as a result of the Merger or upon the conversion of GDF Common Shares into EHI Common Shares;
(iv) no gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of GDF Common Shares upon the conversion of their GDF Common Shares into EHI Common Shares, except to the extent such holders are paid cash in lieu of fractional EHI Common Shares in the Merger;
(v) the tax basis of GDF assets in the hands of EHI will be the same as the tax basis of such assets in the hands of GDF immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger;
(vi) immediately after the Merger, the aggregate tax basis of the EHI Common Shares received by each holder of GDF Common Shares in the Merger (including that of fractional share interests purchased by EHI) will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the GDF Common Shares owned by such holder immediately prior to the Merger;
27
(vii) a stockholders holding period for EHI Common Shares (including that of fractional share interests purchased by EHI) will be determined by including the period for which such stockholder held GDF Common Shares converted pursuant to the Merger, provided that such GDF Common Shares were held by such stockholder as capital assets;
(viii) EHIs holding period with respect to the GDF assets transferred pursuant to the Merger will include the period for which such assets were held by GDF; and
(ix) the payment of cash to the holders of GDF Common Shares in lieu of fractional EHI Common Shares will be treated as though such fractional shares were distributed as part of the Merger and then redeemed by EHI with the result that the holder of GDF Common Shares will generally have a capital gain or loss to the extent the cash distribution differs from such stockholders basis allocable to the fractional EHI Common Shares.
Assuming that, in accordance with the opinion referred to above, the Merger qualifies as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code, the Merger will result in the tax consequences described above in clauses (i) through (ix).
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Cash payments received in lieu of fractional EHI Common Shares by a U.S. holder will generally be subject to information reporting unless the holder is an exempt recipient. In addition, backup withholding at a rate of 28% may apply to the cash payable to a U.S. holder, unless the holder furnishes its taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Any amounts withheld from payments to a holder under the backup withholding rules are not additional tax and will be allowed as a refund or credit against the holders federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Reporting Requirements
A holder of GDF Common Shares who receives EHI Common Shares as a result of the Merger will be required to retain records pertaining to the Merger. Each holder of GDF Common Shares who is required to file a U.S. tax return and who is a significant holder that receives EHI Common Shares in the Merger will be required to file a statement with the holders federal income tax return setting forth certain information, including such holders basis in and the fair market value of such holders GDF Common Shares surrendered in the Merger. A significant holder is a holder of GDF Common Shares who, immediately before the Merger, owned (i) at least 5% of the outstanding stock of GDF or (ii) securities of GDF with a tax basis of $1,000,000 or more. Holders of GDF Common Shares should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the application of these reporting requirements.
Other Tax Considerations
While neither EHI nor GDF is aware of any adverse state or local tax consequences of the Merger, they have not requested any ruling or opinion with respect to such consequences, and stockholders should consult their own tax advisor with respect to such matters.
Immediately prior to the Closing Date, GDF, to the extent necessary, will pay a dividend or dividends, which together with all previous dividends, are intended to have the effect of distributing to its stockholders substantially all of its net investment income that has accrued through the Closing Date, if any, and substantially all of its net capital gain, if any, realized through the Closing Date. Such dividends will be included in the taxable income of the stockholders of GDF.
Information Regarding Tax Capital Loss Carryforwards
Federal income tax law permits a regulated investment company to carry forward its net capital losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 22, 2010 (Post-2010 Losses) for an unlimited period. Federal income tax law also permits a regulated investment company to carry forward capital losses generated in taxable years beginning on or prior to December 22, 2010 (Pre-2011 Losses) for a period of up to eight taxable years, provided that such loss carryovers are utilized only after the full utilization of all Post-2010 Losses.
28
The Merger will cause the taxable year of GDF to close, which will accelerate the schedule for expiration of its carryovers of Pre-2011 Losses, and could also result in a net capital loss for the taxable year ending on the Closing Date. Because EHI has a carryover of Post-2010 Losses, the Merger may also delay the utilization of each Funds Pre-2011 Losses, which may only be utilized after the full utilization of all Post-2010 Losses. In addition, the Merger is expected to result in a limitation on EHIs ability to use carryovers of GDF and, potentially, to use unrealized capital losses inherent in the tax bases of the assets acquired, if realized within five years following the Merger. Those limitations, imposed by Section 382 of the Code, will apply if, as expected, the stockholders of GDF own less than 50% of EHI immediately after the Merger, and will be imposed on an annual basis. The annual Section 382 limitation for periods following the Merger generally will equal the product of the net asset value of GDF immediately prior to the Merger and the long-term tax-exempt rate, published by the Internal Revenue Service, in effect at the time of the Merger.
As of their most recent fiscal year ends, the Funds are entitled to capital loss carryovers for federal income tax purposes in the amounts set forth below:
GDF (as of August 31, 2015) |
EHI (as of May 31, 2015) |
|||||||||||||||||||
Amount of
Carryforward |
Fiscal Year of
Expiration Prior to Merger |
Amount of
Carryforward |
Fiscal Year of
Expiration Prior to Merger |
|||||||||||||||||
$ | (10,876,695 | ) | No Expiration | (1) | $ | (15,862,134 | ) | No Expiration | (1) | |||||||||||
(4,307,290 | ) | 8/31/2017 | (56,068,380 | ) | 5/31/2018 | |||||||||||||||
(26.932.997 | ) | 8/31/2018 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | (42,116,982 | ) | $ | (71,930,514 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Both Funds are permitted to carry forward these capital losses for an unlimited period. However, these Post-2010 Losses must be utilized prior to Pre-2011 Losses. This ordering rule increases the likelihood that Pre-2011 Losses will expire prior to utilization. Additionally, Post-2010 Losses retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses, whereas Pre-2011 Losses are treated as short-term losses. |
GDF
Based on the recent data referred to above, the Merger would impact the use of GDFs capital loss carryovers in the following manner: (1) the expiration date of the Pre-2011 Losses would be accelerated by one year and realigned to the year of EHI; for example, the carryovers due to expire on August 31, 2017 would expire on May 31, 2016; (2) the Pre-2011 Losses would not be available to be utilized until all Post-2010 Losses of EHI have been used; (3) GDFs carryovers would benefit the stockholders of the combined Fund, rather than only the stockholders of GDF; (4) the aggregate amount of the carryovers that could be utilized in any taxable year would be limited to the product of the long-term tax-exempt rate at the time of the Merger and the net asset value of GDF at that time (approximately $3,507,587 per year based on data as of a recent date); and (5) any losses realized after the Merger attributable to unrealized depreciation, if any, in GDFs portfolio at the time of the Merger would also be subject to the annual limitation described in (4).
Based on such data, the combination of the above referenced limitations on the use of loss carryovers would result in some portion (approximately $31.2 million based on data as of a recent date) of GDFs loss carryovers expiring unused. It should be noted that there would be no assurances that GDF would be able to use such losses in the absence of the Merger. Additionally, GDF stockholders may benefit from the use of EHIs capital loss carryovers by the combined Fund after the Merger.
EHI
Based on the recent data referred to above, the Merger would impact the use of EHIs capital loss carryovers by benefiting the stockholders of the combined Fund, rather than only the stockholders of EHI.
29
INFORMATION APPLICABLE TO BOTH FUNDS
The capital loss carryovers and limitations described above may change significantly between now and the Closing Date. Further, the ability of each Fund to use loss carryovers (even in the absence of the Merger) depends on factors other than loss limitations, such as the future realization of capital gains or losses. The effect of the combination of these factors on the use of loss carryovers may result in some portion of the Pre-2011 Losses of either or both of the Funds expiring unused. This may result in stockholders paying more taxes or paying taxes sooner than they otherwise would if the Merger did not occur.
The securities in which GDF may invest are permissible for investment under EHIs investment objectives and strategies. It is currently anticipated that minimal, if any, portfolio turnover will occur as a result of the Merger. The Funds may buy and sell securities in the normal course of their operations.
INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
Information About Directors and Officers
The overall management of the business and affairs is vested in the Board of Directors of each Fund. In accordance with each Funds charter, each Board of Directors is divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each Board approves all significant agreements between such Fund and persons or companies furnishing services to the Fund. The day-to-day operation of the Fund is delegated to the officers of each Fund, LMPFA and Western Asset, subject always to the investment objectives, restrictions and policies of each Fund and to the general supervision of the Board. The following table provides information concerning the Directors of each Fund.
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s)
|
Length of
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex (1) Overseen by Nominee (Including the Fund) |
Other
|
|||||||
Robert D. Agdern c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co., LLC (Legg Mason & Co.) 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor New York, NY 10018 Birth year: 1950 |
Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Investment Committees; Class III (GDF), Class III (EHI) |
Since 2015 (GDF), Since 2015 (EHI) | Member of the Advisory Committee of the Dispute Resolution Research Center at the Kellogg Graduate School of Business, Northwestern University (since 2002); Deputy General Counsel responsible for western hemisphere matters for BP PLC from 1999 to 2001; Associate General Counsel at Amoco Corporation responsible for corporate, chemical, and refining and marketing matters and special assignments from 1993 to 1998 (Amoco merged with British Petroleum in 1998 forming BP PLC). | 31 | None |
30
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s)
|
Length of
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex (1) Overseen by Nominee (Including the Fund) |
Other
|
|||||
Carol L. Colman c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Birth Year: 1946 |
Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Investment Committees; Class II (GDF), Class I (EHI) | Since 2003 (GDF), Since 2003 (EHI) | President, Colman Consulting Co. | 31 | None | |||||
Daniel P. Cronin c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co., LLC 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Birth Year: 1946 |
Director and Member of Audit, Nominating, Compensation and Investment Committees; Class I (GDF), Class I (EHI) |
Since 2003 (GDF), Since 2003 (EHI) |
Retired; formerly, Associate General Counsel, Pfizer, Inc. | 31 | None | |||||
Paolo M. Cucchi c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Birth Year: 1941 |
Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Investment Committees; Class II (GDF), Class I (EHI) |
Since 2007 (GDF), Since 2007 (EHI) |
Emeritus Professor of French and Italian (since 2014) and, formerly, Vice President and Dean of The College of Liberal Arts (1984-2009) and Professor of French and Italian (2009 to 2014) at Drew University | 31 | None | |||||
Leslie H. Gelb c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Birth Year: 1937 |
Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Investment Committees; Class II (GDF), Class II (EHI) |
Since 2007 (GDF), Since 2003 (EHI) |
President Emeritus (since 2003); formerly, Senior Board Fellow (2003 to 2015) and President, (prior to 2003), The Council on Foreign Relations; formerly, Columnist, Deputy Editorial Page Editor and Editor, Op-Ed Page, The New York Times | 31 | Director of two registered investment companies advised by Aberdeen Asset Management Asia Limited (since 1994); Director, Encyclopedia Brittanica; Director, Centre Partners IV and V, LP and Affiliates |
31
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s)
|
Length of
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex (1) Overseen by Nominee (Including the Fund) |
Other
|
|||||||
William R. Hutchinson c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Birth year: 1942 |
Director and Member of Audit, Nominating, Compensation and Investment Committees; Class III (GDF), Class II (EHI) |
Since 2003 (GDF), Since 2003 (EHI) |
President, W.R. Hutchinson & Associates Inc. (consulting) (since 2001) | 31 | Director (Non-Executive Chairman of the Board (since December 1, 2009)), Associated Banc-Corp. (since 1994) | |||||||
Eileen Kamerick c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Birth Year: 1958 |
Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Investment Committees;
Class III (EHI) |
Since 2013 (GDF), Since 2013 (EHI) | Senior Adviser to Chief Executive Officer (since 2016), formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, ConnectWise, Inc. (software and services company) (2015 to 2016) and Adjunct Professor, Washington University in St. Louis and University of Iowa law schools (since 2007); formerly, CFO, Press Ganey Associates (health care informatics company) (2012 to 2014); formerly Managing Trustee and CFO, Houlihan Lokey (international investment bank) (2010 to 2012) | 31 | Director of Associated Banc-Corp (financial services company) (since 2007); Westell Technologies, Inc. (technology company) (since 2003) | |||||||
Riordan Roett c/o Chairman of the Fund Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018 Birth Year: 1938 |
Director and Member of Nominating, Audit, Compensation and Investment Committees; Class I (GDF), Class III (EHI) |
Since 1995 (GDF), Since 2003 (EHI) | The Sarita and Don Johnston Professor of Political Science and Director of Latin American Studies, Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International Studies, The Johns Hopkins University (since 1973) | 31 | None |
32
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s)
|
Length of
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex (1) Overseen by Nominee (Including the Fund) |
Other
|
|||||||
Jane E. Trust 2 Legg Mason & Co. 100 International Drive Baltimore, MD 21202 Birth year: 1962 |
Chairman, CEO, President and Director Class III (GDF), Class II (EHI) |
Since 2015 (GDF), Since 2015 (EHI) | Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2015); Officer and/or Trustee/Director of 163 funds associated with LMPFA or its affiliates (since 2015); President and Chief Executive Officer of LMPFA (since 2015); formerly Senior Vice President of LMPFA (2015). Formerly, Director of ClearBridge, LLC (formerly, Legg Mason Capital Management, LLC) (2007 to 2014); Managing Director of Legg Mason Investment Counsel & Trust Co. (2000 to 2007). | 155 | None |
(1) | The term Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that: |
(a) | hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; or |
(b) | have a common investment adviser or that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies. |
(2) | Ms. Trust is an interested person as defined in the 1940 Act because she is an officer of LMPFA and certain of its affiliates. |
The Directors were selected to join each Board based upon the following as to each Director: his or her character and integrity; such persons service as a board member of other funds in the Legg Mason, Inc. fund complex; such persons willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Director; as to each Director other than Ms. Trust, his or her status as not being an interested person as defined in the 1940 Act; and, as to Ms. Trust, her role with Legg Mason, Inc. No factor, by itself, was controlling.
In addition to the information provided in the table included above, each Director possesses the following attributes: Mr. Agdern, experience in business and as a legal professional; Ms. Colman, experience as a consultant and investment professional; Mr. Cronin, legal and managerial experience; Mr. Cucchi, experience as a college professor and leadership experience as an academic dean; Mr. Gelb, academic and world affairs and foreign relations experience and service as a board member of other registered investment companies; Mr. Hutchinson, experience in accounting and working with auditors, consulting, business and finance and service as a board member of another highly regulated financial services company; Ms. Kamerick, experience in business and finance, including financial reporting, and service as a board member of another highly regulated financial services company; Dr. Roett, expertise in Latin and South American societies and economies and academic leadership experience; and Ms. Trust, investment management and risk oversight experience as an executive and portfolio manager and leadership roles within Legg Mason and affiliated entities. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of the Directors are pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Director as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
33
Security Ownership of Management
The following table provides information concerning the dollar range of equity securities owned beneficially by each Director and nominee for election as Director as of December 31, 2015:
Name of Director/Nominee |
Dollar Range
(1)
of
Equity
Securities in GDF |
Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in EHI |
Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in all Funds Overseen by Director in Family of Investment Companies (1) |
|||
NON-INTERESTED DIRECTORS |
||||||
Robert D. Agdern |
None | None | None | |||
Carol L. Colman |
None | $1-$10,000 | Over $100,000 | |||
Daniel P. Cronin |
$10,001-$50,000 | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | |||
Paolo M. Cucchi |
None | None | $10,001-$50,000 | |||
Leslie H. Gelb |
None | None | None | |||
William R. Hutchinson |
None | $10,001-$50,000 | Over $100,000 | |||
Eileen Kamerick |
None | None | $10,001-$50,000 | |||
Riordan Roett |
$1-$10,000 | $1-$10,000 | $10,001-$50,000 | |||
INTERESTED DIRECTOR |
||||||
Jane E. Trust (2) |
None | None | None |
(1) |
Family of Investment Companies means any two or more registered investment companies that share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter or hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services. |
(2) |
Ms. Trust became a Director of each Fund, effective August 1, 2015. |
At December 31, 2015, the Directors and officers of the Funds as a group beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Funds common stock.
No Director or nominee for election as Director who is not an interested person of the Funds as defined in the 1940 Act, nor any immediate family members, to the best of the Funds knowledge, had any interest in the Funds investment adviser, or any person or entity (other than the Funds) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Legg Mason as of December 31, 2015.
Under the federal securities laws, and in connection with the Meeting, the Funds are required to provide to stockholders in connection with the Meeting information regarding compensation paid to the Directors by the Funds, as well as by the various other investment companies advised by LMPFA. The following table provides information concerning the compensation paid to each Director by the Funds and the Fund Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2015 and the total compensation paid to each Director during the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015 for EHI and August 31, 2015 for GDF. Certain of the Directors listed below are members of the Funds committees, as well as other committees of the boards of certain other investment companies advised by LMPFA. Accordingly, the amounts provided in the table include compensation for service on all such committees. The Funds do not provide any pension or retirement benefits to Directors. In addition, no remuneration was paid during the fiscal years ended May 31, 2015 for EHI and August 31, 2015 for GDF, respectively, to Ms. Trust who is an interested person as defined in the 1940 Act.
34
Name of Directors |
Aggregate
Compensation from GDF for Fiscal Year Ended 08/31/15 |
Aggregate
Compensation from EHI for Fiscal Year Ended 05/31/15 |
Total Pension or
Retirement Benefits Paid as Part of Fund Expenses (1) |
Total Compensation
from the Funds and Fund Complex (2) for Calendar Year Ended 12/31/15 |
Directorships (3) | |||||||||||||||
Robert D. Agdern (4) |
$ | 2,589 | $ | 3,944 | $ | 0 | $ | 278,856 | 31 | |||||||||||
Carol L. Colman |
3,802 | 9,386 | 0 | 308,552 | 31 | |||||||||||||||
Daniel P. Cronin |
3,802 | 9,184 | 0 | 308,552 | 31 | |||||||||||||||
Paolo M. Cucchi |
3,388 | 7,777 | 0 | 276,856 | 31 | |||||||||||||||
Leslie H. Gelb |
3,388 | 7,592 | 0 | 278,856 | 31 | |||||||||||||||
William R Hutchinson |
4,244 | 10,348 | 0 | 361,198 | 31 | |||||||||||||||
Eileen Kamerick |
4,014 | 9,954 | 0 | 321,401 | 31 | |||||||||||||||
Riordan Roett |
3,388 | 7,711 | 0 | 274,856 | 31 |
(1) |
Pursuant to prior retirement plans, payments of $0 were made to former Directors for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 for EHI and August 31, 2015 for GDF. |
(2) |
Fund Complex means two or more Funds (a registrant or, where the registrant is a series company, a separate portfolio of the registrant) that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services or have a common investment adviser or have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other Funds. |
(3) |
The numbers indicate the applicable number of investment companies in the Fund Complex overseen by that Director as of December 31, 2015. |
(4) |
Robert D. Agdern was appointed a member of the Board of Directors of each Fund, effective January 1, 2015. |
As of January 1, 2014, the Fund Complex (with cost allocated to each fund in proportion to its assets under management) paid each of the Independent Directors an annual fee of $120,000, plus $22,500 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person and $2,000 for each telephonic meeting of the Board. In addition to the payments described above, (a) the Lead Independent Director of the Board receives $35,000; (b) the chairperson of the Audit Committee receives $30,000; (c) the chairperson of the Nominating Committee receives $15,000; and (d) the chairperson of the Investment Committee receives $15,000. The following changes became effective January 1, 2015, the chairperson of the Compensation Committee receives $15,000. The following changes became effective January 1, 2016, (1) each Independent Directors annual retainer increased to $150,000, (2) the Lead Independent Director received an additional annual fee of $50,000, and (3) each member of the Audit Sub-Committee received an additional annual fee of $15,000. The following change became effective January 1, 2016, the chairperson of the Compensation Committee receives $15,000. The annual compensation, fees and expenses are allocated among all the funds in the fund complex on the basis of average net assets.
Responsibilities of the Board of GDF and EHI
The Board of Directors is responsible under applicable state law for overseeing generally the management and operations of each Fund. The Directors oversee each Funds operations by, among other things, meeting at its regularly scheduled meetings and as otherwise needed with each Funds management and evaluating the performance of each Funds service providers including LMPFA, Western Asset, the Non-U.S. Subadvisers, the custodian and the transfer agent. As part of this process, the Directors consult with each Funds independent auditors and with their own separate independent counsel.
The Directors review each Funds financial statements, performance, net asset value and market price and the relationship between them, as well as the quality of the services being provided to each Fund. As part of this process, the Directors review the Funds fees and expenses in light of the nature, quality and scope of the services being received while also seeking to ensure that each Fund continues to have access to high quality services in the future.
The Board of Directors has four regularly scheduled meetings each year, and additional meetings may be scheduled as needed. In addition, the Board has a standing Audit Committee, Nominating Committee, Investment, Performance and Pricing Committee (the Investment Committee) and Compensation Committee that meet periodically and whose responsibilities are described below.
With respect to GDF, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the Board of Directors held four regular meetings and two special meetings. Each Director attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and the
35
committees for which he or she was eligible. With respect to EHI, during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, the Board of Directors held four regular meetings and two special meetings. Each Director attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the Board and the committees for which he or she was eligible. The Funds does not have a formal policy regarding attendance by Directors at annual meetings of stockholders.
Each of the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee, the Investment Committee and the Compensation Committee is composed of all Directors who have been determined not to be interested persons of each Fund, LMPFA, Western Asset or their affiliates within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and who are independent as defined in the New York Stock Exchange listing standards (Independent Directors), and is chaired by an Independent Director. The Board in its discretion from time to time may establish ad hoc committees.
The Board of Directors is currently comprised of nine directors, eight of whom are Independent Directors. Jane E. Trust currently serves as Chairman of the Board. Ms. Trust is an interested person of each Fund. The appointment of Ms. Trust as Chairman reflects the Boards belief that her experience, familiarity with each Funds day-to-day operations and access to individuals with responsibility for each Funds management and operations provides the Board with insight into each Funds business and activities and, with her access to appropriate administrative support, facilitates the efficient development of meeting agendas that address each Funds business, legal and other needs and the orderly conduct of board meetings. Mr. Hutchinson serves as Lead Independent Director. The Chairman develops agendas for Board meetings in consultation with the Lead Independent Director and presides at all meetings of the Board. The Lead Independent Director, among other things, chairs executive sessions of the Independent Directors, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Directors and serves as a liaison between the Independent Directors and each Funds management between Board meetings. The Independent Directors regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board also has determined that its leadership structure, as described above, is appropriate in light of the size and complexity of each Fund, the number of Independent Directors (who constitute a super-majority of the Boards membership) and the Boards general oversight responsibility. The Board also believes that its leadership structure not only facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Directors from management, including Western Asset and the Non-U.S. Subadvisers, but also enhances the independent and orderly exercise of its responsibilities.
Audit Committee
Each Funds Audit Committee is composed entirely of all of the Independent Directors: Mses. Colman and Kamerick and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, Cucchi, Gelb, Hutchinson and Roett. Ms. Kamerick serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee and has been determined by the Board to be an audit committee financial expert. The principal functions of the Audit Committee are: to (a) oversee the scope of each Funds audit, each Funds accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls and enhance the quality and objectivity of the audit function; (b) approve, and recommend to the Independent Board Members (as such term is defined in the Audit Committee Charter) for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of each Funds independent registered public accounting firm, as well as approving the compensation thereof; and (c) approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to each Fund and certain other persons by each Funds independent registered public accounting firm. With respect to GDF, the Audit Committee met twice during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. In addition, the Board of Directors most recently reviewed and adopted an Audit Committee Charter at a meeting held on February 11, 2014, a copy of which was attached as Annex A to GDFs proxy statement dated November 10, 2014. With respect to EHI, the Audit Committee met twice during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. In addition, the Board of Directors most recently reviewed and adopted an Audit Committee Charter at a meeting held on February 11, 2014, a copy of which was attached as Annex A to EHIs proxy statement dated August 27, 2014.
Nominating Committee
Each Funds Nominating Committee, the principal function of which is to select and nominate candidates for election as Directors of each Fund, is composed of all of the Independent Directors: Mses. Colman and Kamerick and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, Cucchi, Gelb, Hutchinson and Roett. Mr. Cronin serves as the Chair of the Nominating Committee. The Nominating Committee may consider nominees recommended by the stockholder as it deems appropriate. Stockholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Funds Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Directors. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board of Directors and to serve
36
if elected by the stockholders. With respect to GDF, the Nominating Committee met three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. In addition, the Board of Directors most recently reviewed and adopted a Nominating Committee Charter at a meeting held on February 14, 2013, a copy of which was attached as Annex B to GDFs Proxy Statement dated November 8, 2013. With respect to EHI, the Nominating Committee met twice during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015. In addition, the Funds Board of Directors most recently reviewed and adopted a Nominating Committee Charter at a meeting held on February 14, 2013, a copy of which was attached as Annex B to EHIs proxy statement dated August 23, 2013.
The Nominating Committee identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts, and in its discretion may also engage a professional search firm. The Nominating Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Nominating Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees and has not established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of each Funds Directors to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, as set forth in the Nominating Committee Charter, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Director of the Fund, the Nominee Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:
|
whether or not the person is an interested person as defined in the 1940 Act and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Director of the Fund; |
|
whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with Fund management, the investment manager of the Fund, Fund service providers or their affiliates; |
|
whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes; |
|
whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Director of the Fund; |
|
the contribution which the person can make to the Board and the Fund (or, if the person has previously served as a Director of the Fund, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the persons business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Committee may consider relevant; |
|
the character and integrity of the person; and |
|
whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the Funds retirement policies. |
The Nominating Committee does not have a formal diversity policy with regard to the identification of potential director nominees but may consider diversity of professional experience, education and skills when evaluating potential nominees for Board membership.
Investment Committee
Each Funds Investment Committee is composed entirely of all of the Independent Directors. The members of the Investment Committee are Mses. Colman and Kamerick and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, Cucchi, Gelb, Hutchinson and Roett. Ms. Colman serves as Chair of each Funds Investment Committee. The principal functions of the Investment Committee are: (a) to review and revise, with LMPFA and/or Clearbridge, the investment performance data and related reports provided to the Board, (b) to review with LMPFA the investment performance benchmarks and peer groups used in reports delivered to the Board and (c) to perform other functions as the Board may delegate from time to time. With respect to GDF, the Investment Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. With respect to EHI, the Investment Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015.
37
Compensation Committee
Each Funds Compensation Committee is composed entirely of all of the Independent Directors. The members of the Compensation Committee are Mses. Colman and Kamerick and Messrs. Agdern, Cronin, Cucchi, Gelb, Hutchinson and Roett. Mr. Cucchi serves as Chair of each Funds Compensation Committee. The principal function of the Compensation Committee is to recommend the appropriate compensation of the Independent Directors for their service on the Board and the committees of the Board. Each Funds Compensation Committee was formed on January 1, 2016. As a newly formed committee, the Compensation Committee has not held a meeting.
Each Funds executive officers are chosen each year at a regular meeting of the Board of Directors of the Fund, to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified. The same individuals serve as officers of both GDF and EHI. In addition to Ms. Trust, each Funds Chairman, CEO and President, the executive officers of the Funds currently are:
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) Held with
|
Length of Time
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
|||
Richard F. Sennett Legg Mason & Co. 100 International Drive, Baltimore, MD 21202 Birth year: 1970 |
Principal Financial Officer |
Since 2011 (GDF), Since 2011 (EHI) |
Principal Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2011 and 2013); Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co. and Senior Manager of the Treasury Policy group for Legg Mason & Co.s Global Fiduciary Platform (since 2011); formerly, Chief Accountant within the SECs Division of Investment Management (2007 to 2011); formerly, Assistant Chief Accountant within the SECs Division of Investment Management (2002 to 2007) | |||
Ted P. Becker Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor New York, NY 10018 Birth year: 1951 |
Chief Compliance Officer |
Since 2006 (GDF), Since 2006 (EHI) |
Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA (since 2006); Managing Director of Compliance of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006) |
38
Name, Address and Age |
Position(s) Held with
|
Length of Time
|
Principal Occupation(s)
|
|||
Steven Frank Legg Mason & Co. 620 Eighth Avenue 49th Floor New York, NY 10018 Birth year: 1967 |
Treasurer |
Since 2010 (GDF), Since 2010 (EHI) |
Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2015); Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2010); formerly, Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (2002 to 2015); formerly, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (prior to 2010) | |||
Jenna Bailey Legg Mason & Co. 100 First Stamford Place, Stamford, CT 06902 Birth Year: 1978 |
Identity Theft Prevention Officer |
Since 2015 (GDF), Since 2015 (EHJ) |
Identity Theft Prevention Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2015); Compliance Officer of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2013); Associate Compliance Officer of Legg Mason & Co. (2011-2013); Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2011); formerly, Risk Manager of U.S. Distribution of Legg Mason & Co. (2007 to 2011). | |||
Robert I. Frenkel Legg Mason & Co. 100 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902 Birth year: 1954 |
Secretary and Chief Legal Officer |
Since 2003 (GDF), Since 2003 (EHI) |
Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason (since 2006); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (since 1994); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2006) and Legg Mason & Co. predecessors (prior to 2006) |
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(h) of the 1940 Act in combination require each Funds Directors and principal officers, persons who own more than 10% of the Funds common stock, LMPFA and certain of its affiliates, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC and the NYSE. Such persons and entities are required by SEC regulations to furnish each of the Funds with copies of all such filings. Based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons, GDF believes that, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, all such filing requirements were met with respect to GDF. In addition, based solely on its review of the copies of such forms received by it, or written representations from certain reporting persons, EHI believes that, during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015, all such filing requirements were met with respect to EHI, except, due to an administrative oversight, a late filing of an initial Form 3 was made on behalf of each of the following
39
persons: Amy Olmert, Manager of LMPFA (Form 3 was due in April 2011); Peter Nachtwey, Manager of LMPFA (Form 3 was due in April 2011); and Barry Bilson, Director of Western Asset (Form 3 was due in September 2013).
Investment Manager and S ub-Advisers
LMPFA has served as each Funds investment manager since August 1, 2006. LMPFA, located at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10018, is a registered investment adviser that provides administrative and compliance oversight services to each Fund.
Under each Funds management agreement with LMPFA (the Management Agreements), subject to the supervision and direction of each Funds Board, LMPFA is delegated the responsibility of managing the Funds portfolio in accordance with the Funds stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the Fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. LMPFA performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of each Fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the Funds transfer agent, stockholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, Fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to stockholders; (iv) maintaining the Funds existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the Funds shares under federal and state laws.
Each Funds Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Funds Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Directors with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. Each Funds Management Agreement provides that LMPFA may render services to others. Each Funds Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice by the Fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Funds Directors, or by LMPFA on not less than 90 days written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. Each Funds Management Agreement provides that neither LMPFA nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.
LMPFA does not provide day-to-day portfolio management services. Rather, portfolio management for each Fund is provided by Western Asset, located at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101.
Western Asset provides services to each Fund pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between LMPFA and Western Asset (the Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreements). Under each Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of each Funds Board and LMPFA, Western Asset will manage the Funds portfolio in accordance with the Funds stated investment objective and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the Funds operations, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.
The Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreements will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Directors with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate that Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice to Western Asset. Western Asset may terminate each Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days written notice to each Fund and LMPFA. LMPFA and Western Asset may terminate each Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. Each Western Asset Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by Western Asset and shall not be assignable by LMPFA without the consent of Western Asset.
In connection with Western Assets service to each Fund, Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. in Singapore and Western Asset Management Company Limited in London provide certain subadvisory services to each Fund pursuant to
40
sub-advisory agreements with each of Western Singapore and Western Asset Limited (collectively, the Non-U.S. Sub-Advisory Agreements). Additionally, GDF utilizes Western Japan for investment in Japan, while EHI does not. Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited are responsible, generally, for managing Asian (excluding Japan), Japanese, and global and non-U.S. dollar fixed income mandates, respectively. Because GDF does not have any investments in Japan, nor are any investments in Japan currently being contemplated, it is not anticipated that any changes to EHIs portfolio will be made as a result of the non-utilization of Western Japan.
Western Singapore was established in 2000 and has offices at 1 George Street #23-01, Singapore 049145. Western Japan was founded in 1991 and has offices at 36F Shin- Marunouchi Building, 5-1 Marunouchi 1-Chome Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo 100-6536, Japan. Western Asset Limited was founded in 1984 and has offices at 10 Exchange Square, Primrose Street, London EC2A2EN. Each of Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited is a corporation organized under the laws of Singapore, Japan and England, respectively. Each of Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and has irrevocably designated the Secretary of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as its agent to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding to enforce the provisions of U.S. securities laws. There can be no assurance that the Non-U.S. Sub-Advisers or Western Japan will have any assets in the United States that could be attached in connection with any action, suit or proceeding. In addition, it may not be possible to enforce judgments of U.S. courts or liabilities in original actions predicated upon civil liability provisions of U.S. law in foreign courts against any Non-U.S. Sub-Adviser or Western Japan.
The Non-U.S. Sub-Advisory Agreements will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Directors with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate each Non-U.S. Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice to a respective Non-U.S. Subadviser. Each Non-U.S. Subadviser may terminate the Non-U.S. Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days written notice to each Fund and Western Asset. Western Asset and the Non-U.S. Subadviser may terminate the Non-U.S. Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Non-U.S. Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the Non-U.S. Subadviser and shall not be assignable by Western Asset without the consent of the Non-U.S. Subadviser.
Western Japan provides certain sub-advisory services to GDF pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement dated February 3, 2009 (the Western Japan Sub-Advisory Agreement). The Western Japan Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of GDF (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Directors with such Independent Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of GDF (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Western Japan Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice to Western Japan. Western Japan may terminate the Western Japan Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days written notice to GDF and Western Asset. Western Asset and Western Japan may terminate the Western Japan Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Western Japan Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by Western Japan and shall not be assignable by Western Asset without the consent of Western Asset Limited. EHI does not utilize Western Japan as a subadviser. Because GDF does not have any investments in Japan, nor are any investments in Japan currently being contemplated, it is not anticipated that any changes to EHIs portfolio will be made as a result of the non-utilization of Western Japan.
GDF currently pays LMPFA an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 1.05% of GDFs average weekly net assets. EHI currently pays LMPFA an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 0.85% of EHIs managed assets, along with a voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, which reduced the annual rate of that fee to 0.80% of the average daily managed assets. LMPFA implemented a voluntary investment management fee waiver on EHI of 0.05% beginning on March 1, 2010 continuing through December 31, 2016. LMPFA has a financial interest in the Merger because its respective fees under agreements with EHI, which are based on managed assets that take into account the use of leverage, are higher than under the respective agreements with GDF, which are based on net assets and do not account for the use leverage, and increase as the assets of EHI increase, including the use of leverage. In addition, it is anticipated that former stockholders of GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.11%, or approximately $161,000 following the Merger as a result of EHIs management fee being calculated on managed assets, rather than net assets. However, assuming the impact of EHIs voluntary
41
investment management fee waiver of 0.05%, it is anticipated that GDF will experience a management fee increase of 0.04%, or approximately $58,000 and GDFs total expense ratio will decline by 0.07% on net assets, from 1.67% to 1.60% as a result of the Merger.
The total dollar amounts paid to LMPFA under the Management Agreements with each Fund for the last three fiscal years are as follows:
GDF | EHI | |||||||
2013 |
$ | 1,794,624 | $ | 4,462,966 | ||||
2014 |
$ | 1,926,675 | $ | 4,606,576 | ||||
2015 |
$ | 2,005,523 | $ | 4,528,764 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 5,726,822 | $ | 13,598,306 |
With respect to each Fund, LMPFA pays sub-advisory fees to Western Asset at the rate of 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA.
Western Asset pays each of Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Funds. The fee is based upon a percentage of the management fee equal to the amount of the Funds assets Western Asset allocates to each of Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited to manage.
LMPFA, Western Asset, Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 International Drive, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company.
Additional information about the factors considered by the Board of EHI in approving its Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreements is set forth in EHIs Semi-Annual Report to Stockholders for the Semi-Six-Month Period ended March 31, 2015. Additional information about the factors considered by the Board of GDF in approving its Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreements is set forth in GDFs Semi-Annual Report to Stockholders for the Six-Month Period ended February 28, 2015.
Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, each of the Funds, LMPFA, Western Asset, Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited have adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds (the Codes of Ethics). All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the applicable Codes of Ethics and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employees position of trust and responsibility.
When personnel covered by either Funds Code of Ethics are employed by more than one of the managers affiliated with Legg Mason, those employees may be subject to such affiliates Code of Ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1, rather than the codes of ethics of the Funds.
Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the Funds, LMPFA, Western Asset, Western Singapore, Western Japan and Western Asset Limited are on file with the SEC.
Although individual Directors may not agree with particular policies or votes by LMPFA, Western Asset, Western Singapore, or Western Asset Limited, each Funds Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to LMPFA and/or Western Asset, believing that LMPFA and/or Western Asset should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.
42
LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for each Fund to Western Asset through its contracts with Western Asset. Western Asset will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the Funds. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of Western Asset to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and either Fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from Western Asset and providing them to the relevant Fund as required for the Fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.
LMPFAs, Western Assets, Western Singapores and Western Asset Limiteds Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to each Funds portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix D, Appendix E and Appendix F, respectively, to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Information regarding how each Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 888-777-0102, (2) on the Funds website at http://www.lmcef.com and (3) on the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov .
Investment Professionals of the Funds
Below is summary information for the Funds investment professionals. Certain employees of Western Asset listed below are members of the management teams of both GDF and EHI; others are involved in the management of only one of the Funds.
Name and Address |
Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s)
|
||
S. Kenneth Leech Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Since 2006 (GDF), Since 2006 (EHI) |
Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of the Funds portfolio management team; Chief Investment Officer of Western Asset from 1998 to 2008 and since 2014; Senior Advisor/Chief Investment Officer Emeritus of Western Asset from 2008-2013; Co- Chief Investment Officer of Western Asset from 2013-2014. | ||
Christopher F. Kilpatrick Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Since 2012 (GDF) Since 2012 (EHI) |
Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of the Funds portfolio management team; employed by Western Asset Management as an investment professional for at least the past five years. | ||
Chia-Liang (CL) Lian Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Since 2014 (GDF) Since 2014 (EHI) |
Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of the Funds portfolio management team; employed by Western Asset Management as an investment professional for at least the past five years. | ||
Ryan K. Brist Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Since 2010 (GDF) Since 2010 (EHI) |
Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of the Funds portfolio management team; employed by Western Asset Management as an investment professional since 2011; Prior to joining Western Asset, Mr. Lian spent approximately six years with the Pacific Investment Management Company (PIMCO), where he served as Head of Emerging Asia Portfolio Management. | ||
Michael C. Buchanan Western Asset 385 East Colorado Blvd. Pasadena, CA 91101 |
Since 2006 (GDF), Since 2006 (EHI) |
Responsible for the day-to-day management with other members of the Funds portfolio management team; employed by Western Asset Management as an investment professional for at least the past five years and currently Deputy Chief Investment Officer of Western Asset; formerly, Managing Director and head of U.S. Credit Products from 2003-2005 at Credit Suisse Asset Management. |
43
Other Accounts Managed by Investment Professionals
The table below identifies the number of accounts (other than the Funds) for which the each Funds investment professionals have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. Data for registered investment companies is based on the specific investment professionals that are named in the applicable disclosure documents. Data for other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts is based on Western Assets practice of naming a particular individual to maintain oversight responsibility for each vehicle/account. Where the named individual has been assigned primary responsibility for oversight of another pooled investment vehicle or other account, that vehicle/account has been allocated exclusively to that individual for disclosure purposes. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance is also indicated as of February 29, 2016.
Investment Professional |
Registered Investment
|
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles |
Other Accounts | |||
S. Kenneth Leech (1) |
109 registered investment companies with $179.9 billion in total assets under management |
279 other pooled
investment vehicles with $84.1 billion in assets under management |
615 other accounts with
$171.0 billion in total assets under management |
|||
8 other pooled investment
vehicles that charge a performance fee with approximately $1.49 billion in total assets under management |
57 other accounts that
charge a performance fee with approximately $16.6 billion in total assets under management |
|||||
Christopher F. Kilpatrick |
9 registered investment companies with $3.1 billion in total assets under management | None | None | |||
Chia-Liang (CL) Lian |
26 registered investment companies with $31.7 billion in total assets under management |
42 other pooled
investment vehicles with $13.0 billion in assets under management |
150 other accounts with
$30.4 billion in total assets under management |
|||
1 other pooled investment
vehicle that charge a performance fee with approximately $116.7 million in total assets under management |
28 other accounts that
charge a performance fee with approximately $7.7 billion in total assets under management |
|||||
Ryan K. Brist |
7 registered investment companies with $2.1 billion in total assets under management |
24 other pooled
investment vehicles with $14.9 billion in assets under management |
53 other accounts with
$20.7 billion in total assets under management |
|||
3 other accounts that
charge a performance fee with approximately $650.1 million in total assets under management |
44
Investment Professional |
Registered Investment
|
Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles |
Other Accounts | |||
Michael Buchanan |
42 registered investment companies with $38.9 billion in total assets under management |
80 other pooled
investment vehicles with $34.3 billion in assets under management |
190 other accounts with
$50.5 billion in total assets under management |
|||
4 other pooled investment
vehicles that charge a performance fee with approximately $1.1 billion in total assets under management |
21 other accounts that
charge a performance fee with approximately $6.4 billion in total assets under management |
(1) |
The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by employees of Western Asset. Mr. Leech is involved in the management of all the Firms portfolios, but they are not solely responsible for particular portfolios. Western Assets investment discipline emphasizes a team approach that combines the efforts of groups of specialists working in different market sectors. They are responsible for overseeing implementation of Western Assets overall investment ideas and coordinating the work of the various sector teams. This structure ensures that client portfolios benefit from a consensus that draws on the expertise of all team members. |
Investment Professional Compensation
With respect to the compensation of the investment professionals, Western Assets compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation range, which is derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits, and a retirement plan.
In addition, Western Assets employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of Western Asset, and are determined by the professionals job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. The principal factor considered is an investment professionals investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the funds Prospectus to which the funds average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the funds annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensationwith 3 years having the most emphasis. Western Asset may also measure an investment professionals pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because investment professionals are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the funds) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated based on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. Other factors that may be considered when making bonus decisions include client service, business development, length of service to Western Asset, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to Western Assets business.
Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These are determined based upon the factors described above and include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.
Potential Conflicts of Interest
Conflicts of Interest. The Managers and investment professionals have interests which may conflict with the interests of the Fund. There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by the Managers and the Funds will be able to identify or mitigate these conflicts of interest.
Some examples of material conflicts of interest include:
Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. An investment professional who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. An investment
45
professional may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those funds and accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. Such an investment professional may make general determinations across multiple funds, rather than tailoring a unique approach for each fund. The effects of this conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular investment professional have different investment strategies.
Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities; Aggregation of Orders. If an investment professional identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a funds ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity. Additionally, Western Asset, Western Singapore, Western Japan or Western Asset Limited may aggregate transaction orders for multiple accounts for purpose of execution. Such aggregation may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to a particular client than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts. In addition, Western Assets, Western Singapores, Western Japans or Western Asset Limiteds trade allocation policies may result in a funds orders not being fully executed or being delayed in execution.
Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, an investment professional may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of a funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of a funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the investment professional may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts. For example, an investment professional may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that a fund holds long, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by a fund.
Cross Trades. Investment professionals may manage funds that engage in cross trades, where one of the managers funds or accounts sells a particular security to another fund or account managed by the same manager. Cross trades may pose conflicts of interest because of, for example, the possibility that one account sells a security to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay or otherwise enters into a transaction that it would not enter into with an independent party, such as the sale of a difficult-to-obtain security.
Selection of Broker/Dealers. Investment professionals may select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide Western Asset, Western Singapore or Western Asset Limited with brokerage and research services. These services may be taken into account in the selection of brokers and dealers, in determination whether to select a dealer to effect a trade on a principal basis (as normally is the case for the funds) or determination whether to select a broker to effect a trade on an agency basis for a commission. This may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees and/or execution at a less favorable price than might have otherwise been available. The services obtained may ultimately be more beneficial to certain of the Managers funds or accounts than to others (but not necessarily to the funds that pay the increased commission or incur the less favorable execution). A decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could therefore yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed.
Variation in Financial and Other Benefits. A conflict of interest arises where the financial or other benefits available to an investment professional differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the amount or structure of the investment managers management fee and/or an investment professionals compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the investment professional might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the investment professionals performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the investment professional in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the investment professional. An investment professional may, for example, have an incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor such funds and/or accounts. Also, an investment professionals or the Managers desire to increase assets under management could influence the investment professional to keep a fund open for new investors without regard to potential benefits of closing the fund to new investors. Additionally, the investment professional might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest or in which the investment manager and/or its affiliates have ownership interests. Conversely, if an investment professional does not personally hold an investment in a particular fund, the investment professionals conflicts of interest with respect to such Fund be more acute.
46
Related Business Opportunities. LMPFA or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, an investment professional may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to LMPFA and its affiliates.
An investment professional may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist in managing both the Fund and the other funds and accounts listed above.
Investment Professional Securities Ownership
The table below identifies the dollar range of securities beneficially owned by the investment professionals of each Fund as of February 29, 2016.
Investment Professional |
Dollar Range of
EHI Securities Beneficially Owned |
Dollar Range of
GDF Securities Beneficially Owned |
Aggregate dollar
Range of Fund Securities Beneficially Owned |
|||
Kenneth Leech |
$50,001-$100,000 | None | None | |||
Michael C. Buchanan |
$50,001-$100,000 | None | None | |||
Chia-Liang (CL) Lian |
None | None | None | |||
Ryan K. Brist |
None | None | None | |||
Christopher F. Kilpatrick |
$100,001-$500,000 | None | None |
47
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS
Legg Mason, Western Asset and Non-U.S. Subadvisers, have a financial interest in the Merger because their respective fees under agreements with EHI, which are based on managed assets that take into account the use of leverage, are higher than under the respective agreements with GDF, which are based on net assets and do not account for the use leverage, and increase as the assets of EHI increase, including the use of leverage. EHIs assets will increase as a result of the Merger (although this increase in assets is expected to be offset by the concomitant loss of GDFs assets and the related fees).
Further information about EHI is included in EHIs Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on July 27, 2015 (accession no. 0001193125-15-263659), EHIs Semi-Annual Report to Stockholders for the six-month period ended November 30, 2015, filed with the SEC on January 25, 2016 (accession no. 0001193125-16-436681), and GDFs Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015, filed with the SEC on October 22, 2015 (accession no. 0001193125-15-350735). Copies of these documents, the SAI related to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and any subsequently released stockholder reports are available upon request and without charge, by writing to the Funds at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10041, by visiting the Funds website at www.lmcef.com or by calling the Funds at 888-777-0102.
The Funds are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in accordance therewith, file reports and other information including proxy material, reports and charter documents with the SEC. These reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Reports and other information about each Fund are available on the Edgar Database on the SECs website at www.sec.gov. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Branch, Office of Consumer Affairs and Information Services, SEC, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 at prescribed rates. You may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 202-551-8090.
48
The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each Fund for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a stockholder would have earned (or lost) on a Fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the Funds financial statements. The financial statements of EHI for the fiscal years ended, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the financial statements of GDF for the fiscal years ended 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose reports, along with the Funds financial statements, are included in the Funds annual reports (available upon request). The financial highlights of EHI for the six-month period ended November 30, 2015 and GDF for the six-month period ended February 29, 2016 are unaudited.
Financial Highlights for EHI (Acquiring Fund)
For a share of capital stock outstanding throughout each year ended May 31, unless otherwise noted:
2015 1,2 | 2015 2 | 2014 2 | 2013 2 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of year |
$12.33 | $13.59 | $13.71 | $12.80 | $13.62 | $12.08 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
0.49 | 0.99 | 1.06 | 1.11 | 1.19 | 1.19 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) |
(1.55 | ) | (1.09 | ) | (0.02 | ) | 0.96 | (0.85 | ) | 1.47 | ||||||||||||||
Total income (loss) from operations |
(1.06 | ) | (0.10 | ) | 1.04 | 2.07 | 0.34 | 2.66 | ||||||||||||||||
Less distributions from: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
(0.58 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.12 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total distributions |
(0.58 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.16 | ) | (1.12 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net asset value, end of year |
$10.69 | $12.33 | $13.59 | $13.71 | $12.80 | $13.62 | ||||||||||||||||||
Market price, end of year |
$8.96 | $10.91 | $12.91 | $13.30 | $12.85 | $13.38 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total return, based on NAV 3,4 |
(8.79 | )% | (0.66 | )% | 8.12 | % | 16.51 | % | 2.81 | % | 22.75 | % | ||||||||||||
Total return, based on Market Price 5 |
(12.80 | )% | (6.76 | )% | 6.59 | % | 12.77 | % | 5.32 | % | 36.14 | % | ||||||||||||
Net assets, end of year (000s) |
$331,850 | $382,741 | $422,015 | $425,790 | $395,093 | $417,573 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ratios to average net assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross expenses |
1.65 | % 7 | 1.55 | % | 1.53 | % | 1.53 | % | 1.56 | % | 1.59 | % | ||||||||||||
Net expenses 7 |
1.58 | 7 | 1.48 | 1.46 | 1.47 | 1.50 | 1.53 | |||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
8.60 | 7 | 7.74 | 7.98 | 8.08 | 9.26 | 9.03 | |||||||||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate |
36 | % | 40 | % | 40 | % | 40 | % | 33 | % | 75 | % | ||||||||||||
Supplemental data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans Outstanding, End of Year (000s) |
$120,000 | $125,000 | $90,000 | $100,000 | $100,000 | $100,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset Coverage, per $1,000 principal amount of Loan Outstanding 8 |
$3,765 | $4,062 | $5,689 | 9 | $5,258 | 9 | $4,951 | 9 | $5,176 | 9 | ||||||||||||||
Asset Coverage Ratio for Loan Outstanding 8 |
377 | % | 406 | % | 569 | % | 526 | % | 495 | % | 518 | % | ||||||||||||
Weighted Average Loan (000s) |
$120,055 | $102,205 | $99,863 | $100,000 | $100,000 | $100,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Interest Rate on Loans |
1.07 | % | 0.97 | % | 0.96 | % | 1.08 | % | 1.10 | % | 1.36 | % |
1 |
For the six months ended November 30, 2015 (unaudited). |
2 |
Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method. |
3 |
Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. |
4 |
The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested at NAV. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. |
5 |
The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested in accordance with EHIs dividend reinvestment plan. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. |
6 |
Annualized. |
7 |
Reflects fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. |
8 |
Represents value of net assets plus the loan outstanding at the end of the period divided by the loan outstanding at the end of the period. |
9 |
Added to conform to current period presentation. |
49
Financial Highlights for GDF (Target Fund)
For a share of capital stock outstanding throughout each year ended August 31:
2016 1,2 | 2015 2 | 2014 2 | 2013 2 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net asset value, beginning of period |
$10.06 | $11.93 | $11.38 | $12.11 | $11.59 | $11.62 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
0.40 | 0.83 | 0.90 | 0.98 | 1.07 | 1.10 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) |
(1.15 | ) | (1.83 | ) | 0.61 | (0.60 | ) | 0.59 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||
Total income (loss) from operations |
(0.75 | ) | (1.00 | ) | 1.51 | 0.38 | 1.66 | 1.11 | ||||||||||||||||
Less distributions from: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
(0.44 | ) 3 | (0.87 | ) | (0.87 | ) | (1.11 | ) | (1.14 | ) | (1.14 | ) | ||||||||||||
Return of capital |
| | (0.09 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Total distributions |
(0.44 | ) | (0.87 | ) | (0.96 | ) | (1.11 | ) | (1.14 | ) | (1.14 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net asset value, end of period |
$8.87 | $10.06 | $11.93 | $11.38 | $12.11 | $11.59 | ||||||||||||||||||
Market price, end of period |
$7.52 | $8.29 | $11.08 | $10.61 | $13.63 | $12.19 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total return, based on NAV 4,5 |
(7.64 | )% | (8.64 | )% | 13.73 | % | 2.87 | % | 15.33 | % | 9.64 | % | ||||||||||||
Total return, based on Market Price 6 |
(4.20 | )% | (18.10 | )% | 13.82 | % | (14.79 | )% | 23.03 | % | 6.58 | % | ||||||||||||
Net assets, end of period (000s) |
$138,192 | $156,746 | $185,949 | $177,383 | $188,080 | $179,301 | ||||||||||||||||||
Ratios to average net assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross expenses |
1.72 | % 7,8 | 1.65 | % | 1.50 | % | 1.48 | % | 1.53 | % | 1.66 | % | ||||||||||||
Net expenses |
1.72 | 7,8 | 1.65 | 1.50 | 1.48 | 1.53 | 1.66 | |||||||||||||||||
Net investment income |
8.61 | 7 | 7.63 | 7.63 | 7.97 | 9.32 | 9.10 | |||||||||||||||||
Portfolio turnover rate |
32 | % | 45 | % | 33 | % | 39 | % | 37 | % | 56 | % | ||||||||||||
Supplemental data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loan Outstanding, End of Period (000s) |
$40,000 | $40,000 | $39,000 | $39,000 | $39,000 | $39,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset Coverage Ratio for Loan Outstanding 9 |
445 | % | 492 | % | 577 | % | 555 | % | 582 | % | 560 | % | ||||||||||||
Asset Coverage, per $1,000 Principal Amount of Loan Outstanding 9 |
$4,455 | $4,919 | $5,768 | 10 | $5,548 | 10 | $5,823 | 10 | $5,597 | 10 | ||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Loan (000s) |
$40,000 | $42,329 | $39,000 | $39,000 | $39,000 | $34,085 | ||||||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Interest Rate on Loans |
1.09 | % | 0.95 | % | 0.87 | % | 0.90 | % | 0.95 | % | 0.94 | % |
1 |
For the six months ended February 29, 2016 (unaudited). |
2 |
Per share amounts have been calculated using the average shares method. |
3 |
The actual source of GDFs current fiscal year distributions may be from net investment income, return of capital or a combination of both. Shareholders will be informed of the tax characteristics of the distributions after the close of the fiscal year. |
4 |
Performance figures may reflect compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. In the absence of compensating balance arrangements, fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, the total return would have been lower. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. |
5 |
The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested at NAV. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. |
6 |
The total return calculation assumes that distributions are reinvested in accordance with GDFs dividend reinvestment plan. Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. |
7 |
Annualized. |
8 |
Included in the expense ratios are certain non-recurring reorganization fees that were incurred by GDF during the period. Without these fees, the gross and net expense ratios would both have been 1.65%. |
9 |
Represents value of net assets plus the loan outstanding at the end of the period divided by the loan outstanding at the end of the period. |
10 |
Added to conform to current period presentation. |
50
Net Asset Value, Market Price and Premium/Discount
Common shares of closed-end investment companies, such as the Funds, have frequently traded at a discount from net asset value, but some cases trade at a premium. Shares of closed-end investment companies investing primarily in fixed income securities tend to trade on the basis of income yield relative to the market price of the shares and the market price may also be affected by trading volume, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the fund. As a result, the market price of each Funds Common Shares may be greater or less than the NAV per share. Since the commencement of each Funds operations, each Funds Common Shares have traded in the market at prices that were generally below NAV per share.
The following tables set forth the high and low sales prices for EHI Common Shares and GDF Common Shares on the NYSE, the NAV per share and the discount or premium to NAV per share represented by the quotation for each quarterly period during the last two calendar years.
EHI (Acquiring Fund) Fiscal Year End is May 31
Quarterly High Price | Quarterly Low Price | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Quarter Ended |
Net Asset
Value Per Share |
NYSE
Price |
Premium/
(Discount) |
Net Asset
Value Per Share |
NYSE
Price |
Premium/
(Discount) |
||||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2014 |
$ | 13.67 | $ | 12.96 | -5.19 | % | $ | 13.44 | $ | 12.35 | -8.11 | % | ||||||||||||
September 30, 2014 |
13.65 | 12.90 | -5.49 | % | 13.35 | 12.15 | -8.99 | % | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2014 |
13.06 | 12.22 | -6.43 | % | 11.93 | 10.58 | -11.32 | % | ||||||||||||||||
March 31, 2015 |
12.42 | 11.32 | -8.86 | % | 12.21 | 10.94 | -10.40 | % | ||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2015 |
12.51 | 11.34 | -9.35 | % | 11.94 | 10.23 | -14.32 | % | ||||||||||||||||
September 30, 2015 |
11.99 | 10.47 | -12.68 | % | 10.74 | 8.85 | -17.60 | % | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2015 |
11.08 | 9.57 | -13.63 | % | 10.19 | 8.41 | -17.47 | % | ||||||||||||||||
March 31, 2016 |
10.21 | 9.18 | -10.09 | % | 9.54 | 7.67 | -19.60 | % |
GDF (Target Fund) Fiscal Year End is August 31
Quarterly High Price | Quarterly Low Price | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Quarter Ended |
Net Asset
Value Per Share |
NYSE
Price |
Premium/
(Discount) |
Net Asset
Value Per Share |
NYSE
Price |
Premium/
(Discount) |
||||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2014 |
$ | 12.00 | $ | 11.33 | -5.58 | % | $ | 11.81 | $ | 11.01 | -6.77 | % | ||||||||||||
September 30, 2014 |
12.02 | 11.19 | -6.91 | % | 11.51 | 10.40 | -9.64 | % | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2014 |
11.51 | 10.40 | -9.64 | % | 10.50 | 9.27 | -11.71 | % | ||||||||||||||||
March 31, 2015 |
10.93 | 9.78 | -10.52 | % | 10.69 | 9.45 | -11.60 | % | ||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2015 |
11.01 | 9.80 | -10.99 | % | 10.60 | 9.10 | -14.15 | % | ||||||||||||||||
September 30, 2015 |
10.64 | 9.25 | -13.06 | % | 9.57 | 7.93 | -17.14 | % | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2015 |
9.99 | 8.54 | -14.51 | % | 9.23 | 7.63 | -17.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||
March 31, 2016 |
9.30 | 8.13 | -12.58 | % | 8.70 | 7.10 | -18.39 | % |
As of February 1, 2016, the NAV per share of EHI was $9.80 and the closing price of EHI Common Shares on the NYSE was $8.31, meaning EHI Common Shares were trading at a 15.2% discount to EHIs NAV per share. Also as of February 1, 2016, the NAV per share of GDF was $8.90 and the closing price of GDF Common Shares on the NYSE was $7.43, meaning that GDF Common Shares were trading at a 16.5% discount to GDFs NAV per share. The trading premium/discount for EHI Common Shares may change after the issuance of additional EHI Common Shares in the Merger and the resulting increase in supply of EHI Common Shares in the market.
51
The following table sets forth the unaudited capitalization of each Fund as of the date set out below, and on a pro forma basis as of that date, giving effect to the proposed acquisition of assets at net asset value. The pro forma capitalization information is for informational purposes only. No assurance can be given as to how many shares of EHI will be received by stockholders of GDF on the Closing Date, and the information should not be relied upon to reflect the number of shares of EHI that actually will be received.
The following table sets out the effect of the proposed acquisition of assets at net asset value on a pro forma basis:
Pro Forma Combined Capitalization Table
As of November 30, 2015 (Unaudited)
GDF (Target Fund) |
EHI (Acquiring
Fund) |
Pro Forma
Adjustments |
EHI (Pro Forma
Combined Fund) |
|||||||||||||
Total Net Assets |
$ | 150,197,139 | $ | 331,849,608 | $ | (233,700 | ) (a) | $ | 481,813,047 | |||||||
Shares Outstanding |
15,586,783 | 31,053,250 | (1,526,452 | ) (b) | 45,113,581 | |||||||||||
Net Asset Value |
$9.64 | $10.69 | $10.68 |
(a) |
Reflects adjustments for estimated Merger costs of $233,700. |
(b) |
Reflects adjustments to the number of Common Shares outstanding due to the Merger. |
For more information about the Funds capital stock, see Description of the Funds Capital Stock-Common Shares
As of December 31, 2015, 94.11% of the market value of GDFs portfolio was invested in long-term securities and 5.89% was invested in short-term securities.
S&P (1) |
Moodys (1) |
Number of
Issues |
Market Value | Percent | ||||||||||
AAA |
Aaa | 13 | $ | 6,260,629 | 3.25 | % | ||||||||
AA+, AA, AA |
Aal, Aa, Aa2, Aa3 | 5 | 2,310,817 | 1.20 | ||||||||||
A+, A, A- |
Al, A, A2, A3 | 23 | 10,301,132 | 5.34 | ||||||||||
BBB+, BBB, BBB- |
Baal, Baa, Baa2, Baa3 | 104 | 44,264,032 | 22.97 | ||||||||||
Below Investment Grade |
Below Investment Grade | 351 | 125,237,011 | 64.97 | ||||||||||
Not Rated |
Not Rated | 32 | 4,373,645 | 2.27 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
528 | $ | 192,747,266 | 100 | % | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Ratings: using the lowest of S&P, Moodys and Fitch rating. |
As of December 31, 2015, 95.60% of the market value of EHIs portfolio was invested in long-term securities and 4.40% was invested in short-term securities.
S&P (1) |
Moodys (1) |
Number of
Issues |
Market Value | Percent | ||||||||||
AAA |
Aaa | 15 | $ | 7,228,688 | 1.69 | % | ||||||||
AA+, AA, AA |
Aal, Aa, Aa2, Aa3 | 2 | 1,869,233 | 0.44 | ||||||||||
A+, A, A- |
Al, A, A2, A3 | 28 | 20,751,260 | 4.86 | ||||||||||
BBB+, BBB, BBB- |
Baal, Baa, Baa2, Baa3 | 117 | 105,202,612 | 24.65 | ||||||||||
Below Investment Grade |
Below Investment Grade | 371 | 285,249,986 | 66.82 | ||||||||||
Not Rated |
Not Rated | 32 | 6,575,049 | 1.54 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
565 | $ | 426,876,828 | 100 | % | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Ratings: using the lowest of S&P, Moodys and Fitch rating. |
52
Neither Fund has an obligation to deal with any brokers or dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to policy established by the Boards of the Funds, the Managers are responsible for each Funds portfolio decisions and the placing of the Funds portfolio transactions.
Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price, which may include dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. In placing orders, it is the policy of each Fund to obtain the best results, taking into account the general execution and operational facilities of the broker or dealer, the type of transaction involved and other factors, such as the risk of the broker or dealer in positioning the securities involved. While the Managers generally seek the best price in placing its orders, neither Fund may necessarily be paying the lowest price available. Subject to seeking the best price and execution, securities firms which provide supplemental research to the Managers may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by each Managers under each management agreement, and the expenses of the Managers will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information.
The aggregate amount of brokerage commissions paid during the three most recent fiscal years was $10,517 for GDF and $28,574 for EHI. Each Fund expects that all portfolio transactions will be effected on a principal basis and, accordingly, does not expect to pay any brokerage commissions. To the extent a Fund does effect brokerage transactions, affiliated persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, or affiliated persons of such persons, may from time to time be selected to perform brokerage services for the Fund, subject to the considerations discussed above, but are prohibited by the 1940 Act from dealing with the Fund as a principal in the purchase or sale of securities. In order for such an affiliated person to be permitted to effect any portfolio transactions for a Fund, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by such affiliated person must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold during a comparable period of time. This standard would allow such an affiliated person to receive no more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker in a commensurate arms-length transaction.
Investment decisions for each Fund are made independently from those for other funds and accounts advised or managed by the Managers. Such other funds and accounts may also invest in the same securities as the Funds. When a purchase or sale of the same security is made at substantially the same time on behalf of a Fund and another fund or account, the transaction will be averaged as to price, and available investments allocated as to amount, in a manner which the Managers believe to be equitable to the Fund and such other fund or account. In some instances, this investment procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by a Fund or the size of the position obtained or sold by the Fund. To the extent permitted by law, the Managers may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for other funds and accounts in order to obtain best execution.
Although neither Fund has any restrictions on portfolio turnover, it is neither Funds policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. It is expected that the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Funds will not exceed 200%. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Funds portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater transaction costs than a lower rate, which costs are borne by the Funds and their stockholders.
General
Each Fund intends to distribute its net investment (ordinary) income on a monthly basis. At least annually, each Fund intends to distribute all of its net long-term capital gains, if any. For each Fund, both monthly and annual distributions to holders of common stock will be made only after making interest and required principal payments on borrowings, if any, or paying any accrued dividends on, or redeeming or liquidating, any preferred stock.
53
From time to time, each Fund may distribute less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in a particular period, which amount may be available to supplement future distributions As a result, the distributions paid by a Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period and the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Undistributed net investment income is included in the net asset value of a common stock and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the common stocks net asset value. In addition, the terms of any borrowings or preferred stock (if issued) may prohibit a Fund from making distributions in the amount or at the time that it otherwise would.
EHI Dividend Reinvestme nt Plan
Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash, all distributions, on your EHI Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as agent for the holders of EHI Common Shares (the EHI Agent), in additional EHI Common Shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the Plan). You may elect not to participate in the EHI Plan by contacting the EHI Agent. If you do not participate, you will receive all cash distributions paid by check mailed directly to you by the EHI Agent as distribution paying agent.
If you participate in the EHI Plan, the number of EHI Common Shares you will receive will be determined as follows:
(1) If the market price of the EHI Common Shares on the record date (or, if the record date is not a New York Stock Exchange trading day, the immediately preceding trading day) for determining stockholders eligible to receive the relevant distribution (the determination date) is equal to or exceeds 98% of the net asset value per share of the EHI Common Shares, the Fund will issue new EHI Common Shares at a price equal to the greater of (a) 98% of the net asset value per share at the close of trading on the Exchange on the determination date or (b) 95% of the market price per share of the EHI Common Shares on the determination date.
(2) If 98% of the net asset value per share of the EHI Common Shares exceeds the market price of the EHI Common Shares on the determination date, the EHI Agent will receive the distribution in cash and will buy EHI Common Shares in the open market, on the Exchange or elsewhere, for your account as soon as practicable commencing on the trading day following the determination date and terminating no later than the earlier of (a) 30 days after the distribution payment date, or (b) the record date for the next succeeding distribution to be made to the holders of EHI Common Shares; except when necessary to comply with applicable provisions of the federal securities laws. If during this period: (i) the market price rises so that it equals or exceeds 98% of the net asset value per share of the EHI Common Shares at the close of trading on the Exchange on the determination date before the EHI Agent has completed the open market purchases or (ii) if the EHI Agent is unable to invest the full amount eligible to be reinvested in open market purchases, the EHI Agent will cease purchasing EHI Common Shares in the open market and the Fund shall issue the remaining EHI Common Shares at a price per share equal to the greater of (a) 98% of the net asset value per share at the close of trading on the Exchange on the determination date or (b) 95% of the then current market price per share.
The EHI Agent maintains all participants accounts in the EHI Plan and gives written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information you may need for tax records. EHI Common Shares in your account will be held by the EHI Agent in non-certificated form. Any proxy you receive will include all EHI Common Shares you have received under the EHI Plan.
You may withdraw from the EHI Plan by notifying the EHI Agent in writing at P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170 or by telephone at 1-888-888-0151. Such withdrawal will be effective immediately if notice is received by the EHI Agent not less than ten business days prior to any distribution record date; otherwise such withdrawal will be effective as soon as practicable after the EHI Agents investment of the most recently declared distribution on the EHI Common Shares. The EHI Plan may be terminated by the Fund upon notice in writing mailed to holders of EHI Common Shares at least 30 days prior to the record date for the payment of any distribution by the Fund for which the termination is to be effective. Upon any termination, you will be sent a certificate or certificates for the full EHI Common Shares held for you under the EHI Plan and cash for any fractional EHI Common Shares. You may elect to notify the EHI Agent in advance of such termination to have the EHI Agent sell part or all of your shares on your behalf. You will be charged $5.00 plus a $0.05 per Common Share service charge and the EHI Agent is authorized to deduct brokerage charges actually incurred for this transaction from the proceeds.
54
There is no service charge for reinvestment of your distributions in EHI Common Shares. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the EHI Agent when it makes open market purchases. Because all distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional EHI Common Shares, this allows you to add to your investment through dollar cost averaging, which may lower the average cost of your EHI Common Shares over time.
Automatically reinvesting distributions does not mean that you do not have to pay income taxes due upon receiving distributions.
The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the EHI Plan if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, the change is warranted. There is no direct service charge to participants in the EHI Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the EHI Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Additional information about the EHI Plan and your account may be obtained from the EHI Agent by mail at P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170 or by telephone at 1-888-888-0151.
GDF Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Cash Purchase Plan
Each holder initially purchasing shares of GDF Common Shares, on or after September 6, 1996 will be deemed to have elected to be a participant in the Amended and Restated Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan (the GDF Plan), unless the stockholder specifically elects in writing (addressed to the GDF Agent (as defined below) at the address below or to any nominee who holds GDF Common Shares for the stockholder in its name) to receive all distributions in cash, paid by check, mailed directly to the record holder by or under the direction of Computershare Trust Company, N.A. as the Funds dividend-paying agent (GDF Agent). A stockholder whose GDF Common Shares are held in the name of a broker or nominee who does not provide an automatic reinvestment service may be required to take such GDF Common Shares out of street name and register such GDF Common Shares in the stockholders name in order to participate, otherwise distributions will be paid in cash to such stockholder by the broker or nominee. Each participant in the GDF Plan is referred to herein as a Participant. The GDF Agent will act as agent for each Participant, and will open accounts for each Participant under the GDF Plan in the same name as their GDF Common Shares are registered.
Unless GDF declares a distribution payable only in the form of cash, the GDF Agent will apply all distributions in the manner set forth below.
If, on the determination date, the market price per Share equals or exceeds the net asset value per Share on that date (such condition, a market premium), the GDF Agent will receive the distribution in newly issued GDF Common Shares of GDF on behalf of Participants. If, on the determination date, the net asset value per Share exceeds the market price per Share (such condition, a market discount), the GDF Agent will purchase GDF Common Shares in the open-market. The determination date will be the fourth NYSE trading day (a NYSE trading day being referred to herein as a Trading Day) preceding the payment date for the distribution. For purposes herein, market price will mean the average of the highest and lowest prices at which the GDF Common Shares sell on the NYSE on the particular date, or if there is no sale on that date, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations.
Purchases made by the GDF Agent will be made as soon as practicable commencing on the Trading Day following the determination date and terminating no later than 30 days after the distribution payment date except where temporary curtailment or suspension of purchase is necessary to comply with applicable provisions of federal securities law; provided, however, that such purchases will, in any event, terminate on the Trading Day prior to the ex-dividend date next succeeding the distribution payment date.
If (i) the GDF Agent has not invested the full distribution amount in open-market purchases by the date specified in paragraph 4 above as the date on which such purchases must terminate or (ii) a market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, then the GDF Agent will cease making open-market purchases and will receive the uninvested portion of the distribution amount in newly issued GDF Common Shares (x) in the case of (i) above, at the close of business on the date the GDF Agent is required to terminate making open-market purchases as specified in paragraph 4 above or (y) in the case of (ii) above, at the close of business on the date such shift occurs; but in no event prior to the payment date for the distribution.
55
In the event that all or part of a distribution amount is to be paid in newly issued GDF Common Shares, such GDF Common Shares will be issued to Participants in accordance with the following formula: (i) if, on the valuation date, the net asset value per Share is less than or equal to the market price per GDF Common Share, then the newly issued GDF Common Shares will be valued at net asset value per Share on the valuation date; provided, however, that if the net asset value is less than 95% of the market price on the valuation date, then such GDF Common Shares will be issued at 95% of the market price and (ii) if, on the valuation date, the net asset value per Share is greater than the market price per Share, then the newly issued GDF Common Shares will be issued at the market price on the valuation date. The valuation date will be the distribution payment date, except that with respect to GDF Common Shares issued pursuant to paragraph 5 above, the valuation date will be the date such GDF Common Shares are issued. If a date that would otherwise be a valuation date is not a Trading Day, the valuation date will be the next preceding Trading Day.
Participants have the option of making additional cash payments to the GDF Agent, monthly, in a minimum amount of $250, for investment in GDF Common Shares. The GDF Agent will use all such funds received from Participants to purchase GDF Common Shares in the open market on or about the first business day of each month. To avoid unnecessary cash accumulations, and also to allow ample time for receipt and processing by the GDF Agent, Participants should send in voluntary cash payments to be received by the GDF Agent approximately 10 days before an applicable purchase date specified above. A Participant may withdraw a voluntary cash payment by written notice, if the notice is received by the GDF Agent not less than 48 hours before such payment is to be invested.
Purchases by the GDF Agent pursuant to paragraphs 4 and 7 above may be made on any securities exchange on which the GDF Common Shares are traded, in the over-the-counter market or in negotiated transactions, and may be on such terms as to price, delivery and otherwise as the GDF Agent shall determine. Funds held by the GDF Agent uninvested will not bear interest, and it is understood that, in any event, the GDF Agent shall have no liability in connection with any inability to purchase GDF Common Shares within the time periods herein provided, or with the timing of any purchases effected. The GDF Agent shall have no responsibility as to the value of the GDF Common Shares acquired for the Participants account. The GDF Agent may commingle amounts of all Participants to be used for open-market purchases of GDF Common Shares and the price per GDF Common Share allocable to each Participant in connection with such purchases shall be the average price (including brokerage commissions) of all GDF Common Shares purchased by the GDF Agent.
The GDF Agent will maintain all Participants accounts in the GDF Plan and will furnish written confirmations of all transactions in each account, including information needed by Participants for personal and tax records. The GDF Agent will hold GDF Common Shares acquired pursuant to the GDF Plan in noncertificated form in the Participants name or that of its nominee, and each Participants proxy will include those GDF Common Shares purchased pursuant to the GDF Plan. The GDF Agent will forward to Participants any proxy solicitation material and will vote any GDF Common Shares so held for Participants only in accordance with the proxy returned by Participants to GDF. Upon written request, the GDF Agent will deliver to Participants, without charge, a certificate or certificates for the full GDF Common Shares.
The GDF Agent will confirm to Participants each acquisition made for their respective accounts as soon as practicable but not later than 60 days after the date thereof. Although Participants may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to three decimal places) in a GDF Common Share, no certificates for fractional shares will be issued. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each Participants account. In the event of termination of a Participants account under the GDF Plan, the GDF Agent will adjust for any such undivided fractional interest in cash at the market value of GDF Common Shares at the time of termination less the pro rata expense of any sale required to make such an adjustment.
Any share dividends or split shares distributed by GDF on GDF Common Shares held by the GDF Agent for Participants will be credited to their respective accounts. In the event that GDF makes available to Participants rights to purchase additional GDF Common Shares or other securities, the GDF Common Shares held for Participants under the GDF Plan will be added to other GDF Common Shares held by the Participants in calculating the number of rights to be issued to Participants.
The GDF Agents service fee for handling distributions will be paid by GDF. Participants will be charged a pro rata share of brokerage commissions on all open-market purchases.
Participants may terminate their accounts under the GDF Plan by notifying the GDF Agent in writing. Such termination will be effective immediately if notice is received by the GDF Agent not less than 10 days prior to any
56
distribution record date; otherwise such termination will be effective on the first Trading Day after the payment date for such distribution with respect to any subsequent distribution. The GDF Plan may be amended or terminated by GDF as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change or termination sent to Participants at least 30 days prior to the record date for the distribution. The GDF Plan may be amended or terminated by the GDF Agent, with GDFs prior written consent, on at least 30 days written notice to Participants. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, the GDF Agent or GDF may amend or supplement the GDF Plan at any time or times when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority. Upon any termination, the GDF Agent will cause a certificate or certificates for the full GDF Common Shares held by each Participant under the GDF Plan and cash adjustment for any fraction to be delivered to each Participant without charge.
Any amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the GDF Agent receives written notice of the termination of the Participants account under the GDF Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by the GDF Agent in its place and stead of a successor GDF Agent under these terms and conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the GDF Agent under these terms and conditions. Upon any such appointment of an GDF Agent for the purpose of receiving distributions, GDF will be authorized to pay to such successor GDF Agent, for each Participants account, all distributions payable on GDF Common Shares of GDF held in each Participants name or under the GDF Plan for retention or application by such successor GDF Agent as provided in these terms and conditions.
In the case of Participants, such as banks, broker-dealers or other nominees, which hold GDF Common Shares for others who are beneficial owners (Nominee Holders), the GDF Agent will administer the GDF Plan on the basis of the number of GDF Common Shares certified from time to time by each Nominee Holder as representing the total amount registered in the Nominee Holders name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are to participate in the GDF Plan.
The GDF Agent shall at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to insure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by its negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees.
All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to Computershare Trust Company, N.A. by mail at P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170 or by telephone at 1-888-888-0151.
Set forth below is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax aspects concerning EHI and the acquisition, ownership and disposition of EHI Common Shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a U.S. stockholder and that you hold your shares as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). You will be a U.S. stockholder if you are an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a U.S. domestic corporation, or any other person that is subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of an investment in EHI Common Shares. This discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to special classes of taxpayers including, without limitation, financial institutions, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors therein), U.S. stockholders whose functional currency is not the United States dollar, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities or commodities that elect mark-to-market treatment, or persons that will hold EHI Common Shares as a position in a straddle, hedge or as part of a constructive sale for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, this discussion does not address the application of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income, or the effects of any state, local or foreign tax laws. You should consult your own tax advisers with regard to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, or disposition of EHI Common Shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country or other taxing jurisdiction.
57
Taxation of EHI
EHI has elected to be treated and intends to continue to qualify annually as a regulated investment company (RIC) under Subchapter M of the Code.
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, EHI must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of EHIs assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of EHIs total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of a single issuer, or two or more issuers that EHI controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
As a RIC, EHI generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its stockholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income and its net tax-exempt income for such taxable year. EHI intends to distribute to its stockholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, EHI must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, EHI will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid corporate income tax.
A distribution by EHI will be treated as paid on December 31 of any calendar year if it is declared by EHI in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by EHI during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to stockholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.
If EHI failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, EHI would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income even if such income were distributed to its stockholders and all distributions out of earnings and profits (including distributions of net capital gain) would be taxed to stockholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of individual and other non-corporate stockholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate stockholders. In addition, EHI could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before re-qualifying for taxation as a RIC.
Distributions
Distributions to stockholders by EHI of ordinary income and of net short-term capital gains, if any, realized by EHI will generally be taxable to stockholders as ordinary income to the extent that such distributions are paid out of EHIs current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Distributions, if any, of net capital gains that are properly reported by EHI as capital gain dividends will be taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of the
58
length of time the stockholder has owned shares of EHI. A distribution of an amount in excess of EHIs current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated by a stockholder as a return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the stockholders basis in his or her shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the stockholders basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the stockholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. Distributions paid by EHI generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowance to corporations or for the reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income received by non-corporate stockholders.
Distributions will be treated in the manner described above regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional EHI Common Shares pursuant to the EHI Plan. Stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional EHI Common Shares will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, unless EHI issues new shares that are trading at or above net asset value, in which case, such stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed shares.
EHI may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its stockholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his or her pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each stockholder will (i) be required to report his or her pro rata share of such gain on his or her tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his or her pro rata share of tax paid by EHI on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for his or her shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
Stockholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions, and stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares will receive a report as to the net asset value of those shares.
Sale or Exchange of EHI Common Shares
Upon the sale or other disposition of EHI Common Shares, a stockholder will generally realize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the stockholders adjusted tax basis in the shares sold. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the stockholders holding period for the shares. Generally, a stockholders gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. For non-corporate taxpayers, long-term capital gains are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.
No loss will be allowed on the sale or other disposition of shares if the owner acquires (including acquisitions of EHI Common Shares pursuant to the EHI Plan) or enters into a contract or option to acquire securities that are substantially identical to such shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the securities acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Losses realized by a stockholder on the sale or exchange of shares held for six months or less are treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of any distribution of long-term capital gain received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.
Under Treasury regulations, if a stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the stockholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to stockholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayers treatment of the loss is proper. Stockholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Nature of EHIs Investments
Certain of EHIs hedging and derivatives transactions are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause EHI to
59
recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to stockholders.
Below Investment Grade Securities
EHI may invest a portion of its assets in below investment grade (high-yield) securities, commonly known as high-yield securities or junk bonds. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for EHI. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when EHI may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by EHI, in the event it invests in such debt securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.
Original Issue Discount and Market Discount Securities
Investments by EHI in zero coupon or other discount securities will result in income to EHI equal to a portion of the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of the securities over their issue price (the original issue discount) each year that the securities are held, even if EHI receives no cash interest payments. If EHI purchases debt instruments that are issued as part of a package of investments along with warrants and/or equity securities, EHI might also be required to accrue original issue discount in an amount equal to the value of such warrants and/or equity securities (even if the face amount of such debt instruments does not exceed EHIs purchase price for such package of instruments). In addition, with respect to securities that are acquired with market discount (i.e., an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity or revised issue price of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired), EHI has elected to include the market discount in income on a current basis. Original issue discount and market discount is included in determining the amount of income which EHI must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of U.S. federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to EHI, EHI may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its stockholders.
Currency Fluctuations
Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time EHI accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time EHI actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.
Foreign Taxes
Investment income that may be received by EHI from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign taxes withheld at the source. In that case, EHIs yield on such investments would be decreased. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that entitle EHI to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, taxes on such income. If more than 50% of the value of EHIs total assets at the close of the taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, EHI may elect to pass through to its stockholders the amount of foreign taxes paid by EHI. If EHI so elects, each stockholder would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, his or her pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid by EHI, but would be treated as having paid his or her pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either (i) deduct such amount in computing taxable income or (ii) use such amount (subject to various Code limitations) as a foreign tax credit against U.S. federal income tax (but not both). For purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation rules of the Code, each stockholder would treat as foreign source income his or her pro rata share of such foreign taxes plus the portion of dividends received from EHI representing income derived from foreign sources. No deduction for
60
foreign taxes could be claimed by a non-corporate stockholder who does not itemize deductions. In certain circumstances, a stockholder that has held his or her EHI Common Shares for less than a specified minimum period during which it is not protected from risk of loss, or is obligated to make payments related to the dividends, will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes deemed imposed on dividends paid on such shares. Additionally, EHI must also meet this holding period requirement with respect to its foreign stocks and securities in order for creditable taxes to be passed through to its stockholders. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the potential application of foreign tax credits.
Backup Withholding
EHI may be required to withhold from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to stockholders who fail to provide EHI with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain stockholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the stockholders U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the stockholder timely furnishes the Internal Revenue Service with the required information.
Foreign Stockholders
U.S. taxation of a stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate, a foreign corporation or foreign partnership (foreign stockholder) depends on whether the income from EHI is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the stockholder.
If the income from EHI is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign stockholder, distributions of investment company taxable income will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. However, dividends paid by EHI that are interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends will generally be exempt from the withholding tax, in each case to the extent that EHI properly reports such dividends to stockholders. For these purposes, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements.
A foreign stockholder whose income from EHI is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by EHI that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of EHI Common Shares. However, a foreign stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements will nevertheless be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% on such capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains and sale or exchange gains.
If the income from EHI is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign stockholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by EHI that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of EHI Common Shares will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate stockholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.
In the case of a non-exempt foreign stockholder, EHI may be required to withhold from distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the foreign stockholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.
The tax consequences to a foreign stockholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in EHI.
61
Additional Withholding Requirements
Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as FATCA), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on EHI Common Shares, and, beginning on January 1, 2019, certain capital gain dividends or the gross proceeds from the disposition of EHI Common Shares, in each case paid to (i) a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the 30% withholding tax discussed above under Foreign Stockholders, the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Foreign stockholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to the ownership and disposition of EHI Common Shares.
Other Taxation
EHI stockholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their EHI distributions. Stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in EHI.
Each Fund determines the NAV of its Common Shares on each day the NYSE is open for business, as of the close of the customary trading session (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time), or any earlier closing time that day. Each Fund determines the NAV per Common Share by dividing the value of each Funds securities, cash and other assets (including interest accrued but not collected) less all its liabilities (including accrued expenses, the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares and dividends payable) by the total number of Common Shares outstanding. Each Fund values portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available at market value. Each Funds short-term investments are valued at amortized cost when the security has 60 days or less to maturity. Determination of the Common Shares NAV is made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Each Fund values all other securities and assets at their fair value. If events occur that materially affect the value of a security between the time trading ends on the security and the close of the customary trading session of the NYSE, a Fund may value the security at its fair value as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Fund. The effect of using fair value pricing is that the Common Shares NAV will be subject to the judgment of the Board of Directors or its designee instead of being determined by the market.
Any swap transaction that a Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating NAV. Any cap transaction that a Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to a Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.
62
DESCRIPTION OF THE FU NDS CAPITAL STOCK
The authorized capital stock of EHI is 100,000,000 shares of capital stock, par value $0.001 per share, and the authorized capital stock of GDF is 100,000,000 shares of capital stock, par value $0.001 per share. The following table presents the number of shares of (i) capital stock authorized by each Fund, and (ii) capital stock outstanding for each class of authorized shares of each Fund as of December 31, 2015:
Fund |
Amount Authorized |
Amount Outstanding as
of 12/31/15 |
||||||
EHI (Common Shares) |
100,000,000 | 31,053,250 | ||||||
GDF (Common Shares) |
100,000,000 | 15,586,783 |
As described above, the authorized capital stock of EHI is 100,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.001 par value per share, all of which have been designated as EHI Common Shares. The outstanding EHI Common Shares are, and the EHI Common Shares to be issued in the Merger will be, when issued, fully paid and nonassessable. All GDF Common Shares are equal as to dividends, distributions and voting privileges. There are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. In the event of liquidation, each EHI Common Share is entitled to its proportion of EHIs assets after debts and expenses. There are no cumulative voting rights for the election of Directors.
Also as described above, the authorized capital stock of GDF is 100,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.001 par value per share, all of which have been designated as GDF Common Shares. The outstanding GDF Common Shares are fully paid and nonassessable. All GDF Common Shares are equal as to dividends, distribution and voting privileges. There are no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. In the event of liquidation, each GDF Common Share is entitled to its proportion of GDFs assets after debts and expenses are paid. There are no cumulative voting rights for the election of Directors.
Neither Fund has a present intention of offering additional Common Shares to the public except to the extent that EHI intends to issue new EHI Common Shares to holders of GDF Common Shares in the Merger. Other offerings of a Funds Common Shares, if made, will require approval of that Funds Board. Any additional offering will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act that shares of common stock may not be sold at a price below the then current net asset value (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions) except in connection with an offering to existing stockholders or with the consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock.
Special Voting Provisions
Each Fund has provisions in its charter and bylaws that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure. Each Funds Board is divided into three classes, each having terms of three years. At each Funds annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the term of one class expires and Directors are elected to serve in that class for terms of three years. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board. An EHI Director may be removed from office only for cause and only by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares of the Fund entitled to be cast for the election of Directors. A GDF Director may be removed only for cause with the same vote.
The affirmative vote of 75% of the entire Board of EHI is required to authorize the conversion of EHI from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. The conversion also requires the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by holders of the outstanding voting stock of EHI, unless it is approved by a vote of 75% of the Continuing Directors (as defined below), in which event such conversion requires the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting stock of EHI. A Continuing Director is any member of the Board of a Fund who (i) is not a person or affiliate of a person who enters or proposes to enter into a Business Combination (as defined below) with the Fund (an Interested Party) and has been a member of the Board of Directors for a period of at least 12 months, or (ii) has been a member of the Board since the commencement of the Funds operations, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of a Fund.
63
For EHI, the affirmative vote of 75% of the entire EHI Board and the holders of 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the EHI stockholders is required to adopt, approve, advise or authorize any of the following transactions; whereas for GDF, the affirmative vote of 75% of the entire GDF Board and the holders of 80% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the GDF stockholders (except such stockholder vote requirement shall be the affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon in the case of business combinations) is required to adopt, approve, advise or authorize any of the following transactions:
(1) merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Fund with or into any other person;
(2) issuance or transfer by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Fund, sales of securities of the Fund in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund, issuances of securities of the Fund upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund and portfolio transactions effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business;
(3) sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Fund having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business;
(4) the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Fund or an amendment to the Funds charter to terminate the Funds existence; or
(5) any stockholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Funds assets as to which stockholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law.
However, the stockholder vote described above will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those set forth in (5) above) if they are approved by a vote of 75% of the Continuing Directors. In that case, if Maryland law requires, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall be required.
Each Funds bylaws contain provisions the effects of which are to prevent matters, including nominations of Directors, from being considered at a stockholders meeting where the Fund has not received notice of the matters at least 60 days prior to the date of the meeting.
The Board of each Fund has determined that the foregoing voting requirements, which are generally greater than the minimum requirements under Maryland law and the 1940 Act, are in the best interests of stockholders generally.
Reference is made to the Charter and bylaws of each Fund, on file with the SEC, for the full text of these provisions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of a Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. In the opinion of the Manager, however, these provisions offer several possible advantages. They may require persons seeking control of a Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid for the shares required to obtain such control, they promote continuity and stability and they enhance the Funds ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objectives.
In any event, holders of each Funds Common Shares are entitled to one vote per Common Share, and each Common Share of each Fund has equal voting rights with all other outstanding Common Shares of that Fund.
Board Recommendation and Required Vote
Because the Merger in Proposal 1 has been approved by at least 75% of GDFs Continuing Directors, as that term is defined in GDFs charter, that Proposal must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding GDF Common Shares. Similarly, because the Merger in Proposal 1 has been approved by at least 75% of EHIs Continuing Directors, as
64
that term is defined in EHIs charter, that Proposal must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding EHI Common Shares. Approval of Proposal 1 will occur only if a sufficient number of votes at the Meeting are cast FOR that Proposal. Abstentions effectively result in a vote AGAINST Proposal 1. Any broker non-votes would effectively be treated as a vote AGAINST Proposal 1.
Each Funds Board of Directors, including the Independent Directors, unanimously recommends that stockholders of each Fund vote FOR the approval of the Merger of GDF with and into EHI in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law.
65
FEES PAID TO INDEPENDENT R EGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (GDF)
Audit Fees . The aggregate fees billed in the last two fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015 for professional services rendered by KPMG for the audit of GDFs annual financial statements, or services that are normally provided in connection with the statutory and regulatory filings or engagements in those fiscal years, were $74,100 and $74,800, respectively.
Audit-Related Fees . The aggregate fees billed by KPMG in connection with assurance and related services related to the annual audit of GDF and for review of GDFs financial statements, other than the Audit Fees described above, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015 were $0 and $0, respectively.
In addition, there were no Audit Related Fees billed in the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015 for assurance and related services by KPMG to LMPFA and any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with LMPFA that provides ongoing services to GDF (LMPFA and such other entities together, the Service Affiliates), that were related to the operations and financial reporting of GDF.
Tax Fees . The aggregate fees billed by KPMG for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services, which include the filing and amendment of federal, state and local income tax returns, timely regulated investment company qualification review and tax distribution and analysis planning to GDF for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015 were $4,100 and $4,140, respectively.
There were no fees billed by KPMG to the Service Affiliates for tax services for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015 that were required to be approved by GDFs Audit Committee.
All Other Fees . There were no other fees billed for other non-audit services rendered by KPMG to GDF for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015.
There were no other non-audit services rendered by KPMG to the Service Affiliates in the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015.
Generally, the Audit Committee must approve (a) all audit and permissible non-audit services to be provided to GDF and (b) all permissible non-audit services to be provided to the Service Affiliates that relate directly to the operations and financial reporting of GDF. The Audit Committee may implement policies and procedures by which such services are approved other than by the full Committee but has not yet done so.
The Audit Committee approved 100% of the Audit Related Fees, Tax Fees and Other Fees, if any, for each of the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015.
The Audit Committee shall not approve non-audit services that the Committee believes may impair the independence of the registered public accounting firm. As of the date of the approval of the Audit Committee Charter, permissible non-audit services include any professional services (including tax services), that are not prohibited services as described below, provided to GDF by the independent registered public accounting firm, other than those provided to GDF in connection with an audit or a review of the financial statements of GDF. Permissible non-audit services may not include: (i) bookkeeping or other services related to the accounting records or financial statements of GDF; (ii) financial information systems design and implementation; (iii) appraisal or valuation services, fairness opinions or contribution-in-kind reports; (iv) actuarial services; (v) internal audit outsourcing services; (vi) management functions or human resources; (vii) broker or dealer, investment adviser or investment banking services; (viii) legal services and expert services unrelated to the audit; and (ix) any other service the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board determines, by regulation, is impermissible.
Pre-approval by the Audit Committee of any permissible non-audit services is not required so long as: (i) the aggregate amount of all such permissible non-audit services provided to GDF, LMPFA and any Covered Service Provider constitutes not more than 5% of the total amount of revenues paid to the independent registered public accounting firm during the fiscal year in which the permissible non-audit services are provided to (a) GDF, (b) LMPFA and (c) any entity partially controlled by or under common control with LMPFA that provides ongoing services to GDF during the fiscal year in which the services
66
are provided that would not have to be approved by the Committee; (ii) the permissible non-audit services were not recognized by GDF at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services; and (iii) such services are promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved by the Audit Committee (or its delegate(s)) prior to the completion of the audit.
The aggregate non-audit fees billed by KPMG for non-audit services rendered to GDF and Service Affiliates for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015 were $0 and $0, respectively.
The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision of non-audit services to the Service Affiliates that were not pre-approved by the Audit Committee (because they did not require pre-approval) is compatible with maintaining KPMGs independence. All services provided by KPMG to GDF or to the Service Affiliates that were required to be pre-approved by the Audit Committee were pre-approved.
A representative of KPMG, if requested by any stockholder, will be present via telephone at the Meeting to respond to appropriate questions from stockholders and will have an opportunity to make a statement if he or she chooses to do so.
5% BENEFICIAL OW NERSHIP (GDF)
At May 3, 2016, to the knowledge of management, the registered stockholders who owned of record or owned beneficially more than 5% of GDFs capital stock outstanding is noted in the table below. As of the close of business on May 3, 2016, Cede & Co., a nominee for participants in the Depository Trust Company, held of record 14,777,158 shares, equal to approximately 95% of GDFs outstanding shares including the shares shown below.
Percent |
Name |
Address | ||
6.29% (1) |
First Trust Portfolios L.P. and its affiliates |
120 East Liberty Drive
Suite 400 Wheaton, IL 60187 |
(1) |
Based upon information obtained from Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 2, 2016. |
FEES PAID TO IN DEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (EHI)
Audit Fees. The aggregate fees billed in the last two fiscal years ending May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015 for professional services rendered by KPMG for the audit of EHIs annual financial statements, or services that are normally provided in connection with the statutory and regulatory filings or engagements were $70,050 in 2014 and $70,750 in 2015.
Audit-Related Fees. The aggregate fees billed by KPMG in connection with assurance and related services related to the annual audit of EHI and for review of EHIs financial statements, other than the Audit Fees described above, for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015 was $0 and $0, respectively.
In addition, there were no Audit Related Fees billed in the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015 for assurance and related services by KPMG to LMPFA and any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with LMPFA that provides ongoing services to EHI (LMPFA and such other entities together, the Service Affiliates), that were related to the operations and financial reporting of EHI.
Tax Fees. The aggregate fees billed by KPMG for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services, which include the filing and amendment of federal, state and local income tax returns, timely regulated investment company qualification review and tax distribution and analysis planning to EHI for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015 were $3,800 and $3,840, respectively.
There were no fees billed by KPMG to the Service Affiliates for tax services for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015 that were required to be approved by EHIs Audit Committee.
67
All Other Fees. There were no other fees billed for other non-audit services rendered by KPMG to EHI for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015.
There were no other non-audit services rendered by KPMG to the Service Affiliates in the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015.
Generally, the Audit Committee must approve (a) all audit and permissible non-audit services to be provided to EHI and (b) all permissible non-audit services to be provided to the Service Affiliates that relate directly to the operations and financial reporting of EHI. The Audit Committee may implement policies and procedures by which such services are approved other than by the full Committee but has not yet done so.
The Audit Committee approved 100% of the Audit Related Fees, Tax Fees and Other Fees, if any, for each of the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015.
The Audit Committee shall not approve non-audit services that the Committee believes may impair the independence of the registered public accounting firm. As of the date of the approval of the Audit Committee Charter, permissible non-audit services include any professional services (including tax services), that are not prohibited services as described below, provided to EHI by the independent registered public accounting firm, other than those provided to EHI in connection with an audit or a review of the financial statements of EHI. Permissible non-audit services may not include: (i) bookkeeping or other services related to the accounting records or financial statements of EHI; (ii) financial information systems design and implementation; (iii) appraisal or valuation services, fairness opinions or contribution-in-kind reports; (iv) actuarial services; (v) internal audit outsourcing services; (vi) management functions or human resources; (vii) broker or dealer, investment adviser or investment banking services; (viii) legal services and expert services unrelated to the audit; and (ix) any other service the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board determines, by regulation, is impermissible.
Pre-approval by the Audit Committee of any permissible non-audit services is not required so long as: (i) the aggregate amount of all such permissible non-audit services provided to EHI, LMPFA and any Covered Service Provider constitutes not more than 5% of the total amount of revenues paid to the independent registered public accounting firm during the fiscal year in which the permissible non-audit services are provided to (a) EHI, (b) LMPFA and (c) any entity partially controlled by or under common control with LMPFA that provides ongoing services to EHI during the fiscal year in which the services are provided that would not have to be approved by the Committee; (ii) the permissible non-audit services were not recognized by EHI at the time of the engagement to be non-audit services; and (iii) such services are promptly brought to the attention of the Audit Committee and approved by the Audit Committee (or its delegate(s)) prior to the completion of the audit.
No aggregate non-audit fees have been billed to EHI and to the Service Affiliates by KPMG for non-audit services rendered to EHI and Service Affiliates for the fiscal years ended May 31, 2014 and May 31, 2015.
A representative of KPMG, if requested by any stockholder, will be present via telephone at the Meeting to respond to appropriate questions from stockholders and will have an opportunity to make a statement if he or she chooses to do so.
5% BENEFICIAL O WNERSHIP (EHI)
At May 3, 2016, to the knowledge of management, there were no registered stockholders who owned of record or owned beneficially more than 5% of EHIs capital stock outstanding. As of the close of business on May 3, 2016, Cede & Co., a nominee for participants in the Depository Trust Company, held of record 31,040,068 EHI Common Shares, equal to approximately 99% of outstanding EHI Common Shares.
This Proxy Statement/Prospectus is furnished in connection with a solicitation of proxies by the Funds Board of Directors to be used at the Meeting. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus, along with the Notice of Joint Special Meeting and a proxy card, are first being mailed to GDF and EHI stockholders on or about May 6, 2016 or as soon as practicable thereafter.
68
Only stockholders of record of GDF and EHI at the close of business on May 3, 2016 are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Meeting and at any postponement or adjournment thereof. On December 31, 2015, there were 15,586,783 outstanding GDF Common Shares and 31,053,250 outstanding EHI Common Shares.
A quorum of GDF stockholders is required to take action at the Meeting. A majority of the outstanding GDF Common Shares entitled to vote at the Meeting, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum of stockholders at the Meeting. Similarly, a quorum of EHI stockholders is required to take action at the Meeting. A majority of the outstanding EHI Common Shares entitled to vote at the Meeting, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum of stockholders at the Meeting.
Votes cast by proxy or in person at the Meeting will be tabulated by the inspector of election appointed for the Meeting. The inspector of election, who is an employee of the proxy solicitor engaged by the Funds, will determine whether or not a quorum is present at the Meeting. The inspector of election will treat abstentions and broker non-votes (i.e., shares held by brokers or nominees, typically in street name, as to which proxies have been returned but (a) instructions have not been received from the beneficial owners or persons entitled to vote and (b) the broker or nominee does not have discretionary voting power on a particular matter) as present for purposes of determining a quorum.
If you hold shares directly (not through a broker-dealer, bank or other financial intermediary) and if you return a signed proxy card that does not specify how you wish to vote on a proposal, your shares will be voted FOR Proposal 1.
Broker-dealer firms holding GDF Common Shares or EHI Common Shares in street name for the benefit of their customers and clients will request the instructions of such customers and clients on how to vote their shares on the proposed Merger before the Meeting. The NYSE has taken the position that a broker-dealer that is a member of the NYSE and that has not received instructions from a customer or client prior to the date specified in the broker-dealer firms request for voting instructions may not vote such customer or clients shares with respect to a proposal. If a service agent is not a member of the NYSE, it may be permissible for the service agent to vote shares with respect to which it has not received specific voting instructions from its customers on a proposal. A signed proxy card or other authorization by a beneficial owner of GDF Common Shares or EHI Common Shares that does not specify how the beneficial owners shares should be voted on the proposed Merger will be deemed an instruction to vote such shares in favor of the proposed Merger.
If you hold GDF Common Shares or EHI Common Shares through a service agent that has entered into a service agreement with either Fund, the service agent may be the record holder of your GDF Common Shares or EHI Common Shares. At the Meeting, a service agent will vote shares for which it receives instructions from its customers in accordance with those instructions. A signed proxy card or other authorization by a stockholder that does not specify how the stockholders shares should be voted on a proposal may be deemed to authorize a service agent to vote such shares in favor of the applicable proposal. Depending on its policies, applicable law or contractual or other restrictions, a service agent may be permitted to vote shares with respect to which it has not received specific voting instructions from its customers. In those cases, the service agent may, but may not be required to, vote such shares in the same proportion as those shares for which the service agent has received voting instructions. This practice is commonly referred to as echo voting.
If you beneficially own shares that are held in street name through a broker-dealer or that are held of record by a service agent and if you do not give specific voting instructions for your shares, they may not be voted at all or, as described above, they may be voted in a manner that you may not intend. Therefore, you are strongly encouraged to give your broker-dealer or service agent specific instructions as to how you want your shares to be voted.
A stockholder may revoke a proxy at any time on or before the Meeting by either (1) submitting to the applicable Fund a subsequently dated proxy, (2) delivering to the applicable Fund a written notice of revocation (addressed to the Secretary at the principal executive office of GDF at the address shown at the beginning of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus) or (3) otherwise giving notice of revocation at the Meeting, at all times prior to the exercise of the authority granted in the proxy card. Merely attending the Meeting, however, will not revoke any previously executed proxy. Unless revoked, all valid and executed proxies will be voted in accordance with the specifications thereon or, in the absence of such specifications, for approval of the proposed Merger.
69
Even if you plan to attend the Meeting, we ask that you return the enclosed proxy card or vote by telephone or through the internet. This will help us ensure that an adequate number of shares are present for the Meeting to be held.
Photographic identification will be required for admission to the Meeting.
Proposal 1:
Because the Merger in Proposal 1 (the Proposal) has been approved by at least 75% of GDFs Continuing Directors, as that term is defined in GDFs charter, that Proposal must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding GDF Common Shares. Similarly, because the Merger in Proposal 1 has been approved by at least 75% of EHIs Continuing Directors, as that term is defined in EHIs charter, that Proposal must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding EHI Common Shares.
Approval of Proposal 1 will occur only if a sufficient number of votes at the Meeting are cast FOR that Proposal. Abstentions and broker non-votes are not considered votes cast and, therefore, do not constitute a vote FOR Proposal 1. Abstentions effectively result in a vote AGAINST Proposal 1. Any broker non-votes would effectively be treated as a vote AGAINST Proposal 1.
Adjournments and Postponements
If the necessary quorum to transact business or the vote required to approve the Proposal is not obtained at the Meeting, the chairman of the Meeting may propose one or more adjournments or postponements of the Meeting in accordance with applicable law to permit further solicitation of proxies. If in the judgment of the chairman of the Meeting, it is advisable to defer action on the Proposal, the chairman of the Meeting may propose one or more adjournments of the Meeting with respect to the Proposal for a reasonable period or periods. The Meeting may be adjourned up to 120 days after the original record date for the Meeting without further notice other than announcement at the Meeting.
The Board of Directors of each Fund does not intend to present any other business at the Meeting and does not know of any other matter that may come before the Meeting. If, however, any other matter properly comes before the Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, it is the intention of the persons named in the proxy to vote the proxies in accordance with their judgment on that matter.
Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, holders of GDF Common Shares are not entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the Merger.
EXPENSES OF PROXY SOLICITATION
The costs of preparing, printing, assembling and mailing material in connection with this solicitation of proxies are estimated to be approximately $180,400, and will be borne half by the Funds, equally, and half by LMPFA. Any additional costs of the Merger, estimated to be $287,000, will be borne by half by the Funds and half by LMPFA. Proxies may also be solicited in-person, by telephone or by use of the mails by officers of the Funds, by regular employees of LMPFA, Western Asset or their affiliates or by other representatives of the Funds. Brokerage houses, banks and other fiduciaries may be requested to forward proxy solicitation material to their principals to obtain authorization for the execution of proxies and will be reimbursed by the Funds for such out-of-pocket expenses. In addition, the Funds have retained Georgeson LLC (Georgeson), 480 Washington Boulevard, 26 th Floor, Jersey City, NJ 07310, a proxy solicitation firm, to assist in the solicitation of proxies. It is anticipated that Georgeson will be paid approximately $180,483 for such solicitation services (not including reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses), which costs are to be borne by the Funds. Georgeson may solicit proxies personally and by telephone.
70
State Street Bank and Trust Company, 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of each Fund.
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021 serves as each Funds transfer, stockholder services and dividend paying agent.
KPMG LLP, 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected as each Funds independent registered public accountants.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as counsel to the Funds.
Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, 2600 One Commerce Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as counsel to each Funds Independent Directors.
Certain legal matters concerning the issuance of EHI Common Shares will be passed upon by Foley & Lardner LLP, 3000 K Street, N.W., Suite 600, Washington, D.C. 20007.
71
Appendix A | Form of Agreement and Plan Of Merger | A-1 | ||||
Appendix B | Description of Moodys and S&P Ratings | B-1 | ||||
Appendix C | Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC Proxy Voting Policy | C-1 | ||||
Appendix D | Western Asset Management Company Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures | D-1 | ||||
Appendix E | Western Asset Management Company Limited Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures | E-1 | ||||
Appendix F | Western Asset Management Company PTE. LTD. Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures | F-1 |
72
FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (Agreement) is made as of this [ ] day of [ ], 2016 between Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (the Acquired Fund), a Maryland corporation with its principal place of business at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, New York 10018, and Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (the Acquiring Fund), a Maryland corporation with its principal place of business at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, New York 10018.
WHEREAS, each of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund is a closed-end management investment company registered pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act);
WHEREAS, it is intended that, for United States federal income tax purposes (i) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and (ii) that the Agreement shall constitute a plan of reorganization for purposes of the Code;
WHEREAS, the reorganization will consist of the merger of the Acquired Fund with and into the Acquiring Fund pursuant to the Maryland General Corporation Law (MGCL) as provided herein, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Acquired Fund currently owns securities that are generally assets of the character in which the Acquiring Fund is permitted to invest;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Acquiring Fund (the Acquiring Fund Board) has determined, with respect to the Acquiring Fund, that the Merger (as hereinafter defined) is in the best interests of the Acquiring Fund and its stockholders and that the interests of the existing stockholders of the Acquiring Fund will not be diluted as a result of this transaction;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Acquired Fund (the Acquired Fund Board) has determined, with respect to the Acquired Fund, that the Merger (as hereinafter defined) is in the best interests of the Acquired Fund and its stockholders and that the interests of the existing stockholders of the Acquired Fund will not be diluted as a result of this transaction;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. | BASIC TRANSACTION |
1.1 The Merger . On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Acquired Fund will merge with and into the Acquiring Fund (the Merger) at the Effective Date (as defined in paragraph 1.3 below) in accordance with the MGCL. The Acquiring Fund shall be the surviving corporation and an investment company registered pursuant to the 1940 Act. The Acquired Fund shall cease to exist as a separate corporation and an investment company.
Each share of Acquired Funds common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the Acquired Fund Common Stock), issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date will be converted into an equivalent dollar amount (to the nearest one tenth of one cent) of full shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock (as defined in paragraph 2.1(p)), based on the net asset value per share of each of the parties at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day prior to the Effective Date (the Valuation Time). No fractional shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock will be issued to the holders of Acquired Fund Common Stock. In lieu thereof, the Acquiring Fund will purchase all fractional shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock for cash at the current net asset value per share of the Acquiring Fund Common Stock for the account of all holders of fractional interests, and each such holder will receive such holders pro rata share of the proceeds of such purchase. The Effective Date and the Business Day prior to it must each be a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading (a Business Day).
A-1
From and after the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund shall possess all of the properties, assets, rights, privileges and powers and shall be subject to all of the restrictions, liabilities, obligations, disabilities and duties of the Acquired Fund (other than the investment objectives, policies, strategies or limitations of the Acquired Fund, whether fundamental or non-fundamental), all as provided under Maryland law.
1.2 Actions at Closing . At the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the Closing) on the date thereof (the Closing Date), (i) the Acquired Fund will deliver to the Acquiring Fund the various certificates and documents referred to in Article 6 below, (ii) the Acquiring Fund will deliver to the Acquired Fund the various certificates and documents referred to in Article 5 below, (iii) the Acquired Fund will file with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the Department) articles of merger (the Articles of Merger) and make all other filings or recordings required by Maryland law in connection with the Merger.
1.3 Effect of Merger . Subject to the requisite approvals of the stockholders of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund, and to the other terms and conditions described herein, the Merger shall become effective at such time as the Articles of Merger are accepted for record by the Department or at such later time, not to exceed 30 days after such acceptance, as is specified in the Articles of Merger (the Effective Date), and the separate corporate existence of the Acquired Fund shall cease. As promptly as practicable after the Merger, the Acquired Fund shall delist the Acquired Fund Common Stock from the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and its registration under the 1940 Act shall be terminated. Any reporting responsibility of the Acquired Fund is, and shall remain, the responsibility of the Acquired Fund up to and including the Effective Date.
2. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
2.1 Representations and Warranties of the Acquiring Fund . The Acquiring Fund represents and warrants to the Acquired Fund that the statements contained in this paragraph 2.1 are correct and complete in all material respects as of the execution of this Agreement on the date hereof. The Acquiring Fund represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Acquired Fund that:
(a) The Acquiring Fund is a corporation duly organized, validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the Department, and has the power to own all of its assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to carry out this Agreement.
(b) The Acquiring Fund is duly registered under the 1940 Act as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company (File No. 811-21337) and such registration has not been revoked or rescinded and is in full force and effect. The Acquiring Fund is qualified as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where required, except to the extent that failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the Acquiring Fund.
(c) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority is required for the consummation by the Acquiring Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except (i) such as have been obtained or applied for under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), and the 1940 Act, (ii) such as may be required by state securities laws and (iii) such as may be required under Maryland law for the acceptance for record of the Articles of Merger by the Department.
(d) The Acquiring Fund is not, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Acquiring Fund will not result, in violation of the laws of the State of Maryland or of the charter of the Acquiring Fund (the Acquiring Fund Charter) or the Bylaws, as amended (the Acquiring Fund Bylaws), of the Acquiring Fund, or of any material agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other undertaking to which the Acquiring Fund is a party or by which it is bound, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Acquiring Fund will not result in the acceleration of any obligation, or the imposition of any penalty, under any agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease, judgment or decree to which the Acquiring Fund is a party or by which it is bound.
(e) The Acquiring Fund has been furnished with the Acquired Funds Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended August 31, 2015.
(f) The Acquired Fund has been furnished with the Acquiring Funds Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended May 31, 2015.
A-2
(g) The Acquiring Fund has full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Acquiring Fund Board, and, subject to stockholder approval, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding contract enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally and court decisions with respect thereto.
(h) No material litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending (in which service of process has been received) or to its knowledge threatened against the Acquiring Fund or any properties or assets held by it. The Acquiring Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings which would materially and adversely affect its business and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body which materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions herein contemplated.
(i) There are no material contracts outstanding to which the Acquiring Fund is a party that have not been disclosed in the Registration Statement (as defined in paragraph 2.1(n) below) or will not be otherwise disclosed to the Acquired Fund prior to the Effective Date.
(j) Since May 31, 2015, there has not been any material adverse change in the Acquiring Funds financial condition, assets, liabilities or business and the Acquiring Fund has no known liabilities of a material amount, contingent or otherwise, required to be disclosed in a balance sheet with GAAP other than those shown on the Acquiring Funds statements of assets, liabilities and capital referred to above, those incurred in the ordinary course of its business as an investment company since May 31, 2015, and those incurred in connection with the Merger. Prior to the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund will advise the Acquired Fund in writing of all known liabilities, contingent or otherwise, whether or not incurred in the ordinary course of business, existing or accrued. For purposes of this paragraph 2.1(j), a decline in net asset value per share of the Acquiring Fund due to declines in market values of securities in the Acquiring Funds portfolio or the discharge of the Acquiring Fund liabilities will not constitute a material adverse change.
(k) All material federal and other tax returns and information reports of the Acquiring Fund required by law to have been filed shall have been timely filed (including any extensions) and are or will be correct in all material respects, and all federal and other taxes shown as due or required to be shown as due on said returns and reports shall have been paid or provision shall have been made for the payment thereof, and, to the best of the Acquiring Funds knowledge, no such return is currently under audit and no assessment has been asserted with respect to such returns. All tax liabilities of the Acquiring Fund have been adequately provided for on its books, and no tax deficiency or liability of the Acquiring Fund has been asserted and no question with respect thereto has been raised by the Internal Revenue Service or by any state or local tax authority for taxes in excess of those already paid, up to and including the taxable year in which the Effective Date occurs.
(l) The Acquiring Fund has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (a RIC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for each taxable year of its operation, the Acquiring Fund has met the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code for qualification as a RIC and has been eligible to and has computed its federal income tax under Section 852 of the Code. The Acquiring Fund intends to continue to meet such requirements and to so compute its federal income tax for each subsequent taxable year.
(m) The Acquiring Fund has not taken any action and does not know of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.
(n) The registration statement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) by the Acquiring Fund on Form N-14 relating to the Acquiring Fund Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement, and any supplement or amendment thereto or to the documents therein (as amended, the Registration Statement), on the effective date of the Registration Statement, at the time of the stockholders meeting referred to in Article 4 of this Agreement and at the Effective Date, insofar as it relates to the Acquiring Fund (i) shall have complied or will comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the prospectus included therein did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein,
A-3
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this paragraph 2.1(n) shall not apply to statements in, or omissions from, the Registration Statement made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished by the Acquired Fund for use in the Registration Statement.
(o) All issued and outstanding shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock (i) have been offered and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws, (ii) are, and on the Effective Date will be, duly and validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and (iii) will be held at the time of the Closing by the persons and in the amounts set forth in the records of the transfer agent. The Acquiring Fund does not have outstanding any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock, nor is there outstanding any security convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock.
(p) The Acquiring Fund is authorized to issue [ ] shares of capital stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which shares are classified as Common Stock (the Acquiring Fund Common Stock); each outstanding share of which is fully paid, non-assessable and has full voting rights.
(q) The offer and sale of the shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement will be in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
(r) At or prior to the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund will have obtained any and all regulatory, board and stockholder approvals necessary to issue the shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement.
(s) The books and records of the Acquiring Fund made available to the Acquired Fund are substantially true and correct and contain no material misstatements or omissions with respect to the operations of the Acquiring Fund.
(t) The Acquiring Fund Board has not adopted a resolution electing to be subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act or the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act.
2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Acquired Fund . The Acquired Fund represents and warrants to the Acquiring Fund that the statements contained in this paragraph 2.2 are correct and complete in all material respects as of the execution of this Agreement on the date hereof. The Acquired Fund represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Acquiring Fund that:
(a) The Acquired Fund is a corporation duly organized, validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the Department, and has the power to own all of its assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to carry out this Agreement.
(b) The Acquired Fund is duly registered under the 1940 Act as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company (File No. 811-07994), and such registration has not been revoked or rescinded and is in full force and effect. The Acquired Fund is qualified as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where required, except to the extent that failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the Acquired Fund.
(c) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority is required for the consummation by the Acquired Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except (i) such as have been obtained or applied for under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act, (ii) such as may be required by state securities laws and (iii) such as may be required under Maryland law for the acceptance for record of the Articles of Merger by the Department.
(d) The Acquired Fund is not, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Acquired Fund will not result, in violation of the laws of the State of Maryland or of the charter of the Acquired Fund (the Acquired Fund Charter) or the Bylaws, as amended (the Acquired Fund Bylaws), of the Acquired Fund, or of any material agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease or other undertaking to which the Acquired Fund is a party or by which it is bound, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Acquired Fund will not result in the acceleration of any obligation, or the imposition of any penalty, under any agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease, judgment or decree to which the Acquired Fund is a party or by which it is bound.
A-4
(e) The Acquired Fund has been furnished with the Acquiring Funds Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended May 31, 2015.
(f) The Acquiring Fund has been furnished with the Acquired Funds Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended August 31, 2015.
(g) The Acquired Fund has full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Acquired Fund Board, and, subject to stockholder approval, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding contract enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally and court decisions with respect thereto.
(h) No material litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending (in which service of process has been received) or to its knowledge threatened against the Acquired Fund or any properties or assets held by it. The Acquired Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings which would materially and adversely affect its business and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body which materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions herein contemplated.
(i) There are no material contracts outstanding to which the Acquired Fund is a party that have not been disclosed in the Registration Statement or will not be otherwise disclosed to the Acquiring Fund prior to the Effective Date.
(j) Since August 31, 2015, there has not been any material adverse change in the Acquired Funds financial condition, assets, liabilities or business and the Acquired Fund has no known liabilities of a material amount, contingent or otherwise, required to be disclosed in a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP other than those shown on the Acquired Funds statements of assets, liabilities and capital referred to above, those incurred in the ordinary course of its business as an investment company since August 31, 2015, and those incurred in connection with the Merger. Prior to the Effective Date, the Acquired Fund will advise the Acquiring Fund in writing of all known liabilities, contingent or otherwise, whether or not incurred in the ordinary course of business, existing or accrued. For purposes of this paragraph 2.2(j), a decline in net asset value per share of the Acquired Fund due to declines in market values of securities in the Acquired Funds portfolio or the discharge of the Acquired Fund liabilities will not constitute a material adverse change.
(k) All material federal and other tax returns and information reports of the Acquired Fund required by law to have been filed shall have been timely filed (including any extensions) and are or will be correct in all material respects, and all federal and other taxes shown as due or required to be shown as due on said returns and reports shall have been paid or provision shall have been made for the payment thereof, and, to the best of the Acquired Funds knowledge, no such return is currently under audit and no assessment has been asserted with respect to such returns. All tax liabilities of the Acquired Fund have been adequately provided for on its books, and no tax deficiency or liability of the Acquired Fund has been asserted and no question with respect thereto has been raised by the Internal Revenue Service or by any state or local tax authority for taxes in excess of those already paid, up to and including the taxable year in which the Effective Date occurs.
(l) The Acquired Fund has elected to be treated as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for each taxable year of its operation, the Acquired Fund has met the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code for qualification as a RIC and has been eligible to and has computed its federal income tax under Section 852 of the Code. The Acquired Fund intends to continue to meet such requirements and to so compute its federal income tax for the taxable year ending on the Effective Date.
(m) The Acquired Fund has not taken any action and does not know of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to prevent the Merger from qualifying as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code.
(n) The Registration Statement, on the effective date of the Registration Statement, at the time of the stockholders meetings referred to in Article 4 of this Agreement and at the Effective Date, insofar as it relates to the Acquired Fund (i) shall have complied or will comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
A-5
omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the prospectus included therein did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this paragraph 2.2(n) shall only apply to statements in, or omissions from, the Registration Statement made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished by the Acquiring Fund for use in the Registration Statement.
(o) All issued and outstanding shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock (i) have been offered and sold in compliance in all material respects with applicable registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws, (ii) are, and on the Effective Date will be, duly and validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable, and (iii) will be held at the time of the Closing by the persons and in the amounts set forth in the records of the transfer agent as provided in paragraph 4.7. The Acquired Fund does not have outstanding any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock, nor is there outstanding any security convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock.
(p) The books and records of the Acquired Fund made available to the Acquiring Fund are substantially true and correct and contain no material misstatements or omissions with respect to the operations of the Acquired Fund.
(q) The Acquired Fund Board has not adopted a resolution electing to be subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act or the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act.
(r) At or prior to the Effective Date, the Acquired Fund will have obtained any and all regulatory, board and stockholder approvals necessary to enter into and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
3. | EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE ACQUIRED FUND |
3.1 Conversion of Acquired Fund Common Stock .
(a) Conversion . Subject to the requisite approval of the stockholders of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund, and the other terms and conditions contained herein, on the Effective Date, each share of Acquired Fund Common Stock will be converted into an equivalent dollar amount (to the nearest one tenth of one cent) of full shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock, computed based on the net asset value per share of each of the parties at the Valuation Time (the Common Stock Consideration). No fractional shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock will be issued to the holders of Acquired Fund Common Stock. In lieu thereof, the Acquiring Fund will purchase all fractional shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock for cash at the current net asset value per share of Acquiring Fund Common Stock for the account of all holders of fractional interests, and each such holder will receive such holders pro rata share of the proceeds of such purchase (the Common Cash Consideration and, together with Common Stock Consideration, the Merger Consideration).
(b) Computation of Net Asset Value . The net asset value per share of the Acquired Fund Common Stock and the Acquiring Fund Common Stock shall be determined as of the Valuation Time, and no formula will be used to adjust the net asset value per share so determined of either of the parties common stock to take into account differences in realized and unrealized gains and losses. The value of the assets of the Acquired Fund to be transferred to the Acquiring Fund shall be determined by the Acquiring Fund pursuant to the principles and procedures consistently utilized by the Acquiring Fund in valuing its own assets and determining its own liabilities for purposes of the Merger, which principles and procedures are substantially similar to those employed by the Acquired Fund when valuing its own assets and determining its own liabilities. Such valuation and determination shall be made by the Acquiring Fund in cooperation with the Acquired Fund and shall be confirmed in writing by the Acquiring Fund to the Acquired Fund. The net asset value per share of Acquiring Fund Common Stock shall be determined in accordance with such procedures, and the Acquiring Fund shall certify the computations involved.
(c) Cancellation of Acquired Fund Common Stock . On the Effective Date, all shares of the Acquired Fund Common Stock shall cease to be outstanding, shall automatically be cancelled and shall cease to exist and the holders of certificates (the Common Certificates) or book entry shares (Common Book-Entry Shares) which, immediately prior to the Effective Date, represented such shares of the Acquired Fund Common Stock shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive, upon surrender of such Common Certificates or Common Book-Entry Shares in accordance with paragraph 3.2, the Merger Consideration.
A-6
3.2 | Surrender of Shares . |
(a) Paying Agent . Prior to the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund shall designate American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as paying agent for the payment of the Merger Consideration (the Paying Agent) as provided in this Article 3. At or prior to the Closing, the Acquiring Fund shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) with the Paying Agent, for the benefit of the holders of Certificates or Book-Entry Shares, cash in an amount sufficient to make all payments of Common Cash Consideration pursuant to paragraph 3.1(a) (the Cash Consideration). Such funds may be invested by the Paying Agent as directed by the Acquiring Fund; provided that (a) no such investment or losses thereon shall affect the Cash Consideration payable to the holders of Acquired Fund Common Stock, and following any losses, the Acquiring Fund shall promptly deposit (or cause to be deposited) additional funds to the Paying Agent for the benefit of the stockholders of the Acquired Fund in the amount of any such losses and (b) such investments shall be in short-term obligations of the United States of America with maturities of no more than 30 days or guaranteed by the United States of America and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or in commercial paper obligations rated A-1 or P-1 or better by Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poors Corporation, respectively. Any interest or income produced by such investments will be payable to the Acquiring Fund, as the Acquiring Fund directs.
(b) Payment Procedures .
(i) As promptly as practicable after the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund shall cause to be mailed to each record holder, as of the Effective Date, of a Certificate or a Book-Entry Share a letter of transmittal (which shall be in customary form and shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to the Paying Agent or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, upon adherence to the procedures set forth in the letter of transmittal) and instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Certificates or, in the case of Book-Entry Shares, the surrender of such shares for payment of the Merger Consideration.
(ii) Upon surrender to the Paying Agent of Common Certificates or of Common Book-Entry Shares, together with such letter of transmittal, duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may be required pursuant to such instructions, the holder of such Common Certificates or Common Book-Entry Shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor (i) Common Stock Consideration in the form of separate certificates or share deposit receipts for Acquiring Fund Common Stock and (ii) cash in an amount equal to the Common Cash Consideration, for each share formerly represented by such Common Certificate or Common Book-Entry Shares (less any required withholding taxes) and such Common Certificate or Common Book-Entry Shares shall then be canceled. No interest shall be paid or accrued for the benefit of holders of the Common Certificates or Common Book-Entry Shares on the Common Cash Consideration.
(iii) If payment of the Merger Consideration is to be made to a person other than the person in whose name the surrendered Certificate or Book-Entry Share is registered, it shall be a condition of payment that the Certificate or Book-Entry Share so surrendered shall be properly endorsed or shall be otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the person requesting such payment shall have paid any transfer and other taxes required by reason of the payment of the Merger Consideration, as applicable, to a person other than the registered holder of the Certificate or Book-Entry Share surrendered or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Acquiring Fund that such tax either has been paid or is not applicable.
(iv) Until surrendered as contemplated by, and in accordance with, this paragraph 3.2, each Certificate and each Book-Entry Share shall be deemed at any time after the Effective Date to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender the applicable Merger Consideration as contemplated by this paragraph 3.
(v) At any time following the date that is six months after the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund shall be entitled to require the Paying Agent to deliver to it any funds (including any interest received with respect thereto) which have been deposited with the Paying Agent and which have not been disbursed to holders of Certificates or Book-Entry Shares and thereafter such holders shall be entitled to look to the Acquiring Fund (subject to abandoned property, escheat or other similar laws) only as general creditors thereof with respect to the Merger Consideration payable (without interest) upon due surrender of their Certificates or Book-Entry Shares. The Acquiring Fund shall pay all charges and expenses, including those of the Paying Agent, in connection with the exchange of Acquired Fund Common Stock for Merger Consideration. None of the Acquiring Fund, the Acquired Fund or the Paying Agent shall be liable to any person in respect of any cash delivered to a
A-7
public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law. Any Cash Consideration remaining unclaimed as of a date which is immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any governmental entity shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, become the property of the Acquiring Fund free and clear of any claims or interests of any person previously entitled thereto. All cash paid in accordance with the terms of this Article 3 in respect of Certificates or Book-Entry Shares that have been surrendered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to the shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock represented thereby.
(vi) After the Effective Date, the stock transfer books of the Acquired Fund shall be closed and thereafter there shall be no further registration of transfers of Acquired Fund Common Stock that were outstanding prior to the Effective Date. After the Effective Date, Certificates or Book-Entry Shares presented to the Paying Agent for transfer shall be canceled and exchanged for the Merger Consideration, as applicable, provided for, and in accordance with the procedures set forth in, this Article 3.
3.3 Withholding Taxes . The Acquiring Fund or the Paying Agent will be entitled to deduct and withhold from amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock such amounts as the Acquiring Fund or the Paying Agent shall determine in good faith are required to be deducted and withheld with respect to such payments under the Code and the rules and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. Any amounts so deducted and withheld will be timely paid to the applicable tax authority and will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.
3.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by the Acquiring Fund, the posting by such person of a bond in customary amount and upon such terms as the Acquiring Fund may determine are necessary as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such Certificate, the Paying Agent will issue in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the Merger Consideration, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement.
4. | COVENANTS |
4.1 Operations in the Normal Course . Each party covenants to operate its business in the ordinary course between the date hereof and the Effective Date, it being understood that such ordinary course of business will include (i) the declaration and payment of customary dividends and other distributions and (ii) in the case of the Acquired Fund, preparing for its deregistration, except that the distribution of dividends pursuant to paragraph 6.6 of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a breach of the provisions of this paragraph 4.1.
4.2 Stockholders Meetings .
(a) The Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund shall hold a meeting of its respective stockholders for the purpose of considering the Merger as described herein, which meeting has been called for [ ], and any adjournments or postponements thereof.
(b) The Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund mailed to each of its respective stockholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting of stockholders at which action is to be considered regarding the Merger, in sufficient time to comply with requirements as to notice thereof, a combined Proxy Statement and Prospectus which complies in all material respects with the applicable provisions of Section 14(a) of the 1934 Act and Section 20(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations, respectively, thereunder.
4.3 Articles of Merger . The parties agree that, as soon as practicable after satisfaction of all conditions to the Merger, they will jointly file executed Articles of Merger with the Department and make all other filings or recordings required by Maryland law in connection with the Merger.
A-8
4.4 Regulatory Filings .
(a) The Acquired Fund undertakes that, if the Merger is consummated, it will file, or cause its agents to file, an application pursuant to Section 8(f) of the 1940 Act for an order declaring that the Acquired Fund has ceased to be a registered investment company.
(b) The Acquiring Fund has filed the Registration Statement with the SEC, which has become effective. The Acquired Fund agrees to cooperate fully with the Acquiring Fund, and has furnished to the Acquiring Fund the information relating to itself to be set forth in the Registration Statement as required by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder and the state securities or blue sky laws.
4.5 Preservation of Assets . The Acquiring Fund agrees that it has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of the assets of the Acquired Fund to be acquired in the Merger, except for dispositions made in the ordinary course of business.
4.6 Tax Matters . Each of the parties agrees that by the Effective Date all of its federal and other tax returns and reports required to be filed on or before such date shall have been filed and all taxes shown as due on said returns either have been paid or adequate liability reserves have been provided for the payment of such taxes. In connection with this covenant, the parties agree to cooperate with each other in filing any tax return, amended return or claim for refund, determining a liability for taxes or a right to a refund of taxes or participating in or conducting any audit or other proceeding in respect of taxes. The Acquiring Fund agrees to retain for a period of ten (10) years following the Effective Date all returns, schedules and work papers and all material records or other documents relating to tax matters of the Acquired Fund for its final taxable year and for all prior taxable periods. Any information obtained under this paragraph 4.6 shall be kept confidential except as otherwise may be necessary in connection with the filing of returns or claims for refund or in conducting an audit or other proceeding. After the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund shall prepare, or cause its agents to prepare, any federal, state or local tax returns, including any Forms 1099, required to be filed and provided to required persons by the Acquired Fund with respect to its final taxable year ending with the Effective Date and for any prior periods or taxable years for which the due date for such return has not passed as of the Effective Date and further shall cause such tax returns and Forms 1099 to be duly filed with the appropriate taxing authorities and provided to required persons. Notwithstanding the aforementioned provisions of this paragraph 4.6, any expenses incurred by the Acquiring Fund (other than for payment of taxes) in excess of any accrual for such expenses by the Acquired Fund in connection with the preparation and filing of said tax returns and Forms 1099 after the Effective Date shall be borne by the Acquiring Fund.
4.7 Stockholder List . Prior to the Effective Date, the Acquired Fund shall have made arrangements with its transfer agent to deliver to the Acquiring Fund a list of the names and addresses of all of the holders of record of Acquired Fund Common Stock on the Effective Date and the respective number of shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock owned by each such stockholder, certified by the Acquired Funds transfer agent or President to the best of their knowledge and belief. The Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund will (i) use all reasonable best efforts to cause the Merger to constitute a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code and (ii) shall execute and deliver officers certificates containing appropriate representations at such time or times as may be reasonably requested by counsel, including the effective date of the Registration Statement and the Closing Date, for purposes of rendering opinions with respect to the tax treatment of the Merger.
4.8 Delisting, Termination of Registration as an Investment Company . The Acquired Fund agrees that the (i) delisting of the shares of the Acquired Fund with the NYSE and (ii) termination of its registration as an investment company will be effected in accordance with applicable law as soon as practicable following the Effective Date.
5. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE ACQUIRED FUND |
The obligations of the Acquired Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein shall be subject, at the Acquired Funds election, to the following conditions:
5.1 Certificates and Statements by the Acquiring Fund .
(a) The Acquiring Fund shall have furnished a statement of assets, liabilities and capital, together with a schedule of investments with their respective dates of acquisition and tax costs, certified on its behalf by its President (or any Vice
A-9
President) and its Treasurer, and a certificate executed by both such officers, dated the Effective Date, certifying that there has been no material adverse change in its financial position since May 31, 2015, other than changes in its portfolio securities since that date or changes in the market value of its portfolio securities.
(b) The Acquiring Fund shall have furnished to the Acquired Fund a certificate signed by its President (or any Vice President), dated the Effective Date, certifying that as of the Effective Date, all representations and warranties made by the Acquiring Fund in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as if made at and as of such date and the Acquiring Fund has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such dates.
5.2 Absence of Litigation . There shall be no material litigation pending with respect to the matters contemplated by this Agreement.
5.3 Legal Opinion . The Acquired Fund shall have received an opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, as counsel to the Acquiring Fund, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Acquired Fund and dated the Effective Date, to the effect that:
(i) the Acquiring Fund is a corporation duly organized, validly existing under the law of the State of Maryland and in good standing with the Department;
(ii) the Acquiring Fund has the corporate power to carry on its business as a closed-end investment company registered under the 1940 Act;
(iii) the Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Acquiring Fund, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Acquired Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Acquiring Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws pertaining to the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by equitable principles;
(iv) to such counsels knowledge, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any United States federal or Maryland or New York state court or governmental authority is required for the consummation by the Acquiring Fund of the Merger, except such as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act and the published rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder and under Maryland law, New York law and such as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws;
(v) the Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and the Proxy Statement and Prospectus was filed on [ ] pursuant to Rule 497(c) of the rules and regulations of the SEC under the 1933 Act and, to such counsels knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued or proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the SEC;
(vi) to such counsels knowledge, there are no legal or governmental proceedings or contracts to which the Acquiring Fund is a party or by which it is bound required to be described in the Registration Statement which are not described therein or, if required to be filed, filed as required;
(vii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the Merger will not, violate any material provision of the Acquiring Fund Charter, the Acquiring Fund Bylaws, as amended, or any agreement set forth in a schedule to the opinion, which the Acquiring Fund has advised such counsel are all material contracts to which the Acquiring Fund is a party or by which the Acquiring Fund is bound, except insofar as the parties have agreed to amend such provision as a condition precedent to the Merger; and
(viii) to such counsels knowledge, no material suit, action or legal or administrative proceeding is pending or threatened against the Acquiring Fund.
In giving the opinion set forth above, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may state that it is relying on certificates of officers of the Acquiring Fund with regard to matters of fact and certain certificates and written statements of governmental
A-10
officials with respect to the good standing of the Acquiring Fund and on the opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP as to matters of Maryland law.
5.4 Regulatory Orders . The Acquiring Fund shall have received from any relevant state securities administrator such order or orders as are reasonably necessary or desirable under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, and any applicable state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that all such orders shall be in full force and effect.
5.5 Satisfaction of the Acquired Fund . All proceedings taken by the Acquiring Fund and its counsel in connection with the Merger and all documents incidental thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Acquired Fund.
6. | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE ACQUIRING FUND |
The obligations of the Acquiring Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein shall be subject, at the Acquiring Funds election, to the following conditions:
6.1 Certificates and Statements by the Acquired Fund .
(a) The Acquired Fund shall have furnished a statement of assets, liabilities and capital, together with a schedule of investments with their respective dates of acquisition and tax costs, certified on its behalf by its President (or any Vice President) and its Treasurer, and a certificate executed by both such officers, dated the Effective Date, certifying that there has been no material adverse change in its financial position since August 31, 2015, other than changes in its portfolio securities since that date or changes in the market value of its portfolio securities.
(b) The Acquired Fund shall have furnished to the Acquiring Fund a certificate signed by its President (or any Vice President), dated the Effective Date, certifying that as of the Effective Dates, all representations and warranties made by the Acquired Fund in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as if made at and as of such date and that the Acquired Fund has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such date.
6.2 Absence of Litigation . There shall be no material litigation pending with respect to the matters contemplated by this Agreement.
6.3 Legal Opinion . The Acquiring Fund shall have received an opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, as counsel to the Acquired Fund, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Acquiring Fund and dated the Effective Date, to the effect that:
(i) the Acquired Fund is a corporation duly organized, validly existing under the law of the State of Maryland and in good standing with the Department;
(ii) the Acquired Fund has the corporate power to carry on its business as a closed-end investment company registered under the 1940 Act;
(iii) the Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Acquired Fund, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Agreement by the Acquiring Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Acquired Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws pertaining to the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by equitable principles;
(iv) to such counsels knowledge, no consent, approval, authorization or order of any United States federal or Maryland or New York state court or governmental authority is required for the consummation by the Acquired Fund of the Merger, except such as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act and the published rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder and under Maryland law, New York law and such as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws;
A-11
(v) to such counsels knowledge, there are no legal or governmental proceedings or contracts to which the Acquired Fund is a party or by which it is bound required to be described in the Registration Statement which are not described therein or, if required to be filed, filed as required;
(vi) the execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the consummation of the Merger will not, violate any material provision of the Acquired Fund Charter, the Acquired Fund Bylaws, as amended, or any agreement set forth in a schedule to the opinion, which the Acquired Fund has advised such counsel are all material contracts to which the Acquired Fund is a party or by which it is bound, except insofar as the parties have agreed to amend such provision as a condition precedent to the Merger; and
(vii) to such counsels knowledge, no material suit, action or legal or administrative proceeding is pending or threatened against the Acquired Fund.
In giving the opinion set forth above, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may state that it is relying on certificates of officers of the Acquired Fund with regard to matters of fact and certain certificates and written statements of governmental officials with respect to the good standing of the Acquired Fund and on the opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP, as to matters of Maryland law.
6.4 Satisfaction of the Acquiring Fund . All proceedings taken by the Acquired Fund and its counsel in connection with the Merger and all documents incidental thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Acquiring Fund.
6.5 Dividends . Prior to the Effective Date, the Acquired Fund shall have declared and paid a dividend or dividends which, together with all such previous dividends, shall have the effect of distributing to its stockholders substantially all of its net investment income that has accrued through the Effective Date, if any, and substantially all of its net capital gain, if any, realized through the Effective Date.
6.6 Custodians Certificate . The Acquired Funds custodian shall have delivered to the Acquiring Fund a certificate identifying all of the assets of the Acquired Fund held or maintained by such custodian as of the Valuation Time.
6.7 Books and Records . The Acquired Funds transfer agent shall have provided to the Acquiring Fund (i) the originals or true copies of all of the records of the Acquired Fund in the possession of such transfer agent as of the Effective Date, (ii) a certificate setting forth the number of shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock outstanding as of the Valuation Time, and (iii) the name and address of each holder of record of any shares and the number of shares held of record by each such stockholder.
7. | FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF ACQUIRING FUND AND ACQUIRED FUND |
If any of the conditions set forth below have not been satisfied on or before the Closing Date with respect to the Acquired Fund or the Acquiring Fund, the other party to this Agreement shall be entitled, at its option, to refuse to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement:
7.1 Approval of Merger . The Merger shall have been approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock and Acquiring Fund Common Stock; the Acquiring Fund shall have delivered to the Acquired Fund a copy of the resolutions approving this Agreement pursuant to this Agreement adopted by the Acquiring Fund Board, certified by its secretary; and the Acquired Fund shall have delivered to the Acquiring Fund a copy of the resolutions approving this Agreement adopted by the Acquired Fund Board and the Acquiring Funds stockholders, certified by its secretary.
7.2 Regulatory Filings .
(a) The SEC shall not have issued an unfavorable advisory report under Section 25(b) of the 1940 Act, nor instituted or threatened to institute any proceeding seeking to enjoin consummation of the Merger under Section 25(c) of the 1940 Act; no other legal, administrative or other proceeding shall be instituted or threatened which would materially affect the financial condition of the Acquired Fund or would prohibit the Merger.
A-12
(b) On the Closing Date, no court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction shall have issued any order that remains in effect and that restrains or enjoins the Acquired Fund or the Acquiring Fund from completing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
7.3 Consents . All consents of other parties and all other consents, orders and permits of federal, state and local regulatory authorities deemed necessary by the Acquiring Fund or the Acquired Fund to permit consummation, in all material respects, of the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained, except where failure to obtain any such consent, order or permit would not involve a risk of a material adverse effect on the assets or properties of the Acquiring Fund or the Acquired Fund, provided that either party hereto may for itself waive any of such conditions.
7.4 Registration Statement . The Registration Statement shall have become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop orders suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and, to the best knowledge of the parties hereto, no investigation or proceeding for that purpose shall have been instituted or be pending.
7.5 Tax Opinion . The parties shall have received the opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, dated the Closing Date, substantially to the effect that, based upon certain facts, assumptions and representations made by the Acquired Fund, the Acquiring Fund and their respective authorized officers:
(i) the Merger as provided in this Agreement will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code and that the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code;
(ii) except for consequences regularly attributable to a termination of the Acquired Funds taxable year, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquired Fund as a result of the Merger or upon the conversion of shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock into shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock;
(iii) no gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquiring Fund as a result of the Merger or upon the conversion of shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock into shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock;
(iv) no gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of the Acquired Fund Common Stock upon the conversion of their shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock into shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock, except to the extent such holders are paid cash in lieu of fractional shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock in the Merger;
(v) the tax basis of the Acquired Fund assets in the hands of the Acquiring Fund will be the same as the tax basis of such assets in the hands of the Acquired Fund immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger;
(vi) immediately after the Merger, the aggregate tax basis of the Acquiring Fund Common Stock received by each holder of Acquired Fund Common Stock in the Merger (including that of fractional share interests purchased by the Acquiring Fund) will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock owned by such stockholder immediately prior to the Merger;
(vii) a stockholders holding period for Acquiring Fund Common Stock (including that of fractional share interests purchased by the Acquiring Fund) will be determined by including the period for which he or she held shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock converted pursuant to the Merger, provided that such shares of Acquired Fund Common Stock were held as capital assets;
(viii) the Acquiring Funds holding period with respect to the Acquired Funds assets transferred pursuant to the Merger will include the period for which such assets were held by the Acquired Fund; and
(ix) the payment of cash to the holders of Acquired Fund Common Stock in lieu of fractional shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock will be treated as though such fractional shares were distributed as part of the Merger and then redeemed by the Acquiring Fund with the result that the holder of Acquired Fund Common Stock will generally have a capital gain or loss to the extent the cash distribution differs from such stockholders basis allocable to the fractional shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock (assuming such Acquired Fund Common Stock was held as a capital asset).
A-13
The delivery of such opinion is conditioned upon the receipt by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP of representations it shall request of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Acquiring Fund nor the Acquired Fund may waive the condition set forth in this paragraph 7.5.
7.6 Assets and Liabilities . The assets and liabilities of the Acquired Fund to be transferred to the Acquiring Fund shall not include any assets or liabilities which the Acquiring Fund, by reason of limitations in its Registration Statement or the Acquiring Fund Charter, may not properly acquire or assume. The Acquiring Fund does not anticipate that there will be any such assets or liabilities but the Acquiring Fund will notify the Acquired Fund if any do exist and will reimburse the Acquired Fund for any reasonable transaction costs incurred by the Acquired Fund for the liquidation of such assets and liabilities.
8. | INDEMNIFICATION |
8.1 The Acquiring Fund . The Acquiring Fund, out of its assets and property, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Acquired Fund and the members of the Acquired Fund Board and its officers from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including, without limitation, the payment of reasonable legal fees and reasonable costs of investigation) to which the Acquired Fund and those board members and officers may become subject, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions with respect thereto) arises out of or is based on (a) any breach by the Acquiring Fund of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or (b) any act, error, omission, neglect, misstatement, materially misleading statement, breach of duty or other act wrongfully done or attempted to be committed by the Acquiring Fund or the members of the Acquiring Fund Board or its officers prior to the Closing Date, provided that such indemnification by the Acquiring Fund is not (i) in violation of any applicable law or (ii) otherwise prohibited as a result of any applicable order or decree issued by any governing regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction.
8.2 The Acquired Fund . The Acquired Fund, out of its assets and property, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Acquiring Fund and the members of the Acquiring Fund Board and its officers from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including, without limitation, the payment of reasonable legal fees and reasonable costs of investigation) to which the Acquiring Fund and those board members and officers may become subject, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions with respect thereto) arises out of or is based on (a) any breach by the Acquired Fund of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or (b) any act, error, omission, neglect, misstatement, materially misleading statement, breach of duty or other act wrongfully done or attempted to be committed by the Acquired Fund or the members of the Acquired Fund Board or its officers prior to the Closing Date, provided that such indemnification by the Acquired Fund is not (i) in violation of any applicable law or (ii) otherwise prohibited as a result of any applicable order or decree issued by any governing regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction.
9. | BROKER FEES AND EXPENSES |
9.1 No Broker Fees . The Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund represent and warrant to each other that there are no brokers or finders entitled to receive any payments in connection with the transactions provided for herein.
9.2 Payment of Expenses . The costs of Merger, including the costs of preparing, printing, assembling and mailing material in connection with the solicitation of proxies are estimated to be approximately . Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, or an affiliate thereof, will bear half the costs of the Merger, with the remaining costs shared equally by the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund. Such expenses shall include, but not be limited to, all costs related to the preparation and distribution of the Registration Statement, proxy solicitation expenses, SEC registration fees, and NYSE listing fees. Neither of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund owes any brokers or finders fees in connection with the transactions provided for herein.
10. | COOPERATION FOLLOWING EFFECTIVE DATE |
In case at any time after the Effective Date any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of the parties will take such further action (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments and
A-14
documents) as the other party may reasonably request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting party (unless the requesting party is entitled to indemnification as described below). The Acquired Fund acknowledges and agrees that from and after the Effective Date, the Acquiring Fund shall be entitled to possession of all documents, books, records, agreements and financial data of any sort pertaining to the Acquired Fund.
11. | ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SURVIVAL OF WARRANTIES |
11.1 Entire Agreement . The Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund agree that neither party has made any representation, warranty or covenant not set forth herein and that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties.
11.2 Survival of Warranties . The covenants to be performed after the Closing by both the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund, and the obligations of the Acquiring Fund in Article 8, shall survive the Closing. All other representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall not survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder and shall terminate on the Closing.
12. | TERMINATION AND WAIVERS |
12.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be abandoned at any time prior to the Closing Date by resolution of either the Acquiring Fund Board or the Acquired Fund Board, if circumstances should develop that, in the opinion of that board, make proceeding with the Agreement inadvisable with respect to the Acquiring Fund or the Acquired Fund, respectively. Any such termination resolution to be effective shall be promptly communicated to the other party and, in any event, prior to the Closing Date. In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to the provisions hereof, the Agreement shall become void and have no further effect, and there shall not be any liability hereunder on the part of either of the parties or their respective board members or officers, except for any such material breach or intentional misrepresentation, as to each of which all remedies at law or in equity of the party adversely affected shall survive.
12.2 Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Date, any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement may be waived by either the Acquired Fund Board or the Acquiring Fund Board (whichever is entitled to the benefit thereof), if, in the judgment of such board after consultation with its counsel, such action or waiver will not have a material adverse effect on the benefits intended in this Agreement to the stockholders of their respective fund, on behalf of which such action is taken.
13. | TRANSFER RESTRICTION |
Pursuant to Rule 145 under the 1933 Act, and in connection with the issuance of any shares to any person who at the time of the Merger is, to its knowledge, an affiliate of a party to the Merger pursuant to Rule 145(c), the Acquiring Fund will cause to be affixed upon the certificate(s) issued to such person (if any) a legend as follows:
THESE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT TO WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. (OR ITS STATUTORY SUCCESSOR) UNLESS (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR (II) IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE FUND, SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
and, further, that stop transfer instructions will be issued to the Acquiring Funds transfer agent with respect to such shares. The Acquired Fund will provide the Acquiring Fund on the Effective Date with the name of any Acquired Fund Stockholder who is to the knowledge of the Acquired Fund an affiliate of it on such date.
14. | MATERIAL PROVISIONS |
All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made under this Agreement and any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been material and relied upon by each of the parties, notwithstanding any investigation made by them or on their behalf.
A-15
15. | AMENDMENTS |
This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented in such manner as may be deemed necessary or advisable by the authorized officers of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund; provided, however, that following the meeting of the Acquired Fund stockholders called by the Acquired Fund pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of this Agreement, no such amendment may have the effect of changing the provisions for determining the number of shares of Acquiring Fund Common Stock to be issued to the holders of Acquired Fund Common Stock under this Agreement to the detriment of such stockholders without their further approval.
16. | NOTICES |
Any notice, report, statement or demand required or permitted by any provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by facsimile, electronic delivery (i.e., e-mail), personal service or prepaid or certified mail addressed to the Acquiring Entity or the Acquired Entity, at its address set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, in each case to the attention of its President.
17. | ENFORCEABILITY; HEADINGS; COUNTERPARTS; GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY; ASSIGNMENT; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY |
17.1 Enforceability . Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.
17.2 Headings . The Article headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
17.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
17.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.
17.5 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, but no assignment or transfer hereof or of any rights or obligations hereunder shall be made by any party without the written consent of the other party. Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
A-16
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer.
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Jane E. Trust | ||
Title: President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
||
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Jane E. Trust | ||
Title: President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
||
(With respect to paragraph 9.2 only) | ||
Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: President |
A-17
DESCRIPTION O F MOODYS A ND S&P RATINGS
The definitions of the applicable rating symbols are set forth below:
Standard & Poors Ratings Service (Standard & Poors)Ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standings within the major rating categories.
AAA | Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong. |
AA | Bonds rated AA differ from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong. |
A | Bonds rated A are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong. |
BBB | Bonds rated BBB exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
BB | Bonds rated BB are less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
B | Bonds rated B are more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
CCC | Bonds rated CCC are currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. |
CC | Bonds rated CC are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. |
C | A C rating is assigned to bonds that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, bonds that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or bonds of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the C rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instruments terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par. |
D | Bonds rated D are in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligations rating is lowered to D upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par. |
B-1
L | Ratings qualified with L apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits. |
NR | indicates no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy. |
Moodys Investors Service (Moodys)Numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 may be applied to each generic rating from Aa to Caa, where 1 is the highest and 3 the lowest ranking within its generic category.
Aaa | Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk. |
Aa | Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. |
A | Bonds rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. |
Baa | Bonds rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. |
Ba | Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk. |
B | Bonds rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. |
Caa | Bonds rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. |
Ca | Bonds rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. |
C | Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been suspended or withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the quality of the issue.
Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:
1. | An application for rating was not received or accepted. |
2. | The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or companies that are not rated as a matter of policy. |
3. | There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer. |
4. | The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moodys publications. |
Suspension or withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.
Short-Term Debt Security Ratings:
Moodys short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.
Moodys employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
B-2
P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Fitch Ratings, Inc.A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (Fitch) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows ( + or may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-term rating category, to categories below CCC, or to Short-term ratings other than F1):
Investment Grade Long-Term Credit Ratings:
AAA | Highest credit quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events. |
AA | Very high credit quality. AA ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. |
A | High credit quality. A ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. |
BBB | Good credit quality. BBB ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. |
Speculative Grade Long-Term Credit Ratings:
BB | Speculative. BB ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time. |
B | Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment. |
CCC | Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility. |
CC | Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable. |
C | Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. Default appears imminent or inevitable. |
Default. D ratings indicate a default. Default generally is defined as one of the following: |
|
failure to make payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of the rated obligation; |
|
the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of the business of an issuer/obligor; or |
|
the distressed exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation to avoid a probable payment default. |
B-3
Short-Term Credit Ratings:
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as short term based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
F1 | Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added + to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature. |
F2 | Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. |
F3 | Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate. |
B | Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions. |
C | High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility. |
D | Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation. |
RD | Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only. |
Notes to Long-term and Short-term ratings for Fitch:
A designation of Not Rated or NR is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.
Withdrawn: The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch Ratings. Indicated in rating databases with the symbol WD.
Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as Positive, indicating a potential upgrade, Negative, for a potential downgrade, or Evolving, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.
Rating Outlook: Rating Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one- to two-year period. They reflect financial or other trends that have not yet reached the level that would trigger a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. The majority of Outlooks are generally Stable, which is consistent with the historical migration experience of ratings over a one- to two-year period. Positive or Negative rating Outlooks do not imply that a rating change is inevitable and, similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook, if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.
B-4
LEGG MASON PARTNERS FUND ADVISOR, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICY
LMPFA delegates to each subadviser the responsibility for voting proxies for its funds, as applicable, through its contracts with each subadviser. Each subadviser may use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies of the funds if the funds Board reviews and approves the use of those policies and procedures. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for any of the funds.
Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained and the use of its proxy voting policies and procedures is authorized by the Board. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and any fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations.
LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from each subadviser and providing them to the funds as required for the funds to comply with applicable rules under the Investment Company Act of 1940. LMPFA shall also be responsible for coordinating the provision of information to the Board with regard to the proxy voting policies and procedures of each subadviser, including the actual proxy voting policies and procedures of each subadviser, changes to such policies and procedures, and reports on the administration of such policies and procedures.
C-1
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY
PROXY VOTING POLICY A ND PROCEDURES
BACKGROUND
An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Advisers Act). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.
POLICY
As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, Western Asset has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Advisers Act). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.
While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration Western Assets contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent Western Asset deems appropriate).
In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
PROCEDURE
Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (Compliance Department) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (Corporate Actions). Research analysts and investment professionals are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (Proxy Recipients) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the
D-1
existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
a. | Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted. |
b. | Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority. |
c. | Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.) |
d. | If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the clients proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party. |
e. | Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and investment professionals determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analysts or portfolio managers basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department. |
f. | Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials. |
Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:
a. | A copy of Western Assets policies and procedures. |
b. | Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities. |
c. | A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies. |
d. | Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Assets written response to both verbal and written client requests. |
e. | A proxy log including: |
1. | Issuer name; |
2. | Exchange ticker symbol of the issuers shares to be voted; |
3. | Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (CUSIP) number for the shares to be voted; |
4. | A brief identification of the matter voted on; |
D-2
5. | Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer; |
6. | Whether a vote was cast on the matter; |
7. | A record of how the vote was cast; and |
8. | Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuers management team. |
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Assets offices.
Disclosure
Western Assets proxy policies are described in the firms Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
1. | Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company; |
2. | Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, Voting Persons) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and |
3. | Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders. |
Voting Guidelines
Western Assets substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a companys board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
I. Board Approved Proposals
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
1. | Matters relating to the Board of Directors |
Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the companys nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
a. | Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors. |
D-3
b. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director. |
c. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences. |
d. | Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. |
2. | Matters relating to Executive Compensation |
Western Asset generally favours compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a companys long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
a. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution. |
b. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options. |
c. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stocks current market price. |
d. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less. |
3. | Matters relating to Capitalization |
The management of a companys capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a companys capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
a. | Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock. |
b. | Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits). |
c. | Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs. |
4. | Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions. |
5. | Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows: |
a. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans. |
b. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions. |
6. | Other Business Matters |
Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the companys name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
a. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a companys charter or bylaws. |
b. | Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting. |
D-4
II. | Shareholder Proposals |
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a companys proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a companys corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the companys board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
1. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. |
2. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Assets proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals. |
3. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors. |
III. | Voting Shares of Investment Companies |
Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
1. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients portfolios. |
2. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided. |
IV. | Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers |
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuersi.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
1. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management. |
2. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees. |
3. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated. |
4. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a companys outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a companys outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights. |
D-5
RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS
For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (DOL) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.
In order to comply with the DOLs position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.
D-6
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED
PROXY VOTING POLICY A ND PROCEDURES
POLICY
As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, Western Asset Management Company Limited (Western Asset) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.
While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration Western Assets contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent Western Asset deems appropriate).
In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company, its U.S. affiliate) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
PROCEDURE
Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Investment Services Department is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (Corporate Actions). Research analysts and investment professionals are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (Proxy Recipients) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients of existing clients were reminded of the appropriate routing to Corporate Actions for proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
E-1
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Investment Support Department for coordination and the following actions:
a. | Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted. |
b. | Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority. |
c. | As part of the Annual Monitoring Program, the Legal and Compliance Department staff will review proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.) |
d. | If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the clients proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party. |
e. | Investment Support Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and investment professionals determine votes on a case-by case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analysts or portfolio managers basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department. |
f. | The Investment Support Department votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials. |
Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:
a. | A copy of Western Assets policies and procedures. |
b. | Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities. |
c. | A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies. |
d. | Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Assets written response to both verbal and written client requests. |
e. | A proxy log including: |
1. | Issuer name; |
2. | Exchange ticker symbol of the issuers shares to be voted; |
3. | Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (CUSIP) number for the shares to be voted; |
4. | A brief identification of the matter voted on; |
5. | Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer; |
6. | Whether a vote was cast on the matter; |
7. | A record of how the vote was cast; and |
8. | Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuers management team. |
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Assets offices.
E-2
Disclosure
Western Assets proxy policies are described in Western Assets Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal & Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
1. | Whether Western Asset (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company; |
2. | Whether Western Asset or an officer or director of Western Asset or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, Voting Persons) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and |
3. | Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders. |
Voting Guidelines
Western Assets substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a companys board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
I. | Board Approved Proposals |
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
1. | Matters relating to the Board of Directors |
Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the companys nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
a. | Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors. |
b. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director. |
c. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences. |
d. | Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. |
E-3
2. | Matters relating to Executive Compensation |
Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a companys long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
a. | Except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution. |
b. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options. |
c. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stocks current market price. |
d. | Except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less. |
3. | Matters relating to Capitalization |
The management of a companys capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a companys capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
a. | Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorisation of additional common stock. |
b. | Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits). |
c. | Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs. |
4. | Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganisations and Other Transactions |
Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.
5. | Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures |
Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:
a. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans. |
b. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions. |
6. | Other Business Matters |
Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the companys name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
a. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a companys charter or bylaws. |
b. | Western Asset votes against authorisation to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting. |
II. | Shareholder Proposals |
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a companys proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a companys corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the companys board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
1. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. |
2. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Assets proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals. |
3. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors. |
E-4
III. | Voting Shares of Investment Companies |
Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
1. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients portfolios. |
2. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided. |
IV. | Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers |
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuersi.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
1. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management. |
2. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees. |
3. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated. |
4. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a companys outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have pre-emptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a companys outstanding common stock where shareholders have pre-emptive rights. |
E-5
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY PTE. LTD.
PROXY VOTING POLICY A ND PROCEDURES
POLICY
WAMC has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and the applicable laws and regulations. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.
In exercising its voting authority, WAMC will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.
PROCEDURE
Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (Corporate Actions). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
At account start-up, or upon amendment of an IMA, the applicable client IMA are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (Proxy Recipients) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
a. | Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted. |
b. | Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority. |
c. | Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.) |
d. |
If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the clients proxy voting |
F-1
instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party. |
e. | Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analysts or portfolio managers basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department. |
f. | Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials. |
Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:
a. | A copy of Western Assets policies and procedures. |
b. | Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities. |
c. | A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies. |
d. | Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Assets written response to both verbal and written client requests. |
e. | A proxy log including: |
1. | Issuer name; |
2. | Exchange ticker symbol of the issuers shares to be voted; |
3. | Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (CUSIP) number for the shares to be voted; |
4. | A brief identification of the matter voted on; |
5. | Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer; |
6. | Whether a vote was cast on the matter; |
7. | A record of how the vote was cast; and |
8. | Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuers management team. |
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Assets offices.
Disclosure
Western Assets proxy policies are described in the firms Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
F-2
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
1. | Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company; |
2. | Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, Voting Persons) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and |
3. | Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders. |
Voting Guidelines
Western Assets substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.
Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a companys board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
I. | Board Approved Proposals |
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:
1. | Matters relating to the Board of Directors |
Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the companys nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
a. | Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors. |
b. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director. |
c. | Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences. |
d. | Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors. |
2. | Matters relating to Executive Compensation |
Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a companys long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
a. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution. |
F-3
b. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options. |
c. | Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stocks current market price. |
d. | Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less. |
3. | Matters relating to Capitalization |
The management of a companys capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a companys capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
a. | Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock. |
b. | Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits). |
c. | Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs. |
4. | Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganisations and Other Transactions |
Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.
5. | Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures |
Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:
a. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans. |
b. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions. |
6. | Other Business Matters |
Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the companys name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
a. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a companys charter or bylaws. |
b. | Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting. |
II. | Shareholder Proposals |
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a companys proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a companys corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the companys board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
1. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans. |
2. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Assets proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals. |
3. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors. |
III. | Voting Shares of Investment Companies |
Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
F-4
1. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients portfolios. |
2. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided. |
IV. | Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers |
In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
1. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management. |
2. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees. |
3. | Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated. |
4. | Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a companys outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a companys outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights. |
Retirement Accounts
For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (DOL) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.
In order to comply with the DOLs position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.
F-5
The information contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 6, 2016
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL PARTNERS INCOME FUND INC.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a prospectus, supplements and should be read in conjunction with the Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated , 2016, relating specifically to the proposed merger of Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (GDF) with and into Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (EHI, and together with GDF, the Funds) in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law (the Merger). You may obtain a copy of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus to by contacting each Fund at (888) 777-0102, by writing each Fund at the address listed above or by visiting our website at www.lmcef.com . The Merger is to occur pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the same meanings as are given to them in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S-2 | ||||
S-2 | ||||
S-2 |
S-1
A Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders of GDF and EHI, at which stockholders of GDF and EHI will consider the Merger, will be held at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor, New York, New York, on Friday, July 22, 2016 at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Time. For further information about the Merger, see the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
The Statement of Additional Information related to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated , 2016 consists of this cover page, the accompanying pro forma financial statements and the following documents, each of which was filed electronically with the SEC and is incorporated by reference herein:
The financial statements of each Fund as included in the Funds Annual Reports filed for the last-completed fiscal year, and semi-annual period, if applicable, for each Fund:
|
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc., Semi-Annual Report to Stockholders for the six-month period ended February 29, 2016, filed on April 22, 2016 (accession no. 0001193125-16-551892). |
|
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc., Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015, filed on October 22, 2015 (accession no. 0001193125-15-350735). |
|
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc., Semi-Annual Report to Stockholders for the Six-Month Period Ended November 30, 2015 filed on January 25, 2016 (accession no. 0001193125-16-436681). |
|
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc., Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2015, filed on July 27, 2015 (accession no. 0001193125-15-263659). |
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (Target Fund) and Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (Acquiring Fund)
The unaudited pro forma information provided herein should be read in conjunction with the annual report to shareholders, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 for the Target Fund, and for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2015 for the Acquiring Fund and in conjunction with the semi-annual report to shareholders, for the six month period ended February 29, 2016 for the Target Fund, and for the six month period ended November 30, 2015 for the Acquiring Fund.
At a meeting held on November 11 and 12, 2015, the Board of Directors of the Funds approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the Reorganization Agreement) whereby the Acquiring Fund will acquire all the assets, and assume all of the liabilities, of the Target Fund and the Target Fund will receive shares of the Acquiring Fund, to be distributed to the shareholders of the Target Fund in redemption of all of the outstanding shares of the Target Fund, and thereafter be terminated as a series of the Trust (the Reorganization). The unaudited pro forma information set forth below for the year ended November 30, 2015 is intended to present ratios and supplemental data as if the acquisition of the Target Fund by the Acquiring Fund had been consummated at December 1, 2014.
Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (the LMPFA) is the investment manager of each of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund. Western Asset Management Company (Western Asset), Western Asset Management Company Limited (Western Asset Limited) and Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. (Western Singapore) are the investment subadvisers of each of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund. Western Asset Management Company Ltd (Western Japan) is also an investment subadviser for the Target Fund.
S-2
The Target Fund pays an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 1.05% of the Funds average weekly net assets. The Acquiring Fund pays an investment management fee, calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of 0.85% of average daily net assets plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings (managed assets). LMPFA implemented a voluntary investment management fee waiver of 0.05% beginning on March 1, 2010 and then continuing through December 31, 2016, which reduced the annual rate of the Acquiring Funds investment management fee to 0.80% of the average daily managed assets.
The manager pays Western Asset 70% of the net management fee it receives from each of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund. In turn, Western Asset pays Western Limited and Western Asset Singapore a subadvisory fee of 0.30% on the Target and Acquiring Funds assets managed by Western Limited and Western Asset Singapore. Western Asset pays Western Japan a subadvisory fee of 0.30% on the Target Funds assets managed by Western Japan.
The Target Fund and Acquiring Fund have the same transfer agent and custodian as one another. Each of these service providers has entered into an agreement with the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund, which governs the provisions of services to such funds. Such agreements have the same terms with respect to each Fund.
As of November 30, 2015, the net assets of the Target Fund were $150,197,139 and the Acquiring Fund were $331,849,608. The net assets of the combined fund less 50% of the Target Funds Merger costs of $216,700 and less 50% of the Acquiring Funds Merger costs of $250,700 as of November 30, 2015 would have been $481,813,047.
As of November 30, 2015, the shares outstanding of the Target Fund were 15,586,783 and the Acquiring Fund were 31,053,250. The adjustment to the shares outstanding of the combined fund as of November 30, 2015 would have been (1,526,452) and total shares outstanding would have been 45,113,581.
On a pro forma basis for the period ended November 30, 2015, the proposed Reorganization would have resulted in the following approximate increases/(decreases) to expenses charged:
Legal fees |
$ | (64,935 | ) | |
Audit fees |
$ | (75,526 | ) | |
Transfer agent fees |
$ | (36,307 | ) | |
Shareholder reporting fees |
$ | (23,908 | ) | |
Fund accounting fees |
$ | (16,082 | ) | |
Miscellaneous fees |
$ | (9,426 | ) | |
Listing fees |
$ | (7,885 | ) |
No significant accounting policies (including valuation of portfolio securities) will change as a result of the proposed Reorganization.
Estimates and assumptions are required to be made regarding assets, liabilities and changes in net assets resulting from operations when financial statements are prepared. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ. Each Funds policy is to comply with the federal income and excise tax requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code), as amended, applicable to regulated investment companies. Accordingly, each Fund intends to distribute its taxable income and net realized gains, if any, to shareholders in accordance with timing requirements imposed by the Code. Therefore, no federal or state income tax provision is required in each of the Funds financial statements.
Management has analyzed the Funds tax positions taken on income tax returns for all open tax years and has concluded that as of November 30, 2015, no provision for income tax is required in each of the Funds financial statements. Each of the Funds federal and state income and federal excise tax returns for tax years for which the applicable statutes of limitations have not expired are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state departments of revenue.
It is anticipated that no holdings will be sold from the Target or Acquiring Fund as a result of the Reorganization.
S-3
The Reorganization will be accounted for as a tax-free reorganization of investment companies. In a tax-free reorganization:
1. | No gain or loss is recognized by the Target Fund upon the transfer of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange for shares of the Acquiring Fund and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund, or upon the distribution of the shares of the Acquiring Fund by the Target Fund to its shareholders in liquidation of the Target Fund. |
2. | No gain or loss is recognized by the Target Fund shareholders upon the exchange of their shares of the Target Fund solely for shares of the Acquiring Fund pursuant to the reorganization. |
3. | The historical cost of investment securities generally is carried forward to the Acquiring Fund. |
The results of operations of the Acquiring Fund for pre-combination periods will not be restated.
As of their most recent fiscal year ends, the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund had the following capital loss carryovers for federal income tax purposes which are subject to expiration:
LMPFA will pay 50% of the Target and Acquiring Funds reorganization costs. The estimated reorganizations costs of the Target Fund and Acquiring Fund are $216,700 and $250,700, respectively. LMPFA will pay 50% of each Funds reorganization costs whether or not the Reorganization is consummated.
S-4
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 15. | Indemnification |
The Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each director whereby the Registrant has agreed to indemnify each director against expenses and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such director in connection with any claims, suits or proceedings; provided that no indemnification shall be provided to the extent that the director engaged in conduct for which indemnification may not lawfully be provided to the such director.
Sections 1-3 of Article VII of the Registrants Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference as Exhibit (a) to this Registration Statement, provide that:
To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, as amended or interpreted, no current or former director or officer of the Registrant shall have any liability to the Registrant or its stockholders for money damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Registrant whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.
The Registrant shall indemnify and advance expenses to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by Maryland law. The Registrant shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its directors and may do so to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may by bylaw, resolution or agreement make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Board of Directors may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such bylaws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. This indemnification applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Registrant whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.
No provision of the Registrants Articles of Incorporation shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Registrant against any liability to the Registrant or its security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 16. | Exhibits |
Exhibit No. |
Exhibit |
|||
1 | (a) | Articles of Incorporation, dated April 16, 2003.** | ||
1 | (b) | Articles of Amendment, dated June 5, 2003.** | ||
1 | (c) | Articles of Amendment, dated September 19, 2006.** | ||
2 | Amended and Restated By-Laws.** | |||
3 | Not applicable. | |||
4 | Form of Agreement and Plan of Reorganization is included in Part A of the Registration Statement on Form N-14. |
C-1
Exhibit No. |
Exhibit |
|||
5 | Not applicable | |||
6 | (a) | Management Agreement between Registrant and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC with respect to Registrant.** | ||
6 | (b) | Subadvisory Agreement between Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and Western Asset Management Company with respect to Registrant.** | ||
6 | (c) | Subadvisory Agreement between Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited with respect to Registrant.** | ||
6 | (d) | Subadvisory Agreement between Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. with respect to Registrant.** | ||
7 | Not applicable. | |||
8 | Not applicable | |||
9 | Custodian Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company.(1) | |||
10 | Not applicable. | |||
11 | Opinion and Consent of Foley & Lardner LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered.** | |||
12 | Form of Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP supporting tax matters and consequences to stockholders discussed in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.** | |||
13 | Not applicable. | |||
14 | (a) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with respect to Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc.** | ||
14 | (b) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with respect to Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc.** | ||
15 | Not applicable. | |||
16 | Power of Attorney.(1) | |||
17 | (a) | Form of Proxy Card.** | ||
17 | (b) | Code of Ethics of the Registrant and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC.(2) | ||
17 | (c) | Code of Ethics of Western Asset Management Company, Western Asset Management Company Limited and Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd.(2) | ||
17 | (d) | Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with Computershare Trust Company, N.A.(2) | ||
17 | (e) | Fund Accounting Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company.(1) | ||
17 | (f) | Credit Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company.** |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
** | Filed herewith. |
(1) | Filed on February 23, 2016 with the Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File Nos. 333-209666 and 811-21337) and incorporated by reference herein. |
(2) | Filed on April 25, 2016 with the Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File Nos. 333-209666 and 811-21337) and incorporated by reference herein. |
Item 17. | Undertakings. |
(1) The undersigned registrant agrees that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered through the use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c) of the Securities Act [17 CFR 230.145c], the reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form for reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other terms of the applicable form.
C-2
(2) The undersigned registrant agrees that every prospectus that is filed under paragraph (1) above will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until the amendment is effective, and that, in determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement for the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering of them.
(3) The undersigned registrant agrees to promptly file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement including a signed opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP supporting tax matters and consequences to stockholders discussed in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
C-3
SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 6 th day of June, 2016.
W ESTERN A SSET G LOBAL H IGH I NCOME F UND I NC . | ||
By: | / S / J ANE E. T RUST | |
Jane E. Trust | ||
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President |
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/ S / J ANE E. T RUST |
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
|
June 6, 2016 | ||
Jane E. Trust | ||||
/ S / R ICHARD F. S ENNETT |
Principal Financial Officer
|
June 6, 2016 | ||
Richard F. Sennett | ||||
/ S / R OBERT D. A GDERN * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
Robert D. Agdern | ||||
/ S / C AROL L. C OLMAN * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
Carol L. Colman | ||||
/ S / D ANIEL P. C RONIN * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
Daniel P. Cronin | ||||
/ S / P AOLO M. C UCCHI * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
Paolo M. Cucchi | ||||
/ S / L ESLIE H. G ELB * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
Leslie H. Gelb | ||||
/ S / W ILLIAM R. H UTCHINSON * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
William R. Hutchinson | ||||
/ S / E ILEEN K AMERICK * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
Eileen Kamerick | ||||
/ S / D R . R IORDAN R OETT * |
Director | June 6, 2016 | ||
Dr. Riordan Roett |
*BY: | / S / J ANE E. T RUST | |
Jane E. Trust, | ||
Attorney-in-Fact, June 6, 2016 |
The original powers of attorney authorizing Jane E. Trust to execute this Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, for each Director of the Registrant is filed and incorporated by reference herein as Exhibit 16.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No. |
Exhibit |
|
1 (a) | Articles of Incorporation, dated April 16, 2003. | |
1 (b) | Articles of Amendment, dated June 5, 2003. | |
1 (c) | Articles of Amendment, dated September 19, 2006. | |
2 | Amended and Restated By-Laws. | |
6 (a) | Management Agreement between Registrant and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC with respect to Registrant. | |
6 (b) | Subadvisory Agreement between Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and Western Asset Management Company with respect to Registrant. | |
6 (c) | Subadvisory Agreement between Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited with respect to Registrant. | |
6 (d) | Subadvisory Agreement between Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd. with respect to Registrant. | |
11 | Opinion and Consent of Foley & Lardner LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered. | |
12 | Form of Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP supporting tax matters and consequences to stockholders discussed in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. | |
14(a) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with respect to Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. | |
14(b) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with respect to Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. | |
17(a) | Form of Proxy Card | |
17(f) | Credit Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company. |
Exhibit 1
SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH YIELD FUND INC ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION 2003 APR 16 PM 1:33 ARTICLE I The UNDERSIGNED, Heather McGonigle, whose post office address is 6225 Smith Avenue, Baltimore, Maryland 21209, being at least eighteen years of age, does hereby act as an incorporator and form a corporation under and by virtue of the Maryland General Corporation Law. ARTICLE II NAME The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter called the Corporation) is Salomon Brothers Global High Yield Fund Inc. ARTICLE III PURPOSE AND POWER The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is (i) to conduct and carry on the business of a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) and (ii) to engage in other lawful business or activity, whether or not related to the business described elsewhere in this Charter or to any other business at the time or theretofore engaged in by the Corporation. The Corporation shall have all of the powers granted to corporations by the Maryland General Corporation Law now or hereafter in force. ARTICLE IV PRINCIPAL OFFICE AND RESIDENT AGENT The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, a Maryland corporation. The post office address of the resident agent is 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. ARTICLE V CAPITAL STOCK State of Maryland I hereby certify that this is a true and complete copy of the 12 page document on file in this office. Dated: 4-22-09. state department of Assessments and taxation By: Kimberly V Johnson, Custodian this stamp replaces our previous certification system. Effective: 6/35 082221-0236-08511-NY01.2271797.2
(1) The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred million (100,000,000) shares, of the par value of one mill ($0,001) per share and of the aggregate par value of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), all of which one hundred million (100,000,000) shares are initially classified as Common Stock. (2) The Corporation may issue fractional shares. Any fractional share shall carry proportionately the rights of a whole share including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends. The holder of a fractional share shall not, however, have the right to receive a certificate evidencing it. (3) All persons who shall acquire shares of capital stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of this Charter and the By-Laws of the Corporation. (4) No holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation by virtue of being such a holder shall have any preemptive or other right to purchase or subscribe for any shares of the Corporations capital stock or any other security that the Corporation may issue or sell other than a right that the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine to grant. (5) The Board of Directors shall have authority by resolution to classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of capital stock from time to time by setting or changing in any one or more respects the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of the capital stock. A majority of the entire Board of Directors, without action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. (6) The Board of Directors is hereby empowered to authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as may be deemed advisable by the Board of Directors and without any action by the stockholders. (7) Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a greater proportion of the votes of all classes or of any class of stock of the Corporation, such action shall be effective and valid if taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast thereon, except as otherwise provided in this Charter. (8) The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates representing shares of capital stock. At the time of issue or transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall provide the stockholder with such information as may be required 2
under the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Uniform Commercial CodeInvestment Securities. ARTICLE VI BOARD OF DIRECTORS 3 (1) The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall initially be one (1). This number may be changed pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, but shall at no time be less than the minimum number required under the Maryland General Corporation Law nor more than twenty-five (25). The name of the initial director is: R. Jay Gerken. (2) Beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (the first annual meeting) and if at such time, the number of directors shall be three (3) or more, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting, directors of Class I shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class II shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and directors of Class II shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. At each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors whom they succeed and shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders subsequent to their election, or thereafter in each case when their respective successors are elected and qualified. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes by resolution of the Board of Directors so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. (3) A director of the Corporation may be removed from office only for cause and then only by vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of directors. (4) In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Maryland, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized: (i) To make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except as otherwise required by the 1940 Act. (ii) From time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the books and accounts of the Corporation, or any of them other than the stock ledger, shall be open to the inspection of
the stockholders. No stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by law or authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors. (iii) Without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of the capital stock of any class of the Corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized, and securities convertible into shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any class or classes, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable. 4 (iv) Without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to authorize and issue obligations of the Corporation, secured or unsecured, as the Board of Directors may determine, and to authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens upon the real or personal property of the Corporation. (v) To establish the basis or method for determining the value of the assets and the amount of the liabilities of the Corporation and the net asset value of each share of the Corporations capital stock. (vi) To determine what accounting periods shall be used by the Corporation for any purpose; to set apart out of any funds of the Corporation reserves for such purposes as it shall determine and to abolish the same; to declare and pay any dividends and distributions in cash, securities or other property from any funds legally available therefor, at such intervals as it shall determine; to declare dividends or distributions by means of a formula or other method of determination, at meetings held less frequently than the frequency of the effectiveness of such declarations; and to establish payment dates for dividends or any other distributions on any basis, including dates occurring less frequently than the effectiveness of declarations thereof. (vii) In addition to the powers and authorities granted in this Charter and by statute expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors is authorized to exercise all powers and do all acts that may be exercised or done by the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of the laws of the State of Maryland, this Charter and the By-Laws of the Corporation. (5) Any determination made in good faith, and in accordance with this Charter, if applicable, by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors, with
5 respect to the amount of assets, obligations or liabilities of the Corporation, as to the amount of net income of the Corporation from dividends and interest for any period or amounts at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, as to the amount of any reserves or charges set up and the propriety thereof, as to the time of or purpose for creating reserves or as to the use, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges (whether or not any obligation or liability for which the reserves or charges have been created has been paid or discharged or is then or thereafter required to be paid or discharged), as to the value of any security owned by the Corporation, as to the determination of the net asset value of shares of any class of the Corporations capital stock, or as to any other matters relating to the issuance, sale or other acquisition or disposition of securities or shares of capital stock of the Corporation, and any reasonable determination made in good faith by the Board of Directors whether any transaction constitutes a purchase of securities on margin, a sale of securities short, or an underwriting or the sale of, or a participation in any underwriting or selling group in connection with the public distribution of, any securities, shall be final and conclusive, and shall be binding upon the Corporation and all holders of shares of its capital stock, past, present and future, and shares of the capital stock of the Corporation are issued and sold on the condition and understanding, evidenced by the purchase of shares of capital stock or acceptance of share certificates, that any and all such determinations shall be binding as aforesaid. No provision of this Charter shall be effective to require a waiver of compliance with any provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the 1940 Act, or of any valid rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission under those Acts. (6) The Corporation elects to be subject to the provisions of Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors. ARTICLE VII LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION (1) To the fullest extent that limitations on the liability of directors and officers are permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, no current or former director or officer of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Corporation whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted. (2) The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law. The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its directors and may do so to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may by By-Law, resolution or agreement make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers,
6 employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law. This indemnification applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Corporation whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted. (3) No provision of this Charter shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office. (4) References to the Maryland General Corporation Law in this Article VI are to that law as from time to time amended. No amendment to the Corporations Charter shall affect any right of any person under this Article VI based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to such amendment. ARTICLE VIII SHAREHOLDER VOTE (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter, the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) eighty percent (80%) of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by shareholders of the Corporation and (ii) in the case of a Business Combination (as defined below), 66 2/3% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by shareholders of the Corporation other than votes entitled to be cast thereon by an Interested Party (as defined below) who is (or whose Affiliate (as defined below) is) a party to a Business Combination (as defined below) or an Affiliate or associate of the Interested Party, in addition to the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board of Directors, shall be required to advise, approve, adopt or authorize any of the following: (i) a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Corporation with or into another person; (ii) issuance or transfer by the Corporation (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) of any securities of the Corporation to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Corporation, sales of securities of the Corporation in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Corporation pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Corporation, issuances of securities of the Corporation upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Corporation and portfolio transactions effected by the Corporation in the ordinary course of business;
7 (iii) sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Corporation (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Corporation having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business (transactions within clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above being known individually as a Business Combination); (iv) the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or an amendment to these Articles of Incorporation to terminate the Corporations existence; or (v) unless the 1940 Act or federal law requires a lesser vote, any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Corporations assets as to which stockholder approval is required under Federal or Maryland law. However, the shareholder vote described in Paragraph (1) of this Article VII will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those set forth in (v) above) if they are approved by a vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Directors (as defined below). In that case, if Maryland law requires shareholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall be required. (i) Continuing Director means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is not an Interested Party or an Affiliate of an Interested Party and has been a member of the Board of Directors for a period of at least 12 months, or has been a member of the Board of Directors since April 17, 2003, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors. (ii) Interested Party shall mean any person, other than an investment company advised by the Corporations initial investment manager or any of its Affiliates, which enters, or proposes to enter, into a Business Combination with the Corporation. (iii) Affiliate shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
8 (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter, the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to advise, approve, adopt or authorize the conversion of the Corporation from a closed-end company to an open-end company, and any amendments necessary to effect the conversion. Such conversion or any such amendment shall also require the approval of the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by stockholders of the Corporation unless approved by a vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Directors, in which event such conversion shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by stockholders of the Corporation. (3) For any stockholder proposal to be presented in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, including any proposal relating to the nomination of a director to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the stockholders must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in the manner and containing the information required by the By-Laws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders will be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the By-Laws of the Corporation. ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS (1) The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to this Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment that alters the contract rights, as expressly set forth in this Charter, of any outstanding capital stock of the Corporation by classification, reclassification or otherwise. (2) In addition to the voting requirements imposed by law or by any other provision of this Charter, the provisions set forth in this Article IX, the provisions of Article III hereof, the provisions of Sections (2) and (3) of Article VI hereof, the provisions of this Charter setting the maximum number of Directors at twenty-five (25), the provisions of Article VIII and the provisions of Article X (except as provided in Section (1) of Article VIII) hereof, may not be amended, altered or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision inconsistent with this Article IX, the provisions of Sections (2) and (3) of Article VI hereof, the provision setting the maximum number of Directors or the provisions of Article VIII hereof be adopted, unless such action is advised by seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders of the Corporation.
9 ARTICLE X PERPETUAL EXISTENCE The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have adopted and signed this Charter and do hereby acknowledge that this Charter are my act. Heather McGonigle Incorporator Dated: April 16, 2003
SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH YIELD FUND INC ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH YIELD FUND INC, a Maryland corporation, having its principal office in the State of Maryland in Baltimore City, Maryland (which is hereinafter called the Corporation), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland that: FIRST: The charter of the Corporation is hereby amended by deleting existing ARTICLE II in its entirety and substituting in lieu thereof a new Article to read as follows: ARTICLE II NAME The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter called the Corporation) is Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc.. SECOND: The foregoing amendment does not increase the authorized stock of the Corporation. THIRD: The foregoing amendment to the Charter of the Corporation has been approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors and the amendment is limited to a change expressly permitted by Section 2-605 of the Maryland General Corporation Law to be made without action by the stockholders. FOURTH: The foregoing amendment to the Charter of the Corporation shall become effective upon acceptance for record by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland. -1082221-0236-08511-NY01.2285142.1 State of Maryland I here by certify that this is a true and complete copy of the 13 page document on file in this office. Dated: 4-22-09. state department of Assessments and taxation By: Kimberly V Johnson, Custodian this stamp replaces our previous certification system. Effective: 6/95
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH YIELD FUND INC has caused these presents to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and witnessed by its Assistant Secretary on June 5, 2003. SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH YIELD FUND INC By: Robert A. vegliante R. Jay Gerken Assistant Secretary Chairman and Chief Executive Officer THE UNDERSIGNED, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH YIELD FUND INC, who executed on behalf of the Corporation the foregoing Articles of Amendment of which this certificate is made a part, hereby acknowledges in the name and on behalf of said Corporation the foregoing Articles of Amendment to be the corporate act of said Corporation and hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, information, and belief the matters and facts set forth therein with respect to the authorization and approval thereof are true in all material respects under the penalties of perjury. R. Jay GerKen witness: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 082221 -0236-08511 -NY01.2285142.1 05/30/03 3:27 pm
Exhibit 2
BY-LAWS
OF
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
A Maryland Corporation
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
SECTION 1. Principal Office in Maryland . Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (the Corporation) shall have a principal office in the City of Baltimore, State of Maryland.
SECTION 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may have offices also at such other places within and without the State of Maryland as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 1. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on a date following the end of the Corporations fiscal year as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. An annual meeting may be held at any place in or out of the State of Maryland and at any time, each as may be determined by the Board of Directors and designated in the notice of the meeting. Any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting without the purposes having been specified in the notice unless otherwise provided by statute, the Corporations Charter, as amended, supplemented or corrected from time to time (the Charter), or these By-Laws.
SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Corporations Charter, may be held at any place, and may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman or the President, and shall be called by the Secretary (or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary) at the request in writing of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting upon payment by such stockholders to the Corporation of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting (which estimated cost shall be provided to such stockholders by the Secretary of the Corporation). A written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. The Board of Directors shall have sole power to fix the date and time of, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at, the special meeting.
SECTION 3. Place of Meetings . Unless the Charter provides otherwise, meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place as is set from time to time by the Board of Directors, or
the Board of Directors may determine that the meeting not be held at any place but instead be held by means of remote communication. At the request of a stockholder, the Board of Directors shall provide a place for the meeting of the stockholders.
SECTION 4. Meetings by Remote Communication . At the discretion of the Board of Directors, and subject to any guidelines and procedures that the Board of Directors may adopt from time to time, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of the stockholders, by means of remote communication may participate in the meeting of stockholders and may be considered present in person and may vote at the meeting of the stockholders, whether the meeting is held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication. The Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person considered present and authorized to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide the stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with the proceedings, and in the event any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of the vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
SECTION 5. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each stockholders meeting, the Secretary shall give notice in writing or by electronic transmission of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. Any notice given by the Corporation to a stockholder is effective if given by a single notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to all stockholders who share an address if the Corporation gives notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to the stockholder of its intent to give a single notice, and the stockholder consents to receiving a single notice or fails to object in writing within 60 days after the Corporation gives notice to the stockholder of its intent to give a single notice. A stockholder may revoke consent given, whether affirmative or implied, by written notice to the Corporation. The notice shall state the time of the meeting, the place of the meeting, if any, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholders residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at the stockholders address as it appears on the records of the Corporation or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notice given by electronic transmission shall be considered ineffective if the Corporation is unable to deliver two consecutive notices and the inability to deliver the notices becomes known to the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other person responsible for giving notice. The inadvertent failure to deliver any notice by electronic transmission does not invalidate any meeting or other action. An affidavit of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission, in the absence of actual fraud, shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated in the affidavit. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be
2
deemed waived by any stockholder who attends the meeting in person or by proxy, or who before or after the meeting submits a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting.
SECTION 6. Notice of Stockholder Business .
(a) At any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, the business must be (i) (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder in accordance with Section 6(b) below and (ii) a proper subject under applicable law for stockholder action. To be properly brought before a special meeting, the business must be (i) (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors and (ii) a proper subject under applicable law for stockholder action.
(b) For any stockholder proposal to be presented in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (other than proposals made under Rule 14a-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), including any proposal relating to the nomination of a director to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholders notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholders notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.
3
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any stockholder meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6. The Chairman of the stockholder meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered or transacted.
SECTION 7. Quorum; Voting . Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Corporations Charter, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall constitute a quorum at each meeting of the stockholders. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to approve any matter which properly comes before the meeting, except that a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect directors. The stockholders present at any duly organized meeting may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
SECTION 8. Adjournment . Whether or not a quorum is present, any meeting of the stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, by the Chairman of the meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present any action may be taken that could have been taken at the meeting originally called. A meeting of the stockholders may not be adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the original record date.
SECTION 9. Organization . At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence or inability to act, the President, or in his absence or inability to act, a Vice President, or in the absence or inability to act of all the Vice Presidents, a chairman chosen by the stockholders, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence or inability to act, a person appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes of the meeting.
SECTION 10. Order of Business . The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.
SECTION 11. Proxies . A stockholder may vote the stock he owns of record either in person or by written proxy signed by the stockholder or by his duly authorized agent. Stockholders may authorize others to act as proxies by means of facsimile signatures, electronic transmissions, internet transmissions and other reasonable means authorized or accepted by the Corporation, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that the stockholder has authorized the creation of the proxy. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases in which the proxy states that it is irrevocable and in which an irrevocable proxy is permitted by law.
4
SECTION 12. Fixing of Record Date for Determining Stockholders Entitled to Vote at Meeting . The Board of Directors shall set a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders. The record date for a particular meeting shall be not more than ninety (90) or fewer than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting. All persons who were holders of record of shares as of the record date of a meeting, and no others, shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof.
SECTION 13. Inspectors . The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspectors to act at the meeting or at any adjournment of the meeting. If the inspectors shall not be so appointed or if any of them shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting may appoint inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall, if required by the chairman of the meeting, take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if appointed, shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do those acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the meeting or any stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
SECTION 14. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Except as otherwise provided by statute or the Corporations Charter, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed in paper or electronic form with the records of stockholder meetings.
SECTION 15. Meeting by Conference Telephone . Stockholders may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participating in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. General Powers . Except as otherwise provided in the Corporations Charter, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors except as conferred on or reserved to the stockholders by law, by the Corporations Charter or by these By-Laws.
5
SECTION 2. Number, Election and Term of Directors . The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors (which initially was fixed at one (1) in the Corporations Charter) may be changed from time to time by a majority of the entire Board of Directors; provided, however, that the number of directors shall in no event be fewer than that required by law, nor more than twenty-five (25). Beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and if at such time, the number of directors shall be three (3) or more, (the First Annual Meeting), the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. At the First Annual Meeting, directors of Class I shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class II shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and directors of Class III shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. At each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors whom they succeed and shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders subsequent to their election. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 5 of this Article III, and each director elected shall hold office for the term provided above and until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned or have been removed as provided in these By-Laws, or as otherwise provided by statute or the Corporations Charter. Any vacancy created by an increase in directors may be filled in accordance with Section 5 of this Article III. No reduction in the number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director from office prior to the expiration of his term unless the director is specifically removed pursuant to Section 4 of this Article III at the time of the decrease.
SECTION 3. Resignation . A director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or to the Vice-Chairman of the Board or the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the time specified in it or, should the time when it is to become effective not be specified in it, immediately upon its receipt. Acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless the resignation states otherwise.
SECTION 4. Removal of Directors . A director of the Corporation may be removed from office only for cause and then only by vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of directors.
SECTION 5. Vacancies . Subject to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act), any vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal or any other cause except an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a vote of the majority of the remaining Directors whether or not sufficient to constitute a quorum. A majority of the entire Board may fill a vacancy that results from an increase in the number of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the stockholders of any class of the Corporations capital stock are entitled separately to elect one or more directors, a majority of the remaining directors elected by that class or the sole remaining director elected by that class may fill any vacancy among the number of directors elected by that class. Any director appointed by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the
6
class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor has been elected and qualifies. Any director elected by the stockholders to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the balance of the term of the director he replaced.
SECTION 6. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the Board may be held at any place that the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or that is specified in the notice of the meeting, or by means of remote communication, if so designated by the Board.
SECTION 7. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at the time and place determined by the Board of Directors, or by means of remote communication, if so designated by the Board.
SECTION 8. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by two (2) or more directors of the Corporation or by the Chairman of the Board or the President.
SECTION 9. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the newly elected and other directors shall be the first meeting after the meeting of the stockholders at which the newly elected directors were elected. No notice of such annual meeting shall be necessary if such meeting is held immediately after the adjournment, and at the site, if any, of the meeting of stockholders or, if the annual meeting of stockholders is held by remote communication, then the annual meeting of the directors may, if the Board so determines, also be by remote communication. If not so held, notice shall be given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 10. Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided. Each notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, or that the meeting is being held by means of remote communication, and shall be delivered to each director, either personally or by telephone or other standard form of telecommunication or electronic transmission, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time at which the meeting is to be held, or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the director at his residence or usual place of business, and mailed at least three (3) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held.
SECTION 11. Waiver of Notice of Meetings . Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, deliver a written waiver or an electronic transmission of a waiver of notice that is filed with the records of the meeting or who shall attend the meeting.
SECTION 12. Quorum and Voting . A majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the Corporations Charter or these By-Laws, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.
SECTION 13. Organization . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at each meeting of the Board. In the absence or inability of the Chairman of the Board to act, the President (if he is a director), or, in his absence or inability to act, another director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside at the meeting. The Secretary (or, in his or her absence or inability to act, any person appointed by the chairman) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes of the meeting.
7
SECTION 14. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more committees of the Board of Directors, including an executive committee, an audit committee, an investments committee and a valuation committee, each consisting of one (1) or more directors. To the extent provided in the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, and permitted by law, the committee or committees shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Any committee or committees shall have the name or names determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and provide those minutes to the Board of Directors when required. The members of a committee present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint a director to act in the place of an absent member.
SECTION 15. Written Consent of Directors in Lieu of a Meeting . Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings, in paper or electronic form, are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.
SECTION 16. Telephone Conference . Members of the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board may participate in any Board or committee meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, provided, however, that such participation shall not constitute presence in person with respect to matters which the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder require the approval of directors by vote cast in person at a meeting.
SECTION 17. Compensation . Each director shall be entitled to receive compensation, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors, including a fee for each meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, regular or special, he attends. Directors may also be reimbursed by the Corporation for all reasonable expenses incurred in traveling to and from the place of a Board or committee meeting.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES
SECTION 1. Number and Qualifications . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and an Assistant Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board of Directors, and one (1) or more Vice Presidents and may also appoint any other officers, assistant officers, agents and employees it deems necessary or proper. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of President and Vice President, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify in more than one (1) capacity any instrument
8
required by law to be executed, acknowledged or verified by more than one officer. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors each year at its first meeting held after the annual meeting of stockholders, each to hold office until the meeting of the Board following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned or have been removed, as provided in these By-Laws. The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such officers (including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries) and may appoint, or delegate to the President the power to appoint, such agents as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as may be prescribed by the Board or by the appointing authority.
SECTION 2. Resignations . Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective is not specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.
SECTION 3. Removal of Officer, Agent or Employee . Any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause at any time, and the Board may delegate the power of removal as to agents and employees not elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Removal shall be without prejudice to the persons contract rights, if any, but the appointment of any person as an officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall not of itself create contract rights.
SECTION 4. Vacancies . A vacancy in any office, whether arising from death, resignation, removal or any other cause, may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the office that shall be vacant, in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for the regular election or appointment to the office.
SECTION 5. Compensation . The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, but this power may be delegated to any officer with respect to other officers under his control.
SECTION 6. Bonds or Other Security . If required by the Board, any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in an amount and with any surety or sureties as the Board may require.
SECTION 7. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, general and active management and supervision of the business, affairs, and property of the Corporation and its several officers and may employ and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation, except those elected or appointed by the Board, and he may delegate these powers. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall execute on behalf of the Corporation all instruments requiring such execution except to the extent that signing and execution thereof shall be required by the President of the Corporation or shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.
9
SECTION 8. Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall have and exercise all the powers and authority of the Chairman of the Board in the event of the Chairmans absence or inability to act or during a vacancy in the office of Chairman of the Board. He shall also have such other duties and responsibilities as shall be assigned to him by the Chairman or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 9. President . The President shall, in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall have and exercise all the powers and authority of the Chairman of the Board in the event of the Chairmans and Vice-Chairmans absence or inability to act or during a vacancy in the offices of Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board. He shall sign and execute all instruments required to be signed and executed by the President of the Corporation. He shall also have such other duties and responsibilities as shall be assigned to him by the Chairman or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 10. Vice President . Each Vice President shall have the powers and perform the duties that the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may from time to time prescribe.
SECTION 11. Treasurer . Subject to the provisions of any contract that may be entered into with any custodian pursuant to authority granted by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall have charge of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall have or provide for the custody of the Corporations funds and securities; he shall have full authority to receive and give receipts for all money due and payable to the Corporation, and to endorse checks, drafts, and warrants, in its name and on its behalf and to give full discharge for the same; he shall deposit all funds of the Corporation, except those that may be required for current use, in such banks or other places of deposit as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate; and, in general, he shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
SECTION 12. Assistant Treasurers . The Assistant Treasurers in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chairman or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
SECTION 13. Secretary . The Secretary shall:
(a) keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, the committees of the Board and the stockholders;
10
(b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by law;
(c) be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all stock certificates of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal;
(d) see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and
(e) in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
SECTION 14. Assistant Secretaries . The Assistant Secretaries in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
SECTION 15. Delegation of Duties . In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board may confer for the time being the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer upon any other officer or upon any director.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
SECTION 1. Stock Certificates . The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled upon specific written request to such person as may be designated by the Corporation to have a certificate or certificates, in a form approved by the Board, representing the number of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by him; provided, however, that certificates for fractional shares will not be delivered in any case. The certificates representing shares of stock shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures or the seal on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer, transfer agent or registrar was still in office at the date of issue.
SECTION 2. Stock Ledger . There shall be maintained a stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class the
11
shareholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation or at any other office or agency specified by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3. Transfers of Shares . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the stock records of the Corporation only by the registered holder of the shares, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or with a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates, if issued, for the shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power and the payment of all taxes thereon. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person in whose name any share or shares stand on the record of stockholders as the owner of the share or shares for all purposes, including, without limitation, the rights to receive dividends or other distributions and to vote as the owner, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in any such share or shares on the part of any other person.
SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of uncertificated securities if permitted by law. If stock certificates are issued, the Board of Directors may make any additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation. The Board may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents or one or more transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates for shares of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
SECTION 5. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . The holder of any certificate representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of its loss, destruction or mutilation and the Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate issued by it that has been alleged to have been lost or destroyed or that shall have been mutilated. The Board may, in its discretion, require the owner (or his legal representative) of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate to give to the Corporation a bond in a sum, limited or unlimited, and in a form and with any surety or sureties, as the Board in its absolute discretion shall determine, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate, or issuance of a new certificate. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion, may refuse to issue any such new certificate, except pursuant to legal proceedings under the laws of the State of Maryland.
SECTION 6. Fixing of Record Date for Dividends, Distributions, etc . The Board (or, to the extent permitted by law, a Board committee or an officer of the Corporation so empowered by the Board) may fix, in advance, a date not more than ninety (90) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution or the allotment of rights to subscribe for securities of the Corporation, or for the delivery of evidences of rights or evidences of interests arising out of any change, conversion or exchange of common stock or other securities, as the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, allotment, rights or interests, and in such case only the stockholders of record at the time so fixed shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution, allotment, rights or interests.
12
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
SECTION 1. Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is a current or former director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving while a director or officer of the Corporation at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or employee benefit plan, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against judgments, penalties, fines, excise taxes, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys fees) actually incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the full extent permissible under the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), and the 1940 Act, as those statutes are now or hereafter in force, except that such indemnity shall not protect any such person against any liability to the Corporation or any stockholder thereof to which such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office (disabling conduct). Any repeal or modification of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or these By-Laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification hereunder except as required by law.
SECTION 2. Advances . Any current or former director or officer of the Corporation claiming indemnification within the scope of this Article VI shall be entitled to advances from the Corporation for payment of the reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with proceedings to which he is a party in the manner and to the full extent permissible under the Maryland General Corporation Law, the 1933 Act, and the 1940 Act, as those statutes are now or hereafter in force; provided, however, that the person seeking indemnification shall provide to the Corporation a written affirmation of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met and a written undertaking to repay any such advance, if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met, and provided further that at least one of the following additional conditions is met: (a) the person seeking indemnification shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to the Corporation for his undertaking; (b) the Corporation is insured against losses arising by reason of the advance; or (c) a majority of a quorum of directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, nor parties to the proceeding (disinterested non-party directors), or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of facts readily available to the Corporation at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to believe that the person seeking indemnification will ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification.
SECTION 3. Procedure . At the request of any current or former director or officer, or any employee or agent whom the Corporation proposes to indemnify, the Board of Directors shall determine, or cause to be determined, in a manner consistent with the Maryland General
13
Corporation Law, the 1933 Act, and the 1940 Act, as those statutes are now or hereafter in force, whether the standards required by this Article VI have been met; provided, however, that indemnification shall be made only following: (a) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought, finding that the person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or (b) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party directors or (ii) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
SECTION 4. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . Employees and agents who are not officers or directors of the Corporation may be indemnified, and reasonable expenses may be advanced to such employees or agents, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article VI to the extent permissible under the Maryland General Corporation Law, the 1933 Act, and the 1940 Act, as those statutes are now or hereafter in force, and to such further extent, consistent with the foregoing, as may be provided by action of the Board of Directors or by contract.
SECTION 5. Other Rights . The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right, with respect to indemnification or otherwise, to which those seeking such indemnification may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action by a director or officer of the Corporation in his official capacity and as to action by such person in another capacity while holding such office or position, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
SECTION 6. Insurance . The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, provided that no insurance may be obtained by the Corporation for liabilities against which it would not have the power to indemnify him under this Article VI or applicable law.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL
SECTION 1. SEAL . The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall bear the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation, the words Corporate Seal and Maryland and any emblem or device approved by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced. In lieu of affixing the seal, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word (seal) adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.
14
SECTION 2. Electronic Transmission . An electronic transmission is any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by the recipient of the communication and may be reproduced directly in paper form by a recipient through an automated process.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
These By-Laws may be amended by the Board of Directors, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that no amendment of these By-Laws shall affect any right of any person under Article VI hereof based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to the amendment. These By-Laws may not be amended by the stockholders of the Corporation.
15
Exhibit 6(a)
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC
This MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made this 1st day of August, 2006, by and between Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc. (the Fund) and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Manager).
WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as a management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act);
WHEREAS, the Manager is engaged primarily in rendering investment advisory, management and administrative services and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended;
WHEREAS, the Fund wishes to retain the Manager to provide investment advisory, management, and administrative services to the Fund; and
WHEREAS, the Manager is willing to furnish such services on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:
1. The Fund hereby appoints the Manager to act as investment adviser and administrator of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Manager accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
2. The Fund shall at all times keep the Manager fully informed with regard to the securities owned by it, its funds available, or to become available, for investment, and generally as to the condition of its affairs. It shall furnish the Manager with such other documents and information with regard to its affairs as the Manager may from time to time reasonably request.
3. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Funds Board of Directors (the Board), the Manager shall regularly provide the Fund with investment research, advice, management and supervision and shall furnish a continuous investment program for the Funds portfolio of securities and other investments consistent with the Funds investment objectives, policies and restrictions, as stated in the Funds Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The Manager shall determine from time to time what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained, sold or exchanged by the Fund and what portion of the assets of the Funds portfolio will be held in the various securities and other investments in which the Fund invests, and shall implement those decisions, all subject to the provisions of the Funds Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws (collectively, the Governing Documents), the 1940 Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and interpretive guidance issued thereunder by the SEC staff and any other applicable federal and state law, as well as the investment objectives, policies and
restrictions of the Fund referred to above, and any other specific policies adopted by the Board and disclosed to the Manager. The Manager is authorized as the agent of the Fund to give instructions to the custodian of the Fund as to deliveries of securities and other investments and payments of cash for the account of the Fund. Subject to applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and direction from the Board, the investment program to be provided hereunder may entail the investment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund in one or more investment companies. The Manager will place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) to the Fund andlor the other accounts over which the Manager or its afiliates exercise investment discretion. The Manager is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities which the Manager and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The Board may adopt policies and procedures that modify and restrict the Managers authority regarding the execution of the Funds portfolio transactions provided herein. The Manager shall also provide advice and recommendations with respect to other aspects of the business and affairs of the Fund, shall exercise voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the Funds portfolio securities subject to such direction as the Board may provide, and shall perform such other functions of investment management and supervision as may be directed by the Board.
(b) Subject to the direction and control of the Board, the Manager shall perform such administrative and management services as may from time to time be reasonably requested by the Fund as necessary for the operation of the Fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the Funds transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents, (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services, (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders, (iv) maintaining the Funds existence, and (v) during such times as shares are publicly offered, maintaining the registration and qualification of the Funds shares under federal and state laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall not be deemed to have assumed any duties with respect to, and shall not be responsible for, the distribution of the shares of the Fund, nor shall the Manager be deemed to have assumed or have any responsibility with respect to functions specifically assumed by any transfer agent, fund accounting agent, custodian, shareholder servicing agent or other agent, in each case employed by the Fund to perform such functions.
(c) The Fund hereby authorizes any entity or person associated with the Manager which is a member of a national securities exchange to effect any transaction on the exchange for
the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder, and the Fund hereby consents to the retention of compensation for such transactions in accordance with Rule 11a2-2(T)(a)(2)(iv). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager agrees that it will not deal with itself, or with members of the Board or any principal underwriter of the Fund, as principals or agents in making purchases or sales of securities or other property for the account of the Fund, nor will it purchase any securities from an underwriting or selling group in which the Manager or its affiliates is participating, or arrange for purchases and sales of securities between the Fund and another account advised by the Manager or its affiliates, except in each case as permitted by the 1940 Act and in accordance with such policies and procedures as may be adopted by the Fund from time to time, and will comply with all other provisions of the Governing Documents and the Funds Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information relative to the Manager and its directors and officers.
4. Subject to the Boards approval, the Manager or the Fund may enter into contracts with one or more investment subadvisers or subadministrators, including without limitation, affiliates of the Manager, in which the Manager delegates to such investment subadvisers or subadministrators any or all its duties specified hereunder, on such terms as the Manager will determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, provided that in each case the Manager shall supervise the activities of each such subadviser or subadministrator and further provided that such contracts impose on any investment subadviser or subadministrator bound thereby all the conditions to which the Manager is subject hereunder and that such contracts are entered into in accordance with and meet all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
5. (a) The Manager, at its expense, shall supply the Board and officers of the Fund with all information and reports reasonably required by them and reasonably available to the Manager and shall furnish the Fund with office facilities, including space, furniture and equipment and all personnel reasonably necessary for the operation of the Fund. The Manager shall oversee the maintenance of all books and records with respect to the Funds securities transactions and the keeping of the Funds books of account in accordance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Manager hereby agrees that any records that it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Funds request. The Manager further agrees to arrange for the preservation of the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act. The Manager shall authorize and permit any of its directors, officers and employees, who may be elected as Board members or officers of the Fund, to serve in the capacities in which they are elected.
(b) The Manager shall bear all expenses, and shall furnish all necessary services, facilities and personnel, in connection with its responsibilities under this Agreement. Other than as herein specifically indicated, the Manager shall not be responsible for the Funds expenses, including, without limitation, advisory fees; distribution fees; interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the Fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the Funds securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents;
legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the Funds shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the Funds shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the Funds shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the Fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the Fund, if any; and the Funds pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the Fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the Fund is a party and the legal obligation which the Fund may have to indemnify the Funds Board members and officers with respect thereto.
6. No member of the Board, officer or employee of the Fund shall receive from the Fund any salary or other compensation as such member of the Board, officer or employee while he is at the same time a director, officer, or employee of the Manager or any affiliated company of the Manager, except as the Board may decide. This paragraph shall not apply to Board members, executive committee members, consultants and other persons who are not regular members of the Managers or any affiliated companys staff.
7. As compensation for the services performed and the facilities furnished and expenses assumed by the Manager, including the services of any consultants retained by the Manager, the Fund shall pay the Manager, as promptly as possible after the last day of each month, a fee, computed daily at an annual rate set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, provided however, that if the Fund invests all or substantially all of its assets in another registered investment company for which the Manager or an affiliate of the Manager serves as investment adviser or investment manager, the annual fee computed as set forth on such Schedule A shall be reduced by the aggregate management fees allocated to that Fund for the Funds then-current fiscal year from such other registered investment company. The first payment of the fee shall be made as promptly as possible at the end of the month succeeding the effective date of this Agreement, and shall constitute a full payment of the fee due the Manager for all services prior to that date. If this Agreement is terminated as of any date not the last day of a month, such fee shall be paid as promptly as possible after such date of termination, shall be based on the average daily net assets of the Fund [plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings] in that period from the beginning of such month to such date of termination, and shall be that proportion of such average daily net assets [plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings] as the number of business days in such period bears to the number of business days in such month. The average daily net assets of the Fund [plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings] shall in all cases be based only on business days and be computed as of the time of the regular close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other time as may be determined by the Board.
8. The Manager assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder, in good faith, and shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the Fund, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall
protect the Manager against any liability to the Fund to which the Manager would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. As used in this Section 8, the term Manager shall include any affiliates of the Manager performing services for the Fund contemplated hereby and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the Manager and such affiliates.
9. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any director, officer, or employee of the Manager who may also be a Board member, officer, or employee of the Fund, to engage in any other business or to devote his time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a similar nature or a dissimilar nature, nor to limit or restrict the right of the Manager to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind, including investment advisory and management services, to any other fund, firm, individual or association. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund or one or more other accounts of the Manager is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the accounts in a manner deemed equitable by the Manager. Such transactions may be combined, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and consistent with the Managers policies and procedures as presented to the Board from time to time.
10. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Funds net assets shall be determined as provided in the Funds Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the terms assignment, interested person, and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meanings given to them by Section 2(a) of the 1940 Act, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the SEC by any rule, regulation or order.
11. This Agreement will become effective with respect to the Fund on the date set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, provided that it shall have been approved by the Funds Board and by the shareholders of the Fund in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, will continue in effect until November 30,2007. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Fund, so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by a majority of the Board members who are not interested persons of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
12. This Agreement is terminable with respect to the Fund without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice to the Manager, or by the Manager upon not less than 90 days written notice to the Fund, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of the Manager and the Fund. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment by the Manager and shall not be assignable by the Fund without the consent of the Manager.
13. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the
change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, and no material amendment of the Agreement shall be effective until approved, if so required by the 1940 Act, by vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities.
14. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. Should any part of this Agreement be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
15. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
[signature page to follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized.
SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | R.J. Gerken | |
Title: |
President and CEO |
|
LEGG MASON PARTNERS FUND ADVISOR, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized;
SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH INCOME EUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
LEGG MASON PARTNERS FUND ADVISOR, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | Robert B. Shepler | |
Title: | Senior Vice President |
Schedule A
Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc.
Date:
August 1, 2006
Fee:
The following percentage of the Funds average daily net assets [plus the proceeds of any outstanding borrowings]: 0.85%
Exhibit 6(b)
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT
This SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made this 1st day of August, 2006, by and between Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Manager), and Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation (the Subadviser).
WHEREAS, the Manager has been retained by Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc. (the Fund), a registered management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) to provide investment advisory, management, and administrative services to the Fund; and
WHEREAS, the Manager wishes to engage the Subadviser to provide certain investment advisory services to the Fund, and the Subadviser is willing to furnish such services on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:
1. In accordance with and subject to the Management Agreement between the Fund and the Manager (the Management Agreement), the Manager hereby appoints the Subadviser to act as Subadviser with respect to the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Subadviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
2. The Manager shall cause the Subadviser to be kept fully informed at all times with regard to the securities owned by the Fund, its funds available, or to become available, for investment, and generally as to the condition of the Funds affairs. The Manager shall furnish the Subadviser with such other documents and information with regard to the Funds affairs as the Subadviser may from time to time reasonably request.
3. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Funds Board of Directors (the Board) and the Manager, Subadviser shall regularly provide the Fund with respect to such portion of the Funds assets as shall be allocated to the Subadviser by the Manager from time to time (the Allocated Assets) with investment research, advice, management and supervision and shall furnish a continuous investment program for the Allocated Assets consistent with the Funds investment objectives, policies and restrictions, as stated in the Funds Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The Subadviser shall, with respect to the Allocated Assets, determine from time to time what securities and other investments will be purchased (including, as permitted in accordance with this paragraph, swap agreements, options and futures), retained, sold or exchanged by the Fund and what portion of the Allocated Assets will be held in the various securities and other investments in which the Fund invests, and shall implement those decisions (including the execution of investment documentation), all subject to the provisions of the Funds Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws (collectively, the Governing Documents), the 1940 Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and interpretive guidance issued thereunder by the SEC staff and any other applicable federal and state law, as well as the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund referred to above, and any other specific policies adopted by the Board and disclosed to the Subadviser. The Subadviser is authorized as the agent of the Fund to give instructions with respect to the Allocated Assets to the custodian of the Fund as to deliveries of securities and other investments and payments of cash for the account of the Fund. Subject to applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the investment program to be provided hereunder may entail the investment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund in one or more investment companies. The Subadviser will place
orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which the Subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The Subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the Subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities which the Subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The Board may adopt policies and procedures that modify and restrict the Subadvisers authority regarding the execution of the Funds portfolio transactions provided herein. The Subadviser shall exercise voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the Allocated Assets subject to such direction as the Board may provide, and shall perform such other functions of investment management and supervision as may be directed by the Board.
(b) The Fund hereby authorizes any entity or person associated with the Subadviser which is a member of a national securities exchange to effect any transaction on the exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder, and the Fund hereby consents to the retention of compensation for such transactions in accordance with Rule 11a2-2(T)(a)(2)(iv). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subadviser agrees that it will not deal with itself, or with members of the Board or any principal underwriter of the Fund, as principals or agents in making purchases or sales of securities or other property for the account of the Fund, nor will it purchase any securities from an underwriting or selling group in which the Subadviser or its affiliates is participating, or arrange for purchases and sales of securities between the Fund and another account advised by the Subadviser or its affiliates, except in each case as permitted by the 1940 Act and in accordance with such policies and procedures as may be adopted by the Fund from time to time, and will comply with all other provisions of the Governing Documents and the Funds Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information relative to the Subadviser and its directors and officers.
4. The Subadviser may delegate to any other one or more companies that the Subadviser controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, or to specified employees of any such companies, certain of the Subadvisers duties under this Agreement, provided in each case the Subadviser will supervise the activities of each such entity or employees thereof, that such delegation will not relieve the Subadviser of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement and provided further that any such arrangements are entered into in accordance with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
5. The Subadviser agrees that it will keep records relating to its services hereunder in accordance with all applicable laws, and in compliance with the requirements of Rule 3 la-3 under the 1940 Act, the Subadviser hereby agrees that any records that it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Funds request. The Subadviser further agrees to arrange for the preservation of the records required to be maintained by Rule 3 la-1 under the 1940 Act for the periods prescribed by Rule 3 la-2 under the 1940 Act.
6. (a) The Subadviser, at its expense, shall supply the Board, the officers of the Fund, and the Manager with all information and reports reasonably required by them and reasonably available to the Subadviser relating to the services provided by the Subadviser hereunder.
(b) The Subadviser shall bear all expenses, and shall furnish all necessary services, facilities and personnel, in connection with its responsibilities under this Agreement. Other than as herein specifically indicated, the Subadviser shall not be responsible for the Funds expenses, including, without limitation, advisory fees; distribution fees; interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the Fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the Funds securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the Funds shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the Funds shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the Funds shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the Fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the Fund, if any; and the Funds pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the Fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the Fund is a party and the legal obligation which the Fund may have to indemnify the Funds Board members and officers with respect thereto.
7. No member of the Board, officer or employee of the Fund shall receive from the Fund any salary or other compensation as such member of the Board, officer or employee while he is at the same time a director, officer, or employee of the Subadviser or any affiliated company of the Subadviser, except as the Board may decide. This paragraph shall not apply to Board members, executive committee members, consultants and other persons who are not regular members of the Subadvisers or any affiliated companys staff.
8. As compensation for the services performed by the Subadviser, including the services of any consultants retained by the Subadviser, the Manager shall pay the Subadviser out of the management fee it receives with respect to the Fund, and only to the extent thereof, as promptly as possible after the last day of each month, a fee, computed daily at an annual rate set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto. The first payment of the fee shall be made as promptly as possible at the end of the month succeeding the effective date of this Agreement, and shall constitute a full payment of the fee due the Subadviser for all services prior to that date. If this Agreement is terminated as of any date not the last day of a month, such fee shall be paid as promptly as possible after such date of termination, shall be based on the average daily net assets of the Fund or, if less, the portion thereof comprising the Allocated Assets in that period from the beginning of such month to such date of termination, and shall be that proportion of such average daily net assets as the number of business days in such period bears to the number of business days in such month. The average daily net assets of the Fund or the portion thereof comprising the Allocated Assets shall in all cases be based only on business days and be computed as of the time of the regular close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other time as may be determined by the Board.
9. The Subadviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder, in good faith, and shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the Fund, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall protect the Subadviser against any liability to the Manager or the Fund to which the Subadviser would otherwise be subject by reason of
willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. As used in this Section 9, the term Subadviser shall include any affiliates of the Subadviser performing services for the Fund contemplated hereby and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of the Subadviser and such affiliates.
10. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any director, officer, or employee of the Subadviser who may also be a Board member, officer, or employee of the Fund, to engage in any other business or to devote his time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a similar nature or a dissimilar nature, nor to limit or restrict the right of the Subadviser to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind, including investment advisory and management services, to any other fund, firm, individual or association. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund or one or more other accounts of the Subadviser is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the accounts in a manner deemed equitable by the Subadviser. Such transactions may be combined, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and consistent with the Subadvisers policies and procedures as presented to the Board from time to time.
11. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Funds net assets shall be determined as provided in the Funds Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the terms assignment, interested person, and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meanings given to them by Section 2(a) of the 1940 Act, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the SEC by any rule, regulation or order.
12. This Agreement will become effective with respect to the Fund on the date set forth opposite the Funds name on Schedule A annexed hereto, provided that it shall have been approved by the Funds Board and, if so required by the 1940 Act, by the shareholders of the Fund in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, will continue in effect through November 30, 2007. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Fund, so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by a majority of the Board members who are not interested persons of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
13. This Agreement is terminable with respect to the Fund without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice to the Subadviser, or by the Subadviser upon not less than 90 days written notice to the Fund and the Manager, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of the Manager and the Subadviser. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment by the Subadviser and shall not be assignable by the Manager without the consent of the Subadviser.
14. The Subadviser agrees that for any claim by it against the Fund in connection with this Agreement or the services rendered under this Agreement, it shall look only to assets of the Fund for satisfaction and that it shall have no claim against the assets of any other portfolios of the Fund.
15. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, and no material amendment of the Agreement shall be effective until approved, if so required by the 1940 Act, by vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities.
16. This Agreement, and any supplemental terms contained on Annex I hereto, if applicable, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. Should any part of this Agreement be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
17. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
[signature page to follow]
ANNEX I
Not applicable.
SCHEDULE A
Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc.
Date:
August 1, 2006
Fee:
The sub-advisory fee will be 70% of the management fee paid to Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, net of expense waivers and reimbursements.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized.
LEGG MASON PARTNERS FUND ADVISOR, LLC | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Daniel E. Giddings | ||
Title: Manager of Legal and Corporate Affairs |
The foregoing is acknowledged:
The undersigned officer of the Fund has executed this Agreement not individually but in his/her capacity as an officer of the Fund. The Fund does not hereby undertake, on behalf of the Fund or otherwise, any obligation to the Subadviser.
SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: R.J. Gerken | ||
Title: President and CEO |
ANNEX I
Not applicable.
SCHEDULE A
Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc.
Date:
August 1, 2006
Fee:
The sub-advisory fee will be 70% of the management fee paid to Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, net of expense waivers and reimbursements.
Exhibit 6(c)
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT
This SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made this 1st day of August, 2006, by and between Western Asset Management Company, a corporation organized under the laws of California (the Subadviser) and Western Asset Management Company Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of England and Wales (WAML).
WHEREAS, the Subadviser has been retained by Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC to provide investment advisory, management, and administrative services to Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc. (the Fund), a registered management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act); and
WHEREAS, the Subadviser wishes to engage WAML to provide certain investment advisory services to the Fund, and WAML is willing to furnish such services on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:
1. In accordance with and subject to the Subadvisory Agreement between the Subadviser and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC with respect to the Fund (the Subadvisory Agreement), the Subadviser hereby appoints WAML to act as a subadviser with respect to the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. WAML accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
2. The Subadviser shall cause WAML to be kept fully informed at all times with regard to the securities owned by the Fund, its funds available, or to become available, for investment, and generally as to the condition of the Funds affairs. The Subadviser shall furnish WAML with such other documents and information with regard to the Funds affairs as WAML may from time to time reasonably request.
3. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Funds Board of Directors (the Board), Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and the Subadviser, WAML shall regularly provide the Fund with respect to such portion of the Funds assets as shall be allocated to WAML by the Subadviser from time to time (the Allocated Assets), with investment research, advice, management and supervision and shall furnish a continuous investment program for the Allocated Assets consistent with the Funds investment objectives, policies and restrictions, as stated in the Funds current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. WAML shall, with respect to the Allocated Assets, determine from time to time what securities and other investments will be purchased (including, as permitted in accordance with this paragraph, swap agreements, options and futures), retained, sold or exchanged by the Fund and what portion of the Allocated Assets will be held in the various securities and other investments in which the Fund invests, and shall implement those decisions (including the execution of investment documentation), all subject to the provisions of the Funds Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws (collectively, the Governing Documents), the 1940 Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and interpretive guidance issued thereunder by the SEC staff and any other applicable federal and state law, as well as the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund referred to above, and any other specific policies adopted by the Board and disclosed to WAML. WAML is authorized as the agent of the Fund to give instructions with respect to the Allocated Assets to the custodian of the Fund as to deliveries of securities and other investments and payments of cash for the account of the Fund. Subject to applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the investment program to be provided hereunder may entail the investment of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Fund in one or more investment companies. WAML will place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) to the Fund andlor the other accounts over which WAML or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. WAML is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if WAML determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities which WAML and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The Board may adopt policies and procedures that modify and restrict WAMLs authority regarding the execution of the Funds portfolio transactions provided herein. WAML shall exercise voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the Allocated Assets subject to such direction as the Board may provide, and shall perform such other functions of investment management and supervision as may be directed by the Board.
(b) The Fund hereby authorizes any entity or person associated with WAML which is a member of a national securities exchange to effect any transaction on the exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder, and the Fund hereby consents to the retention of compensation for such transactions in accordance with Rule 11a2-2(T)(a)(2)(iv). Notwithstanding the foregoing, WAML agrees that it will not deal with itself, or with members of the Board or any principal underwriter of the Fund, as principals or agents in making purchases or sales of securities or other property for the account of the Fund, nor will it purchase any securities from an underwriting or selling group in which WAML or its affiliates is participating, or arrange for purchases and sales of securities between the Fund and another account advised by WAML or its affiliates, except in each case as permitted by the 1940 Act and in accordance with such policies and procedures as may be adopted by the Fund from time to time, and will comply with all other provisions of the Governing Documents and the Funds then-current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information relative to WAML and its directors and officers.
4. WAML may delegate to any other one or more companies that WAML controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, or to specified employees of any such companies, certain of WAMLs duties under this Agreement, provided in each case WAML will supervise the activities of each such entity or employees thereof, that such delegation will not relieve WAML of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement and provided hrther that any such arrangements are entered into in accordance with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
5. WAML agrees that it will keep records relating to its services hereunder in accordance with all applicable laws, and in compliance with the requirements of Rule 3 la-3 under the 1940 Act, WAML hereby agrees that any records that it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Funds request. WAML further agrees to arrange for the preservation of the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act.
6. (a) WAML, at its expense, shall supply the Board, the officers of the Fund, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and the Subadviser with all information and reports reasonably required by them and reasonably available to WAML relating to the services provided by WAML hereunder.
(b) WAML shall bear all expenses, and shall furnish all necessary services, facilities and personnel, in connection with its responsibilities under this Agreement. Other than as herein specifically indicated, WAML shall not be responsible for the Funds expenses, including, without limitation, advisory fees; distribution fees; interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the Fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the Funds securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the Funds shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the Funds shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the Funds shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the Fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the Fund, if any; and the Funds pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the Fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the Fund is a party and the legal obligation which the Fund may have to indemnify the Funds Board members and officers with respect thereto.
7. No member of the Board, officer or employee of the Fund shall receive from the Fund any salary or other compensation as such member of the Board, officer or employee while he is at the same time a director, officer, or employee of WAML or any affiliated company of WAML, except as the Board may decide. This paragraph shall not apply to Board members, executive committee members, consultants and other persons who are not regular members of WAMLs or any affiliated companys staff.
8. As compensation for the services performed by WAML, including the services of any consultants retained by WAML, the Subadviser shall pay WAML out of the subadvisory fee it receives with respect to the Fund, and only to the extent thereof, as promptly as possible after the last day of each month, a fee, computed daily at an annual rate set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto. The first payment of the fee shall be made as promptly as possible at the end of the month succeeding the effective date of this Agreement, and shall constitute a full payment of the fee due WAML for all services prior to that date. If this Agreement is terminated as of any date not the last day of a month, such fee shall be paid as promptly as possible after such date of termination, shall be based on the average daily net assets of the Fund or, if less, the portion thereof comprising the Allocated Assets in that period from the beginning of such month to such date of termination, and shall be that proportion of such average daily net assets as the number of business days in such period bears to the number of business days in such month. The average daily net assets of the Fund or the portion thereof comprising the Allocated Assets shall in all cases be based only on business days and be computed as of the time of the regular close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other time as may be determined by the Board.
9. WAML assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder, in good faith, and shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the Fund, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall protect WAML against any liability to the Subadviser, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC or the Fund to which WAML would
otherwise be subject by reason of willfbl misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. As used in this Section 9, the term WAML shall include any affiliates of WAML performing services for the Fund contemplated hereby and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of WAML and such affiliates.
10. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any director, officer, or employee of WAML who may also be a Board member, officer, or employee of the Fund, to engage in any other business or to devote his time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a similar nature or a dissimilar nature, nor to limit or restrict the right of WAML to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind, including investment advisory and management services, to any other hnd, firm, individual or association. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund or one or more other accounts of WAML is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the accounts in a manner deemed equitable by WAML. Such transactions may be combined, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and consistent with WAMLs policies and procedures as presented to the Board from time to time.
11. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Funds net assets shall be determined as provided in the Funds then-current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the terms assignment, interested person, and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meanings given to them by Section 2(a) of the 1940 Act, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the SEC by any rule, regulation or order.
12. This Agreement will become effective with respect to the Fund on the date set forth opposite the Funds name on Schedule A annexed hereto, provided that it shall have been approved by the Funds Board and, if so required by the 1940 Act, by the shareholders of the Fund in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, will continue in effect through November 30, 2007. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Fund, so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by a majority of the Board members who are not interested persons of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
13. This Agreement is terminable with respect to the Fund without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice to WAML, or by WAML upon not less than 90 days written notice to the Fund and the Subadviser, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of the Subadviser and WAML. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment by WAML and shall not be assignable by the Subadviser without the consent of WAML.
14. WAML agrees that for any claim by it against the Fund in connection with this Agreement or the services rendered under the Agreement, it shall look only to assets of the Fund for satisfaction and that it shall have no claim against the assets of any other portfolios of the Fund.
15. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, and no material amendment of the Agreement shall be effective until approved, if so required by the 1940 Act, by vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities.
16. This Agreement, and any supplemental terms contained on Annex I hereto, if applicable, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. Should any part of this Agreement be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
17. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
[signature page to follow]
ANNEX I
This Annex I forms a part of the Subadvisory Agreement dated as of August 1,2006 by and between Western Asset Management Company, a California corporation, and Western Asset Management Company Limited (WAML), an entity authorized and regulated in the United Kingdom by the Financial Services Authority (the FSA).
1. WAML represents, warrants and covenants that it is authorized and regulated by the FSA.
2. WAML has classified the Fund as an Intermediate Customer as defined by the FSA Rules.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized.
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Daniel E. Giddings | ||
Title: Manager of Legal and Corporate Affairs | ||
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Daniel E. Giddings | ||
Title: Manager of Legal and Corporate Affairs |
The foregoing is acknowledged:
The undersigned officer of the Fund has executed this Agreement not individually but in his/her capacity as an officer of the Fund. The Fund does not hereby undertake, on behalf of the Fund or otherwise, any obligation to Western Asset Management Company Limited.
SALOMON BROTHERS GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: R.J. Gerken | ||
Title: President and CEO |
SCHEDULE A
Salomon Brothers Global High Income Fund Inc.
Date:
August 1, 2006
Fee:
The sub-advisory fee will be the following percentage of the Funds Allocated Assets: 0.30%
Exhibit 6(d)
This SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made this 3rd day of February 3, 2009, by and between Western Asset Management Company, a corporation organized under the laws of California (the Subadviser) and Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd, a corporation organized under the laws of SINGAPORE (WESTERN SINGAPORE).
WHEREAS, the Subadviser has been retained by Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC to provide investment advisory, management, and administrative services to WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. (the Fund), a registered management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act); and
WHEREAS, the Subadviser wishes to engage WESTERN SINGAPORE to provide certain investment advisory services to the Fund, and WESTERN SINGAPORE is willing to furnish such services on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:
1. In accordance with and subject to the Subadvisory Agreement between the Subadviser and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC with respect to the Fund (the Subadvisory Agreement), the Subadviser hereby appoints WESTERN SINGAPORE to act as a subadviser with respect to the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. WESTERN SINGAPORE accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
2. The Subadviser shall cause WESTERN SINGAPORE to be kept fully informed at all times with regard to the securities owned by the Fund, its funds available, or to become available, for investment, and generally as to the condition of the Funds affairs. The Subadviser shall furnish WESTERN SINGAPORE with such other documents and information with regard to the Funds affairs as WESTERN SINGAPORE may from time to time reasonably request.
3. (a) Subject to the supervision of the Funds Board of Directors (the Board), Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and the Subadviser, WESTERN SINGAPORE shall regularly provide the Fund with respect to such portion of the Funds assets as shall be allocated to WESTERN SINGAPORE by the Subadviser from time to time (the Allocated Assets), with investment research, advice, management and supervision and shall furnish a continuous investment program for the Allocated Assets consistent with the Funds investment objectives, policies and restrictions, as stated in the Funds current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. WESTERN SINGAPORE shall, with respect to the Allocated Assets, determine from time to time what securities and other investments will be purchased (including, as permitted in accordance with this paragraph, swap agreements, options and futures), retained, sold or exchanged by the Fund and what portion of the Allocated Assets will be held in the various securities and other investments in which the Fund invests, and shall implement those decisions (including the execution of investment documentation), all subject to the provisions of the Funds Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws (collectively, the Governing Documents), the 1940 Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC) and interpretive guidance issued thereunder by the SEC staff and any other applicable federal and state law, as well as the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund referred to above, and any other specific policies adopted by the Board and disclosed to WESTERN SINGAPORE. WESTERN SINGAPORE is authorized as the agent of the Fund to give instructions with respect to the Allocated Assets to the custodian of the Fund as to deliveries of securities and other investments and payments of cash for the account of the Fund. Subject to applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the investment program to be provided hereunder may entail the investment of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund in one or more investment companies. WESTERN SINGAPORE will place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which WESTERN SINGAPORE or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. WESTERN SINGAPORE is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if WESTERN SINGAPORE determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities which WESTERN SINGAPORE and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The Board may adopt policies and procedures that modify and restrict WESTERN SINGAPOREs authority regarding the execution of the Funds portfolio transactions provided herein. WESTERN SINGAPORE shall exercise voting rights, rights to consent to corporate action and any other rights pertaining to the Allocated Assets subject to such direction as the Board may provide, and shall perform such other functions of investment management and supervision as may be directed by the Board.
(b) The Fund hereby authorizes any entity or person associated with WESTERN SINGAPORE which is a member of a national securities exchange to effect any transaction on the exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder, and the Fund hereby consents to the retention of compensation for such transactions in accordance with Rule 11a2-2(T)(a)(2)(iv). Notwithstanding the foregoing, WESTERN SINGAPORE agrees that it will not deal with itself, or with members of the Board or any principal underwriter of the Fund, as principals or agents in making purchases or sales of securities or other property for the account of the Fund, nor will it purchase any securities from an underwriting or selling group in which WESTERN SINGAPORE or its affiliates is participating, or arrange for purchases and sales of securities between the Fund and another account advised by WESTERN SINGAPORE or its affiliates, except in each case as permitted by the 1940 Act and in accordance with such policies and procedures as may be adopted by the Fund from time to time, and will comply with all other
provisions of the Governing Documents and the Funds then-current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information relative to WESTERN SINGAPORE and its directors and officers.
4. WESTERN SINGAPORE may delegate to any other one or more companies that WESTERN SINGAPORE controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, or to specified employees of any such companies, certain of WESTERN SINGAPOREs duties under this Agreement, provided in each case WESTERN SINGAPORE will supervise the activities of each such entity or employees thereof, that such delegation will not relieve WESTERN SINGAPORE of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement and provided further that any such arrangements are entered into in accordance with all applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
5. WESTERN SINGAPORE agrees that it will keep records relating to its services hereunder in accordance with all applicable laws, and in compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, WESTERN SINGAPORE hereby agrees that any records that it maintains for the Fund are the property of the Fund, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Funds request. WESTERN SINGAPORE further agrees to arrange for the preservation of the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act.
6. (a) WESTERN SINGAPORE, at its expense, shall supply the Board, the officers of the Fund, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and the Subadviser with all information and reports reasonably required by them and reasonably available to WESTERN SINGAPORE relating to the services provided by WESTERN SINGAPORE hereunder.
(b) WESTERN SINGAPORE shall bear all expenses, and shall furnish all necessary services, facilities and personnel, in connection with its responsibilities under this Agreement. Other than as herein specifically indicated, WESTERN SINGAPORE shall not be responsible for the Funds expenses, including, without limitation, advisory fees; distribution fees; interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the Fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the Funds securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the Funds shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the Funds shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the Funds shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the Fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the Fund, if any; and the Funds pro rata
portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the Fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the Fund is a party and the legal obligation which the Fund may have to indemnify the Funds Board members and officers with respect thereto.
7. No member of the Board, officer or employee of the Fund shall receive from the Fund any salary or other compensation as such member of the Board, officer or employee while he is at the same time a director, officer, or employee of WESTERN SINGAPORE or any affiliated company of WESTERN SINGAPORE, except as the Board may decide. This paragraph shall not apply to Board members, executive committee members, consultants and other persons who are not regular members of WESTERN SINGAPOREs or any affiliated companys staff.
8. As compensation for the services performed by WESTERN SINGAPORE, including the services of any consultants retained by WESTERN SINGAPORE, the Subadviser shall pay WESTERN SINGAPORE out of the subadvisory fee it receives with respect to the Fund, and only to the extent thereof, as promptly as possible after the last day of each month, a fee, computed daily at an annual rate set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto. The first payment of the fee shall be made as promptly as possible at the end of the month succeeding the effective date of this Agreement, and shall constitute a full payment of the fee due WESTERN SINGAPORE for all services prior to that date. If this Agreement is terminated as of any date not the last day of a month, such fee shall be paid as promptly as possible after such date of termination, shall be based on the average daily net assets of the Fund or, if less, the portion thereof comprising the Allocated Assets in that period from the beginning of such month to such date of termination, and shall be that proportion of such average daily net assets as the number of business days in such period bears to the number of business days in such month. The average daily net assets of the Fund or the portion thereof comprising the Allocated Assets shall in all cases be based only on business days and be computed as of the time of the regular close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or such other time as may be determined by the Board.
9. WESTERN SINGAPORE assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder, in good faith, and shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of securities transactions for the Fund, provided that nothing in this Agreement shall protect WESTERN SINGAPORE against any liability to the Subadviser, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC or the Fund to which WESTERN SINGAPORE would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. As used in this Section 9, the term WESTERN SINGAPORE shall include any affiliates of WESTERN SINGAPORE performing services for the Fund contemplated hereby and the partners, shareholders, directors, officers and employees of WESTERN SINGAPORE and such affiliates.
10. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any director, officer, or employee of WESTERN SINGAPORE who may also be a Board member, officer, or employee of the Fund, to engage in any other business or to devote his time and attention in part to the management or other aspects of any other business, whether of a similar nature or a dissimilar nature, nor to limit or restrict the right of WESTERN SINGAPORE to engage in any other business or to render services of any kind, including investment advisory and management services, to any other fund, firm, individual or association. If the purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund or one or more other accounts of WESTERN SINGAPORE is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the accounts in a manner deemed equitable by WESTERN SINGAPORE. Such transactions may be combined, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and consistent with WESTERN SINGAPOREs policies and procedures as presented to the Board from time to time.
11. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Funds net assets shall be determined as provided in the Funds then-current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the terms assignment, interested person, and majority of the outstanding voting securities shall have the meanings given to them by Section 2(a) of the 1940 Act, subject to such exemptions as may be granted by the SEC by any rule, regulation or order.
12. This Agreement will become effective with respect to the Fund on the date set forth opposite the Funds name on Schedule A annexed hereto, provided that it shall have been approved by the Funds Board and, if so required by the 1940 Act, by the shareholders of the Fund in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, will continue in effect through November 30, 2007. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Fund, so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or (ii) by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by a majority of the Board members who are not interested persons of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
13. This Agreement is terminable with respect to the Fund without penalty by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, in each case on not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days written notice to WESTERN SINGAPORE, or by WESTERN SINGAPORE upon not less than 90 days written notice to the Fund and the Subadviser, and will be terminated upon the mutual written consent of the Subadviser and WESTERN SINGAPORE. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment by WESTERN SINGAPORE and shall not be assignable by the Subadviser without the consent of WESTERN SINGAPORE.
14. WESTERN SINGAPORE agrees that for any claim by it against the Fund in connection with this Agreement or the services rendered under the Agreement, it shall look only to assets of the Fund for satisfaction and that it shall have no claim against the assets of any other portfolios of the Fund.
15. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, and no material amendment of the Agreement shall be effective until approved, if so required by the 1940 Act, by vote of the holders of a majority of the Funds outstanding voting securities.
16. This Agreement, and any supplemental terms contained on Annex I hereto, if applicable, embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. Should any part of this Agreement be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
17. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
[signature page to follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized.
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: W. Stephen Venable, Jr. | ||
Title: Manager, US Legal and Corporate Affairs | ||
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY PTE. LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Daniel E. Giddings | ||
Title: Manager, International Legal and Compliance |
The foregoing is acknowledged:
The undersigned officer of the Trust has executed this Agreement not individually but in his/her capacity as an officer of the Trust. The Trust does not hereby undertake, on behalf of the Fund or otherwise, any obligation to Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: R. Jay Gerken | ||
Title: Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers thereunto duly authorized.
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY PTE. LTD. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
The foregoing is acknowledged:
The undersigned officer of the Trust has executed this Agreement not individually but in his/her capacity as an officer of the Trust. The Trust does not hereby undertake, on behalf of the Fund or otherwise, any obligation to Western Asset Management Company Pte. Ltd.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: R. Jay Gerken | ||
Title: Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
SCHEDULE A
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
February 3, 2009
Fee:
The sub-advisory fee will be the following percentage of Allocated Assets: 0.30%
Exhibit 11
June 3, 2016
W ESTERN A SSET G LOBAL H IGH I NCOME F UND I NC .
620 Eighth Avenue, 49 th Floor
New York, New York 10018
Re: Registration Statement on Form N-14
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as Maryland counsel to Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation (the Company ), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form N-14 (Registration No. 333-209666) (the Registration Statement ) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission ), including the combined proxy statement/prospectus included therein (the Prospectus ), of shares (the Shares ) of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company ( Common Stock ) to be issued pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, in the form attached as an Exhibit to the Prospectus (the Reorganization Agreement ), by and between the Company and Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc., a Maryland corporation ( GDF ). This opinion is being provided at your request in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement.
In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (collectively, the Documents ):
1. The charter of the Company, as amended, corrected and supplemented to date (the Charter ), certified as of a recent date by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the SDAT );
2. The Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the Bylaws ), certified as of the date hereof by an Assistant Secretary of the Company;
3. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to the authorization and approval of (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Reorganization Agreement, (b) the issuance of the Shares pursuant thereto and (c) the filing of the Registration Statement (the Board Resolutions ), certified as of the date hereof by an Assistant Secretary of the Company;
W ESTERN A SSET G LOBAL H IGH I NCOME F UND I NC .
June 3, 2016
Page 2
4. The Reorganization Agreement, in the form attached to the Prospectus as an Appendix;
5. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and
6. A certificate executed by George P. Hoyt, Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated as of the date hereof.
As used herein, the phrase known to us is limited to the actual knowledge, without independent investigation, of the lawyers in this firm who have provided legal services to the Company in connection with the Registration Statement.
In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:
1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.
2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.
3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such partys (including the Companys) obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding.
4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all such Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification or amendment to the Documents, or waiver of any provision of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.
5. The merger of GDF with and into the Company pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement will be approved by the stockholders of GDF and the Company as described in the Registration Statement. The number of the Shares to be issued pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement at closing plus the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such issuance of the Shares will not exceed the number of shares of Common Stock then authorized to be issued under the Charter.
W ESTERN A SSET G LOBAL H IGH I NCOME F UND I NC .
June 3, 2016
Page 3
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that, upon issuance and delivery of the Shares as contemplated by the Board Resolutions and the Reorganization Agreement, the Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
The foregoing opinion is limited to the substantive laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. We express no opinion as to compliance with the securities (or blue sky) laws of the State of Maryland. The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of judicial decisions which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.
We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof. This opinion is limited to the matters set forth herein, and no other opinion should be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated.
This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.
Very truly yours,
FOLEY & LARDNER LLP
/s/ Foley & Lardner LLP
Exhibit 12
[DATE], 2016
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc.
620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor
New York, New York 10018
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc.
620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor
New York, New York 10018
Re: | GDF/EHI Merger |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (GDF), a Maryland corporation, and Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (EHI), a Maryland corporation, in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated [DATE], 2016 (the Merger Agreement), between GDF and EHI, pursuant to which GDF shall be merged with and into EHI with EHI surviving (the Merger), on the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. The time at which the Merger becomes effective is hereafter referred to as the Effective Time. For purposes of this opinion, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Merger Agreement. This opinion is being delivered pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Merger Agreement.
-2- | [DATE], 2016 |
We have examined (i) the Merger Agreement, (ii) the registration statement on Form N-14 (Registration No [ ]) (the Registration Statement) filed by EHI with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and (iii) the representation letters of GDF and EHI, delivered to us in connection with this opinion (together, the Representation Letters). In addition, we have examined, and relied as to matters of fact upon, originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records, agreements, documents and other instruments and made such other inquiries as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion set forth below. In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We have not, however, undertaken any independent investigation of any factual matter set forth in any of the foregoing., that (i) the Merger will be effected in accordance with the Merger Agreement,
In rendering such opinion, we have assumed, with your permission (ii) the statements concerning the Merger set forth in the Merger Agreement and the Registration Statement are true, complete and correct and will remain true, complete and correct at all times up to and including the Effective Time, (iii) the representations made by GDF and EHI in their respective Representation Letters are true, complete and correct and will remain true, complete and correct at all times up to and including the Effective Time, (iv) as to all representations made in the Merger Agreement or the Representation Letters pursuant to which any person or entity represents an affirmative intention to perform an action or to
-3- | [DATE], 2016 |
qualify for certain treatment, such action will be performed and qualification for such treatment will be achieved and (v) any representations made in the Merger Agreement or the Representation Letters to the knowledge of, or based on the belief of GDF and EHI or similarly qualified are true, complete and correct and will remain true, complete and correct at all times up to and including the Effective Time, in each case without such qualification. We have also assumed that the parties have complied with and, if applicable, will continue to comply with, the covenants contained in the Merger Agreement.
Our opinion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury Regulations, administrative interpretations, and judicial precedents, in each case, as of the date hereof. If there is any subsequent change in the applicable law or regulations, or if there are subsequently any new applicable administrative or judicial interpretations of the law or regulations, or if there are any changes in the facts or circumstances surrounding the Merger, the opinion expressed herein may become inapplicable.
Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:
1. The Merger will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1) of the Code and that GDF and EHI will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code.
2. Except for consequences regularly attributable to a termination of GDFs taxable year, no gain or loss will be recognized by GDF as a result of the Merger or upon the conversion of the shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of GDF (the GDF Common Shares) into shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of EHI (the EHI Common Shares).
3. No gain or loss will be recognized by EHI as a result of the Merger or upon the conversion of GDF Common Shares into EHI Common Shares.
-4- | [DATE], 2016 |
4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the holders of GDF Common Shares upon the conversion of their GDF Common Shares into EHI Common Shares, except to the extent such holders are paid cash in lieu of fractional EHI Common Shares in the Merger.
5. The tax basis of the GDF assets in the hands of EHI will be the same as the tax basis of such assets in the hands of GDF immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger.
6. Immediately after the Merger, the aggregate tax basis of the EHI Common Shares received by each holder of GDF Common Shares in the Merger (including that of fractional share interests purchased by EHI) will be equal to the aggregate tax basis of the GDF Common Shares owned by such shareholder immediately prior to the Merger.
7. A shareholders holding period for EHI Common Shares (including that of fractional share interests purchased by EHI) will be determined by including the period for which such shareholder held GDF Common Shares converted pursuant to the Merger, provided that such GDF Common Shares were held by such shareholder as capital assets.
8. EHIs holding period with respect to GDFs assets transferred pursuant to the Merger will include the period for which such assets were held by GDF.
9. The payment of cash to the holders of GDF Common Shares in lieu of fractional EHI Common Shares will be treated as though such fractional shares were distributed as part of the Merger and then redeemed by EHI with the result that the holder of GDF Common Shares will generally have a capital gain or loss to the extent the cash distribution differs from such shareholders basis allocable to the fractional EHI Common Shares.
We express our opinion herein only as to those matters specifically set forth above and no opinion should be inferred as to the tax consequences of the Merger under any state, local or foreign law, or with respect to other areas of United States federal taxation. We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the federal law of the United States.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 12 to the Registration Statement, and to the references to our firm name therein.
-5- | [DATE], 2016 |
Very truly yours, |
SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP |
Exhibit 14(a)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc.
We consent to the use of our report dated October 19, 2015 with respect to the financial statements of Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc., as of August 31, 2015, incorporated herein by reference and to the references to our firm under the heading Financial Highlights in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus on Form N-14.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
June 3, 2016
Exhibit 14(b)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc.
We consent to the use of our report dated July 22, 2015 with respect to the financial statements of Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc., as of May 31, 2015, incorporated herein by reference and to the references to our firm under the heading Financial Highlights in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus on Form N-14.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
June 3, 2016
Exhibit 17(a)
EVERY STOCKHOLDERS VOTE IS IMPORTANT
EASY VOTING OPTIONS:
|
||||
|
VOTE ON THE INTERNET |
|||
Log on to: |
||||
www.proxy-direct.com |
||||
or scan the QR code |
||||
Follow the on-screen instructions |
||||
available 24 hours |
||||
|
VOTE BY PHONE | |||
Call 1-800-337-3503 | ||||
Follow the recorded instructions |
||||
available 24 hours | ||||
|
VOTE BY MAIL | |||
Vote, sign and date this Proxy | ||||
Card and return in the | ||||
postage-paid envelope | ||||
|
VOTE IN PERSON | |||
Attend Stockholder Meeting | ||||
620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor | ||||
New York, New York | ||||
on July 22, 2016 |
Please detach at perforation before mailing.
PROXY | WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL PARTNERS INCOME FUND INC. | PROXY | ||
PROXY FOR THE JOINT SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS | ||||
TO BE HELD ON JULY 22, 2016 |
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The undersigned hereby appoints Robert I. Frenkel, George P. Hoyt, Michael Kocur and Barbara Allen and each of them, attorneys and proxies for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and revocation to represent the undersigned and to vote on behalf of the undersigned all shares of Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. (the Fund) which the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Fund to be held at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49 th Floor, New York, New York on July 22, 2016, at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time and at any adjournments thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Meeting and accompanying proxy statement and hereby instructs said attorneys and proxies to vote said shares as indicated hereon. In their discretion, the proxies are authorized to vote upon such other business as may properly come before the Meeting. A majority of the proxies present and acting at the Meeting in person or by substitute (or, if only one shall be so present, then that one) shall have and may exercise all of the power and authority of said proxies hereunder. The undersigned hereby revokes any proxy previously given.
This proxy, if properly executed, will be voted in the manner directed by the stockholder. If no direction is made, this proxy will be voted FOR Proposal 1.
VOTE VIA THE INTERNET: www.proxy-direct.com VOTE VIA THE TELEPHONE: 1-800-337-3503
|
||||||
Note : PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON THIS PROXY. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If signer is a corporation, please sign in full corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving full title as such. If signer is a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person. | ||||
|
||||
Signature | ||||
|
||||
Signature (if held jointly) | ||||
|
||||
Date | GDF_27524_060116 |
PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.
EVERY STOCKHOLDERS VOTE IS IMPORTANT
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the
Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders to Be Held on July 22, 2016.
The Notice of Meeting, Proxy Statement and Proxy Card are available at:
https://www.proxy-direct.com/wam-27524
Please detach at perforation before mailing.
If no specific instructions are provided, this proxy will be voted FOR the proposal and in the discretion of the proxies upon such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR for Proposal 1.
TO VOTE, MARK BLOCKS BELOW IN BLUE OR BLACK INK. Example: ¢
FOR
|
AGAINST | ABSTAIN | ||||||||
1. | The stockholders of the Fund are being asked to approve the merger of the Fund with and into Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law. | ¨ | ¨ | ¨ | ||||||
Any other business that may properly come before the Meeting. |
CHANGE OF ADDRESS | ||
|
||
|
||
|
PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.
GDF_27524_060116
EVERY STOCKHOLDERS VOTE IS IMPORTANT
EASY VOTING OPTIONS:
|
||||
|
VOTE ON THE INTERNET |
|||
Log on to: |
||||
www.proxy-direct.com |
||||
or scan the QR code |
||||
Follow the on-screen instructions |
||||
available 24 hours |
||||
|
VOTE BY PHONE | |||
Call 1-800-337-3503 | ||||
Follow the recorded instructions |
||||
available 24 hours | ||||
|
VOTE BY MAIL | |||
Vote, sign and date this Proxy | ||||
Card and return in the | ||||
postage-paid envelope | ||||
|
VOTE IN PERSON | |||
Attend Stockholder Meeting | ||||
620 Eighth Avenue, 49th Floor | ||||
New York, New York | ||||
on July 22, 2016 |
Please detach at perforation before mailing.
PROXY | WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | PROXY | ||
PROXY FOR THE JOINT SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS | ||||
TO BE HELD ON JULY 22, 2016 |
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The undersigned hereby appoints Robert I. Frenkel, George P. Hoyt, Michael Kocur and Barbara Allen and each of them, attorneys and proxies for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and revocation to represent the undersigned and to vote on behalf of the undersigned all shares of Western Asset Global High Income Fund Inc. (the Fund) which the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Fund to be held at 620 Eighth Avenue, 49 th Floor, New York, New York on July 22, 2016, at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Daylight Time and at any adjournments thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Meeting and accompanying proxy statement and hereby instructs said attorneys and proxies to vote said shares as indicated hereon. In their discretion, the proxies are authorized to vote upon such other business as may properly come before the Meeting. A majority of the proxies present and acting at the Meeting in person or by substitute (or, if only one shall be so present, then that one) shall have and may exercise all of the power and authority of said proxies hereunder. The undersigned hereby revokes any proxy previously given.
This proxy, if properly executed, will be voted in the manner directed by the stockholder. If no direction is made, this proxy will be voted FOR Proposal 1.
VOTE VIA THE INTERNET: www.proxy-direct.com VOTE VIA THE TELEPHONE: 1-800-337-3503
|
||||||
Note : PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON THIS PROXY. When shares are held jointly, each holder should sign. When signing as executor, administrator, attorney, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. If signer is a corporation, please sign in full corporate name by duly authorized officer, giving full title as such. If signer is a partnership, please sign in partnership name by authorized person. |
||||
|
||||
Signature | ||||
|
||||
Signature (if held jointly) | ||||
|
||||
Date | EHI_27524_060116 |
PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.
EVERY STOCKHOLDERS VOTE IS IMPORTANT
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the
Joint Special Meeting of Stockholders to Be Held on July 22, 2016.
The Notice of Meeting, Proxy Statement and Proxy Card are available at:
https://www.proxy-direct.com/wam-27524
Please detach at perforation before mailing.
If no specific instructions are provided, this proxy will be voted FOR the proposal and in the discretion of the proxies upon such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
The Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR for Proposal 1.
TO VOTE, MARK BLOCKS BELOW IN BLUE OR BLACK INK. Example: ¢
FOR
|
AGAINST | ABSTAIN | ||||||||
1. |
The stockholders of the Fund are being asked to approve the merger of Western Asset Global Partners Income Fund Inc. with and into the Fund in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law. | ¨ | ¨ | ¨ | ||||||
Any other business that may properly come before the Meeting. |
CHANGE OF ADDRESS | ||
|
||
|
||
|
PLEASE MARK, SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS PROXY PROMPTLY USING THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.
EHI_27524_060116
Exhibit 17(f)
EXECUTION COPY
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of May 21, 2009
among
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.,
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
and the other lending institutions party hereto
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
in its capacity as Agent
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||||
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS |
1 | |||||||
SECTION 1.01. | Definitions | 1 | ||||||
SECTION 1.02. | Accounting Terms and Determinations | 15 | ||||||
ARTICLE II. THE CREDIT | 15 | |||||||
SECTION 2.01. | Commitments to Lend | 15 | ||||||
SECTION 2.02. | Notice of Borrowings | 16 | ||||||
SECTION 2.03. | Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans | 16 | ||||||
SECTION 2.04. | Loan Accounts; Notes; Records | 18 | ||||||
SECTION 2.05. | Mandatory Payments; Optional Prepayments | 18 | ||||||
SECTION 2.06. | Interest Rates | 20 | ||||||
SECTION 2.07. | Fees | 20 | ||||||
SECTION 2.08. | Termination and Reduction of Commitments | 20 | ||||||
SECTION 2.09. | Extension of Termination Date | 21 | ||||||
SECTION 2.10. | General Provisions as to Payments | 22 | ||||||
SECTION 2.11. | Computation of Interest and Fees | 24 | ||||||
SECTION 2.12. | Withholding Tax Exemption | 25 | ||||||
ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS | 26 | |||||||
SECTION 3.01. | Effectiveness | 26 | ||||||
SECTION 3.02. | All Borrowings | 27 | ||||||
SECTION 3.03. | Security | 28 | ||||||
ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES | 28 | |||||||
SECTION 4.01. | Existence and Power; Investment Company | 28 | ||||||
SECTION 4.02. | Authorization; Execution and Delivery, Etc. | 28 | ||||||
SECTION 4.03. | Noncontravention | 28 | ||||||
SECTION 4.04. | Governmental Authorizations; Private Authorizations | 29 | ||||||
SECTION 4.05. | Regulations T, U and X | 29 | ||||||
SECTION 4.06. | Non-Affiliation with Banks | 29 | ||||||
SECTION 4.07. | Subsidiaries | 29 | ||||||
SECTION 4.08. | Financial Information | 29 | ||||||
SECTION 4.09. | Litigation | 30 |
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||||
SECTION 4.10. | ERISA | 30 | ||||||
SECTION 4.11. | Taxes | 30 | ||||||
SECTION 4.12. | Compliance | 30 | ||||||
SECTION 4.13. | Fiscal Year | 31 | ||||||
SECTION 4.14. | Full Disclosure | 31 | ||||||
SECTION 4.15. | Intentionally Omitted | 31 | ||||||
SECTION 4.16. | Account | 31 | ||||||
SECTION 4.17. | Foreign Assets, Control Regulations | 31 | ||||||
SECTION 4.18. | Title to Assets | 31 | ||||||
ARTICLE V. COVENANTS | 32 | |||||||
SECTION 5.01. | Information | 32 | ||||||
SECTION 5.02. | Payment of Obligations | 33 | ||||||
SECTION 5.03. | Maintenance of Insurance | 33 | ||||||
SECTION 5.04. | Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence | 33 | ||||||
SECTION 5.05. | Compliance with Laws | 34 | ||||||
SECTION 5.06. | Inspection of Property, Books and Records | 34 | ||||||
SECTION 5.07. | Debt | 34 | ||||||
SECTION 5.08. | Liens | 35 | ||||||
SECTION 5.09. | Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets | 35 | ||||||
SECTION 5.10. | Use of Proceeds | 35 | ||||||
SECTION 5.11. | Compliance with Investment Policies and Restrictions | 35 | ||||||
SECTION 5.12. | Non-Affiliation with Banks | 36 | ||||||
SECTION 5.13. | Regulated Investment Company | 36 | ||||||
SECTION 5.14. | No Subsidiary | 36 | ||||||
SECTION 5.15. | ERISA | 36 | ||||||
SECTION 5.16. | Fiscal Year | 36 | ||||||
SECTION 5.17. | Regulation U | 36 | ||||||
SECTION 5.18. | Custodian | 36 | ||||||
SECTION 5.19. | Asset Coverage | 37 | ||||||
SECTION 5.20. | Maximum Amount | 37 | ||||||
SECTION 5.21. | Further Assurances | 37 |
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||||
ARTICLE VI. DEFAULTS | 37 | |||||||
SECTION 6.01. | Events of Default | 37 | ||||||
SECTION 6.02. | Remedies | 39 | ||||||
ARTICLE VII. THE AGENT | 40 | |||||||
SECTION 7.01. | Appointment and Authorization | 40 | ||||||
SECTION 7.02. | Action by Agent | 40 | ||||||
SECTION 7.03. | Consultation with Experts | 40 | ||||||
SECTION 7.04. | Liability of Agent | 40 | ||||||
SECTION 7.05. | Indemnification | 40 | ||||||
SECTION 7.06. | Credit Decision | 41 | ||||||
SECTION 7.07. | Successor Agent | 41 | ||||||
SECTION 7.08. | Agent as Bank | 41 | ||||||
SECTION 7.09. | Distribution by Agent | 41 | ||||||
SECTION 7.10. | Delinquent Banks | 41 | ||||||
ARTICLE VIII. CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES | 42 | |||||||
SECTION 8.01. | Additional Costs; Capital Adequacy | 42 | ||||||
SECTION 8.02. | Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair | 44 | ||||||
SECTION 8.03. | Illegality | 44 | ||||||
SECTION 8.04. | Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected LIBOR Loans | 45 | ||||||
SECTION 8.05. | Replacement Banks | 45 | ||||||
SECTION 8.06. | Indemnity | 46 | ||||||
ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS | 46 | |||||||
SECTION 9.01. | Notices | 46 | ||||||
SECTION 9.02. | No Waivers | 46 | ||||||
SECTION 9.03. | Expenses; Documentary Taxes; Indemnification | 46 | ||||||
SECTION 9.04. | Setoff | 47 | ||||||
SECTION 9.05. | Amendments and Waivers | 47 | ||||||
SECTION 9.06. | Successors and Assigns | 48 |
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||||
SECTION 9.07. | Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Choice of Forum | 50 | ||||||
SECTION 9.08. | WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL | 50 | ||||||
SECTION 9.09. | Confidentiality | 50 | ||||||
SECTION 9.10. | USA Patriot Act | 51 | ||||||
SECTION 9.11. | Miscellaneous | 51 |
Exhibits : | ||
Exhibit A - | Form of Note | |
Exhibit B - | Form of Notice of Borrowing | |
Exhibit C - | Form of Notice of Conversion | |
Exhibit D - | Form of Borrowing Base Report | |
Exhibit E | Form of Assignment and Acceptance | |
Schedules : | ||
Schedule 1 - | Addresses for Notices, Lending Offices, Commitment Amounts and Commitment Percentages |
iv
CREDIT AGREEMENT
CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of May 21, 2009, by and among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a closed-end management investment company (the Borrower ), the Banks (as hereinafter defined) party hereto from time to time and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY as agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the Agent ).
The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01. Definitions. The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:
Act has the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 hereof.
Account means the account that the Custodian has opened and maintains for the Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Custody Agreement.
Additional Commitment has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b) hereof.
Additional Commitment Bank has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b) hereof.
Adjusted LIBOR Offered Rate applicable to any Interest Period means a rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (i) the applicable LIBOR Offered Rate by (ii) 1.00 minus the LIBOR Reserve Percentage. The Adjusted LIBOR Offered Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the LIBOR Reserve Percentage.
Adjusted Net Assets means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the value of the Total Assets of the Borrower minus (b) the Total Liabilities of the Borrower that are not Senior Securities Representing Indebtedness. For purposes of calculating the Adjusted Net Assets, (x) the amount of any liability included in Total Liabilities shall be equal to the greater of (i) the outstanding amount of such liability and (ii) the fair market value of all assets pledged or otherwise segregated to secure such liability (other than assets pledged or encumbered in favor of the Agent or the Custodian) and (y) the liability in respect of Financial Contracts with a counterparty shall be equal to the net amount, if any, that the Borrower would be obligated to pay to such counterparty thereto if such Financial Contracts and all transactions thereunder terminated at such time in accordance therewith on a complete no-fault basis.
Adverse Claim means any Lien or other right or claim in, of or on any Persons assets or properties (including the segregation thereof or the deposit thereof to satisfy margin or other requirements, provided that Adverse Claim shall not include any segregation which (i) is required to prevent a security of the Borrower from constituting a senior security for purposes of the Investment Company Act and (ii) is not a pledge or security interest) in favor of any other Person other than, in the case of the Borrower, Liens permitted under Section 5.08 hereof.
Affiliate has the meaning ascribed to the term Affiliated Person in the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Aggregate Commitment Amount means, as of any date, the aggregate of all Commitment Amounts as of such date. On the Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitment Amount is $125,000,000.
Agent has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
Applicable Law means any Law of any Authority, including, without limitation, all federal and state banking or securities laws, to which the Person in question is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Applicable Lending Office means, with respect to any Bank, (a) in the case of its Base Rate Loans, its Domestic Lending Office, and (b) in the case of its LIBOR Loans, its LIBOR Lending Office.
Asset Value means, as of any day of determination in respect of any asset of the Borrower, the Value of such asset computed in the manner as such Value is required to be computed by the Borrower in accordance with the Borrowers Valuation Procedures and Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Investment Company Act; provided that the Asset Value of any asset shall be net of the Borrowers liabilities relating thereto, including without limitation all of the Borrowers obligations to pay any unpaid portion of the purchase price thereof.
Assignee has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(c) hereof.
Assignment and Acceptance has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(c) hereof.
Authority means any governmental or quasi-governmental authority (including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., the stock exchanges, the SEC and any accounting board or authority (whether or not a part of government) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles, in each case whether foreign or domestic), whether executive, legislative, judicial, administrative or other, or any combination thereof, including, without limitation, any federal, state, territorial, county, municipal or other government or governmental or quasi-governmental agency, arbitrator, board, body, branch, bureau, commission, corporation, court, department, instrumentality, master, mediator, panel, referee, system or other political unit or subdivision or other entity of any of the foregoing, whether domestic or foreign.
Authorized Signatory means any duly authorized officer or other authorized Person of the Borrower, provided that the Agent shall have received a manually signed certificate of an officer of the Borrower bearing a manual specimen signature of such officer or other Person.
-2-
Bank means each of State Street, each lender named on the signature pages hereof, each Assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant to Section 9.06(c) hereof, and their respective successors.
Base Rate means the higher of (a) the annual rate of interest announced from time to time by State Street at its head office in Boston, Massachusetts, as its prime rate and (b) one-half of one percent (1/2%) above the Federal Funds Rate as in effect from time to time.
Base Rate Loans means Loans bearing interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate.
Benefit Arrangement means at any time an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to by any member of the ERISA Group.
Borrower has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
Borrowing Base means, at the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) 33 1/3% of the Adjusted Net Assets of the Borrower and (b) the sum of the following items to the extent that they are classified as assets on the balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles:
(i) 90% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Government Securities;
(ii) 90% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Commercial Paper rated A1 or better by S&P or P1 or better by Moodys;
(iii) 80% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Domestic Debt Securities, Eligible OECD Sovereign Debt Securities and Eligible Guaranteed Debt Securities, in each case rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
(iv) 70% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Domestic Debt Securities and Eligible Guaranteed Debt Securities, in each case rated BB- or better (but lower than BBB-) by S&P or Ba3 or better (but lower than Baa3) by Moodys;
(v) 60% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Domestic Debt Securities and Eligible Guaranteed Debt Securities, in each case rated B- or better (but lower than BB-) by S&P or B3 or better (but lower than Ba3) by Moodys;
(vi) 60% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Sovereign Debt Securities rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
(vii) 50% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Sovereign Debt Securities rated BB- or better (but lower than BBB-) by S&P or Ba3 or better (but lower than Baa3) by Moodys;
(viii) 50% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
-3-
(ix) 50% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Equity Securities;
(x) 40% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Sovereign Debt Securities rated B- or better (but lower than BB-) by S&P or B3 or better (but lower than Ba3) by Moodys;
(xi) 40% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BB- or better (but lower than BBB-) by S&P or Ba3 or better (but lower than Baa3) by Moodys;
(xii) 30% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated B- or better (but lower than BB-) by S&P or B3 or better (but lower than Ba3) by Moodys;
(xiii) 30% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
(xiv) 20% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BB- or better (but lower than BBB-) by S&P or Ba3 or better (but lower than Baa3) by Moodys;
(xv) 10% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated B- or better (but lower than BB-) by S&P or B3 or better (but lower than Ba3) by Moodys;
(xvi) 0% of the aggregate Asset Value of all other assets of the Borrower;
provided, that:
(1) if any security has a lower rating from one agency than from another, the higher rating shall be disregarded for purposes of the foregoing or, if unrated, such security shall, in the reasonable judgment of the Investment Adviser, be of equal credit quality as a rated security which is valued similarly as such unrated security;
(2) if aggregate investments in securities not denominated in Dollars constitute more than 50% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;
(3) if aggregate investments in issuers which (i) are domiciled (or whose principal place of business is located) outside the United States, (ii) are not members of the OECD and (iii) do not issue senior, unsecured sovereign debt that is investment grade rated constitute more than 25% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;
-4-
(4) if aggregate investments in any one country (other than the United States) constitute more than 5% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;
(5) if the securities of any one issuer (other than the Government of the United States) constitute more than 5% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base; and
(6) no asset shall be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base if it constitutes an Illiquid Asset or an asset which is the subject of a reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or securities lending transaction.
Borrowing Base Report means a Borrowing Base Report for the Borrower signed by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower and in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.
Borrowing Date means the Domestic Business Day or LIBOR Business Day on which Loans are advanced hereunder as specified in a Notice of Borrowing delivered pursuant to Section 2.02(a) hereof.
Charter Documents means, collectively, the articles of incorporation, by-laws and other organizational or governing documents of the Borrower.
Collateral has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
Commitment means the agreement of each Bank, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make Loans to the Borrower hereunder.
Commitment Amount means, with respect to each Bank, the amount set forth opposite the name of such Bank on Schedule 1 attached hereto, as such amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 or 9.06(c) hereof or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 9.06(c) hereof.
Commitment Percentage means, with respect to each Bank, the percentage set forth opposite the name of such Bank on Schedule 1 attached hereto as such Banks percentage of the Aggregate Commitment Amounts of all of the Banks.
Confidential Material has the meaning set forth in Section 9.09(a) hereof.
Consent Date has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) hereof.
Covered Person has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b) hereof.
Custodian means State Street Bank and Trust Company.
Custody Agreement means that certain Custodian Services Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007, among the Borrower, the Custodian and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended and in effect from time to time.
-5-
Debt of any Person means at any date, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are or are required to be capitalized in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, (e) all Debt of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed or Guaranteed by such Person, (f) all Debt of others Guaranteed by such Person, all obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of letters of credit or under performance or surety bonds, or other similar obligations, (g) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers acceptances and under reverse repurchase agreements, and (h) with respect to any counterparty, the obligations of such Person to such counterparty in respect of Financial Contract Liabilities, and (j) all obligations that are senior securities for purposes of the Investment Company Act.
Default means any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
Delinquent Bank has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a) hereof.
Dollars or $ means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.
Domestic Business Day means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which (a) commercial banks are open for the purpose of transacting business in Boston, Massachusetts and New York, New York and (b) the New York Stock Exchange is open.
Domestic Lending Office means, initially, the office of each Bank designated as such on Schedule 1 attached hereto; thereafter such other office of such Bank, if any, located in the United States that shall be making or maintaining Base Rate Loans.
Effective Date means the date this Agreement becomes effective in accordance with Section 3.01 hereof.
Eligible Commercial Paper means a note of an issuer domiciled, and having its principal place of business in the United States or elsewhere having a maturity of 270 days or less and which is free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder).
Eligible Domestic Debt Securities means debt securities of issuers domiciled, and having their principal place of business in the United States, including, without limitation, corporate bond obligations, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder), provided that Eligible Domestic Debt Securities shall not include any asset that is a direct or indirect participation or subparticipation interest in or assignment or novation of a loan or other extension of credit that is not a corporate bond obligation.
-6-
Eligible Equity Securities means common equity securities of issuers domiciled, and having their principal place of business in the United States, which are traded in United States markets and having a minimum price per share of $8, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder).
Eligible Government Securities means government securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act), which for the purposes hereof shall include any securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the Government of the United States, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder).
Eligible Guaranteed Debt Securities means debt securities guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder).
Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities means debt securities of issuers domiciled, or having their principal place of business in a country that is not a member of the OECD, including, without limitation, corporate bond obligations, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder), provided that Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities shall not include any asset that is a direct or indirect participation or subparticipation interest in or assignment or novation of a loan or other extension of credit that is not a corporate bond obligation.
Eligible Non-OECD Sovereign Debt Securities means the sovereign debt obligations of any country that is not a member of the OECD, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder).
Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities means debt securities of issuers domiciled, or having their principal place of business in a country (other than the United States) that is a member of the OECD, including, without limitation, corporate bond obligations, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to
-7-
Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder), provided that Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities shall not include any asset that is a direct or indirect participation or subparticipation interest in or assignment or novation of a loan or other extension of credit that is not a corporate bond obligation.
Eligible OECD Sovereign Debt Securities means the sovereign debt obligations of any country that is a member of the OECD, which are free and clear of any Adverse Claims and in which the Agent has, for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, a first priority perfected security interest pursuant to the Security Documents (subject to Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising thereunder).
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor statute.
ERISA Group means, with respect to the Borrower, the Borrower and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Event of Default has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 hereof.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, as modified or interpreted by orders of the SEC, or other interpretative releases or letters issued by the SEC or its staff, all as from time to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any reference to any statutory or regulatory provision shall be deemed to be a reference to any successor statutory or regulatory provision.
Executive Order has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17 hereof.
Existing Termination Date has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) hereof.
Failure has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(b) hereof.
Federal Funds Rate means, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the rate appearing on Bloomberg page BTMM as quoted by Garvin Guy Butler as of 9:30 a.m. (Boston time) as the Federal Funds Ask Rate (or, if such page is unavailable, on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations or, if such rate is not so published, an interest rate per annum equal to the quotation received by the Agent at approximately 9:30 a.m. (Boston time) on such date from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by the Agent in its sole discretion on overnight federal funds transactions.
Financial Contract Liability means, at any time, with respect to Financial Contracts with any counterparty, the net amount, if any, that a Person would be obligated, in accordance with such Financial Contracts to which such Person is a party, to pay to such counterparty thereto if such Financial Contracts and all transactions thereunder terminated at such time in
-8-
accordance therewith on a complete no-fault basis (including, without limitation, any such amounts that would not be recorded as a liability under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, such as fees payable upon early termination of a Financial Contract).
Financial Contracts means option contracts, options on futures contracts, futures contracts, forward contracts, options on foreign currencies, reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements, when-issued securities, swap, swaption, floor, cap, or collar agreements, other similar arrangements and other obligations that would be, but for the segregation of assets thereof, senior securities for purposes of the Investment Company Act.
Foreign Assets Control Regulations has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17 hereof.
Foreign Bank means any Bank that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each state thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles has the meaning set forth in Section 1.02 hereof.
Government means, with respect to any sovereignty, the government or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
Governmental Authorizations means all franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations of all Authorities.
Governmental Filings means all filings, including franchise and similar tax filings, and the payment of all fees, assessments, interests and penalties associated with such filing, with all Authorities.
Guarantee by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term Guarantee used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
Illiquid Asset means, as of any date, any asset for which (a) there is no established public or private institutional trading market, such that such asset may be reasonably expected to be sold in such market within seven (7) days in the ordinary course of business at a price approximating the Value of such asset on such date subject only to fluctuations in the market price therefor, (b) the fair market value of such asset is not readily ascertainable from recognized independent sources in the market for such assets, or (c) are otherwise categorized as illiquid securities by the Borrower or the Investment Adviser.
-9-
Interest Period means, with respect to each LIBOR borrowing, initially the period commencing on the date of such borrowing and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, and thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such borrowing and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as the Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Conversion, provided that :
(a) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a LIBOR Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day unless such LIBOR Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding LIBOR Business Day;
(b) any Interest Period which begins on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month;
(c) any Interest Period which would otherwise end after the Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date; and
(d) all LIBOR Loans outstanding at any time shall end on no more than five different dates.
Internal Revenue Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.
Investment Adviser means Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Investment Company Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, as modified or interpreted by orders of the SEC, or other interpretative releases or letters issued by the SEC or its staff, all as from time to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any reference to any statutory or regulatory provision shall be deemed to be a reference to any successor statutory or regulatory provision.
Investment Policies and Restrictions means, with respect to the Borrower, the provisions dealing with objectives, policies and restrictions relating to investing and borrowing by the Borrower, as set forth in the Borrowers Prospectus, as modified by the annual reports of the Borrower, delivered to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, in each case as such objectives, policies and restrictions are in effect on the Effective Date, as modified as permitted under this Agreement.
Law means any action, code, consent decree, constitution, decree, directive, enactment, finding, guideline, law, injunction, interpretation, judgment, order, ordinance, policy statement,
-10-
proclamation, promulgation, regulation, requirement, rule, rule of law, rule of public policy, settlement agreement, statute, or writ, of any Authority, or any particular section, part or provision thereof.
Liabilities has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05 hereof.
LIBOR Business Day means any Domestic Business Day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in dollar deposits) in London.
LIBOR Lending Office means, initially, the office of each Bank designated as such in Schedule 1 hereto; and thereafter such other office of such Bank, if any, that shall be making or maintaining LIBOR Loans.
LIBOR Loans means Loans bearing interest calculated by reference to the LIBOR Offered Rate.
LIBOR Margin means 1.00%.
LIBOR Offered Rate applicable to any Interest Period means the rate of interest equal to (a) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars which appears on the Bloomberg Page BTMM as of 12:00 noon (Boston time) two LIBOR Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, or (b) if such rate does not appear on Bloomberg Page BTMM two LIBOR Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, then the rate for British bankers LIBOR as quoted by Reuters or Bloomberg as of 12:00 noon (Boston time) two LIBOR Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period, or (c) if such rate is not quoted by Reuters or Bloomberg, then the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars which appeared on the Bloomberg Page BTMM as of 12:00 noon (Boston time) three LIBOR Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period.
LIBOR Reserve Percentage means for any day that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, at which any lender subject thereto would be required to maintain reserves under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or similar regulations relating to such reserve requirements) against Eurocurrency Liabilities (as that term is used in Regulation D), if such liabilities were outstanding.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest (statutory or other) or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, or any preference, priority or other security or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) with respect to such asset.
Loans means the revolving credit loans made or to be made to the Borrower by the Banks pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.
Loan Documents means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, the fee agreement described in Section 2.07(b) hereof and any and all other documents and instruments required to be executed and delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, in each case as amended and in effect from time to time.
-11-
Margin Stock has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on (a) the ability of the Borrower to fully perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) the Agents right, title and interest, on behalf of itself and the Banks, in the collateral pledged to it pursuant to the Security Documents, or on the rights and remedies of the Agent or any Bank under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents, (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or (d) the business, financial condition, operations, assets or properties of the Borrower or the Investment Adviser taken as a whole.
Maximum Amount means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the least of:
(a) the maximum amount of Debt that the Borrower would be permitted to incur pursuant to Applicable Law, including the Investment Company Act,
(b) the maximum amount of Debt that the Borrower would be permitted to incur without violating the limitations on borrowings adopted by the Borrower in its Investment Policies and Restrictions or elsewhere,
(c) the maximum amount of Debt that the Borrower would be permitted to incur pursuant to any agreements with any Authority, and
(d) the maximum amount of Debt that the Borrower would be permitted to incur without violating Section 5.19 or any other provision of this Agreement,
in each case, as in effect at the time of determination.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Services, Inc., or any successor performing the same function.
Multiemployer Plan means at any time a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any member of the ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within the preceding five plan years made contributions, including for these purposes any Person which ceased to be a member of the ERISA Group during such five year period.
Non-Excluded Taxes has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) hereof.
Non-Extending Bank has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) hereof.
Note(s) has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b) hereof.
Notice of Borrowing has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a) hereof.
Notice of Conversion has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(b) hereof.
-12-
Obligations means all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to any of the Banks and the Agent, existing on the date of this Agreement or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the Loans to the Borrower or any of the Notes or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof.
OECD means the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development or any successor organization.
Participant has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06(b) hereof.
Person means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust (or series thereof) or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
Plan means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code and either (a) is maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA Group for employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (b) has at any time within the preceding five years been maintained, or contributed to, by any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any Person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.
Private Authorizations means all franchises, permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations of all Persons (other than any Authority) including, without limitation, those of shareholders and creditors and those with respect to trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, computer software programs, technical and other know-how.
Prospectus means, collectively, the Borrowers prospectus and statement of additional information, each dated July 28, 2003 and filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act.
Regulation T means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder and thereof.
Regulation U means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder and thereof.
Regulation X means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder and thereof.
Replacement Bank has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05 hereof.
Representative has the meaning set forth in Section 9.09(a) hereof.
-13-
Required Banks means at any time Banks holding at least a majority of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans at such time or, if no Loans are then outstanding, Banks having at least a majority of the aggregate Commitment Amounts then in effect; provided , however , that for purposes of determining Required Banks, the Commitment Amount or Loans, as the case may be, of each Delinquent Bank shall be disregarded for so long as such Bank remains a Delinquent Bank.
Revolving Credit Period means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Termination Date.
S&P means Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor performing the same function.
SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental authority of the United States of America at the time administering the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act or the Exchange Act.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, as modified or interpreted by orders of the SEC, or other interpretative releases or letters issued by the SEC or its staff, all as from time to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any reference to any statutory or regulatory provisions shall be deemed to be a reference to any successor statutory or regulatory provision.
Security Agreement means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrower, the Agent, on behalf of itself and the Banks, and the Custodian, as the same may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time.
Security Documents means, collectively, the Security Agreement and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Agent granting a Lien on any property of the Borrower to secure the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower under any Loan Document.
Senior Securities Representing Indebtedness has the meaning set forth in Section 18(g) of the Investment Company Act.
State Street means State Street Bank and Trust Company in its capacity as a Bank hereunder.
Subsidiary means, with respect to a Person, any corporation or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.
Termination Date means May 20, 2010, or such earlier date on which the Commitments terminate or are terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, provided that the Termination Date (and some or all of the Banks Commitments to make Loans to the Borrower hereunder) may be extended in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof.
-14-
Total Assets means, at any date of determination, all assets of the Borrower which in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles would be classified as assets upon a balance sheet of the Borrower prepared as of such date, valued in accordance with the methods and procedures described in the Borrowers Valuation Procedures, provided , however , that Total Assets shall not include (a) equipment and (b) deferred organizational and offering expenses.
Total Liabilities means, at any date of determination, the sum of all liabilities of the Borrower which in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles would be classified as liabilities upon a balance sheet of the Borrower prepared as of such date, plus , without duplication, the aggregate amount of the Borrowers Debt and Financial Contract Liability.
Trading with the Enemy Act has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17 hereof.
Valuation Procedures means the Borrowers Valuation Policies and Procedures in effect on the date of this Agreement, a copy of which was delivered to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, or such other valuation policies and procedures as are otherwise consented to in writing by the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
Value has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act.
SECTION 1.02. Accounting Terms and Determinations. Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States of America ( Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ), applied on a basis consistent (except for changes concurred in by the Borrowers independent public accountants) with the most recent audited financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the Banks hereunder.
ARTICLE II.
THE CREDIT
SECTION 2.01. Commitments to Lend. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Banks severally agrees to lend to the Borrower and the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow from time to time during the Revolving Credit Period, upon notice by the Borrower to the Agent given in accordance with Section 2.02(a) hereof, such sums as are requested by the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts outstanding and all amounts requested) at any one time equal to such Banks Commitment Amount, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Loans outstanding (after giving effect to all amounts requested and the application thereof) (i) shall not exceed at any time the lesser of (a) the Borrowing Base and (b) the Aggregate Commitment Amount; and (ii) shall not cause the Borrower to have an aggregate amount of Debt outstanding that is in excess of the Maximum Amount, in each case in effect at such time. Each borrowing under this Section shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and shall be made from the several Banks pro rata in accordance with each Banks Commitment Percentage. Each Loan shall mature and become due and payable as provided in Section 2.05 hereof.
-15-
SECTION 2.02. Notice of Borrowings. (a) The Borrower shall give the Agent a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (a Notice of Borrowing ) not later than 12:00 noon (Boston time) (or telephonic notice not later than 12:00 noon (Boston time) confirmed in writing substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto not later than 1:00 p.m. (Boston time)) (i) on the Domestic Business Day of each proposed borrowing of a Base Rate Loan and (ii) on the third LIBOR Business Day before each proposed borrowing of a LIBOR Loan, in each case specifying (1) the date of such borrowing, which shall be a Domestic Business Day in the case of a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Business Day in the case of a LIBOR Loan, (2) whether such borrowing shall be of a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Loan, (3) the aggregate principal amount of such borrowing, (4) for a LIBOR Loan only, the applicable Interest Period and (5) if applicable pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(ii) hereof, wire instructions. Each Notice of Borrowing or oral request shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions set forth in Section 3.02(a) through (d) (and, in the case of the initial Loan to be made hereunder, Section 3.01(b) through (h) , (j) and (k) ) have been satisfied on the date of such notice and will be satisfied on the date of such borrowing.
(b) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert any outstanding Base Rate Loan or LIBOR Loan to a Loan of the other type, or to roll over any outstanding LIBOR Loan upon the expiration of an Interest Period with respect thereto, by giving a notice to the Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (a Notice of Conversion ) (or telephonic notice confirmed in a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto), provided that (i) with respect to any conversion into or rollover of a LIBOR Loan, the Notice of Conversion shall be given within the time period for the giving of a Notice of Borrowing for a LIBOR Loan as set forth in Section 2.02(a) , (ii) no Loan may be converted into or rolled over as a LIBOR Loan (1) if the Interest Period therefor would extend beyond the Termination Date or (2) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (in which case, if the Agent has or the Required Banks have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations, such Loan shall automatically become a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto ending during the continuance of such Event of Default), (iii) a LIBOR Loan may be converted into a Base Rate Loan or rolled over as a LIBOR Loan only on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, and (iv) if the Borrower fails to give a Notice of Conversion for a LIBOR Loan the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Loan to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Conversions to and from LIBOR Loans shall be in such amounts and pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all LIBOR Loans having the same Interest Period shall equal to $1,000,000 or a larger integral multiple of $100,000.
SECTION 2.03. Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans. (a) Upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing or an oral request for a borrowing in accordance with Section 2.02(a) , the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Banks ratable share of such borrowing. Such Notice of Borrowing or oral request shall not thereafter be revocable by the Borrower and shall obligate the Borrower to accept the Loans requested from the Banks on the date of such borrowing.
-16-
(b) Not later than 2:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the Borrowing Date of each borrowing, each Bank shall make available its share of such borrowing, in federal or other funds immediately available in Boston, to the Agent at its address referred to in Section 9.01 . Unless the Agent determines that any applicable condition specified in Article III has not been satisfied or waived, the Agent will (x) make its share of such borrowing and the funds so received from the other Banks available to the Borrower at the Agents aforesaid address or (y) at the election of Borrower as set forth in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, as may be reasonably acceptable to the Agent, wire its share of such borrowing and the funds so received from the other Banks to a third party designated by the Borrower in such Notice of Borrowing, in each case, in federal funds or other funds immediately available to the Borrower or such other third party, as applicable, in each case on the Borrowing Date. The failure or refusal of any Bank to make available to the Agent as provided herein its share of any borrowing shall not relieve any other Bank from its several obligations hereunder.
(c) If any Bank makes a new Loan hereunder on a day on which the Borrower is to repay the principal amount of an outstanding Loan to such Bank, the Bank shall apply the proceeds of its new Loan to make such repayment and only an amount equal to the difference (if any) between the amount being borrowed and the amount being repaid shall be made available by the Agent as provided in clause (a) or remitted by the Borrower to the Bank as provided in Section 2.10 hereof, as the case may be.
(d) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Bank prior to any Borrowing Date that such Bank will not make available to the Agent such Banks share of such borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Bank has made such share available to the Agent on such date in accordance with clause (b) of this Section and the Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Bank shall not have so made such share available to the Agent, such Bank agrees to repay to the Agent, upon demand, such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate. If such Bank shall repay to the Agent such amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Banks Loan included in such borrowing for purposes of this Agreement. If and to the extent that such Bank shall not have so made such share available to the Agent within three Domestic Business Days after demand by the Agent, the Borrower agrees to repay to the Agent, upon demand, such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable thereto pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof. The provisions of this Section 2.03(d) shall not relieve any such Bank from any liability to the Borrower.
-17-
SECTION 2.04. Loan Accounts; Notes; Records. (a) The Loans made by each Bank to the Borrower shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by such Bank in the ordinary course of business. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Bank to make or cause to be made, at or about the date of any Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal of any Loan, an appropriate notation on its loan accounts or records, including computer records, reflecting the making of such Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Loans set forth in any such loan accounts or records, including any computer records, maintained by a Bank with respect to the Loans made by it shall, absent manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to the Bank, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on any such loan account or record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under the other Loan Documents to make payments of principal of and interest on the Loans when due.
(b) The Borrower hereby agrees that if, in the opinion of any Bank, a promissory note or other evidence of debt is required, appropriate or desirable to reflect or enforce the Debt of the Borrower resulting from the Loans made, or to be made, by such Bank, then, upon request of such Bank, the Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to such Bank, a promissory note (each, a Note and, collectively, the Notes ) substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, payable to such Bank in an amount equal to such Banks Commitment Amount or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Banks Loans, plus interest thereon as provided below, provided , that as a condition to issuing any Note in replacement of a previously issued Note that has been lost, the Borrower may require an indemnity with respect to lost instruments from such Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrower and its counsel.
(c) The Agents records with respect to the Loans, the interest rates applicable thereto, each payment by the Borrower of principal and interest on the Loans and fees, expenses and any other amounts due and payable in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall, absent manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the amount of the Loans and the amount of principal and interest paid by the Borrower in respect of the Loans and as to the other information relating to the Loans and amounts paid and payable by the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 2.05. Mandatory Payments; Optional Prepayments. (a) Each Loan shall mature, and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable, on the Termination Date. The Borrower promises to pay on the Termination Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the Termination Date, all of the Loans outstanding on such date, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and other amounts outstanding hereunder.
(b) If at any time the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding to the Borrower exceeds the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall, within three (3) Domestic Business Days, prepay such principal amount of one or more Loans (together with, in the case of LIBOR Loans, accrued interest thereon and the amount, if any, payable pursuant to Section 8.06) as may be necessary so that after such prepayment the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding to the Borrower does not exceed the Borrowing Base.
-18-
(c) If at any time the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding to the Borrower exceeds the Maximum Amount, the Borrower shall, within three (3) Domestic Business Days, prepay such principal amount of one or more Loans (together with, in the case of LIBOR Loans, accrued interest thereon and the amount, if any, payable pursuant to Section 8.06) as may be necessary so that after such prepayment the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding to the Borrower does not exceed the Maximum Amount.
(d) If at any time the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding to the Borrower exceeds the Aggregate Commitment Amount or the principal amount of Loans outstanding to any one Bank exceeds the Commitment Amount of such Bank, the Borrower shall promptly, but in any case within one (1) Domestic Business Day, prepay such principal amount of one or more Loans (together with, in the case of LIBOR Loans, accrued interest thereon and the amount, if any, payable pursuant to Section 8.06) as may be necessary to eliminate such excess.
(e) The Borrower may, with notice to the Agent no later than 11:30 a.m. (Boston time) on the Domestic Business Day of such payment in the case of Base Rate Loans and upon at least three LIBOR Business Days notice of such payment in the case of LIBOR Loans, prepay any Loans in whole at any time, or from time to time in part in an aggregate principal amount not less than $1,000,000 and in larger integral multiples of $100,000, by paying the principal amount to be prepaid (together with, in the case of LIBOR Loans, accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment and the amount, if any, payable pursuant to Section 8.06 ). Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of prepayment delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the occurrence of other relevant events, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Each such optional prepayment shall be applied to prepay ratably the Loans of the several Banks included in such borrowing.
(f) If the Borrower prepays all or any portion of the principal amount of any LIBOR Loan on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, such prepayment shall include the amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 8.06 .
(g) Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant to clause (e), the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Banks ratable share of such prepayment.
(h) Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.02 , Loans prepaid prior to the Termination Date may be reborrowed prior to the Termination Date.
-19-
SECTION 2.06. Interest Rates. (a) Subject to clause (c) of this Section 2.06 , each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for the period commencing with the date such Loan is made up to but not including the date such Loan is repaid in full, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate as in effect from time to time. Interest on each Base Rate Loan shall be payable in arrears on the first day of each calendar month and on the Termination Date.
(b) Subject to Section 2.06(c) and Section 8.06 , each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for the period commencing with the date such LIBOR Loan is made or continued through and including the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the LIBOR Margin plus the applicable Adjusted LIBOR Offered Rate. Interest on each LIBOR Loan shall be payable in arrears on the last day of the Interest Period in effect with respect thereto (and, with respect to any LIBOR Loan having an Interest Period in excess of three months, on the last day of each three-month period) and on the Termination Date.
(c) Any overdue principal of (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) interest on the Loans and all other overdue amounts payable hereunder shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day from and including the date payment thereof was due to but not including the date of actual payment, at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) above (i) in the case of overdue principal, the rate of interest otherwise applicable to such Loans pursuant to this Section 2.06 and (ii) in the case of other amounts, the Base Rate, in each case until such amount shall be paid in full (after as well as before judgment).
(d) The Agent shall determine the interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder and its determination thereof shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes in the absence of manifest error.
SECTION 2.07. Fees. (a) During the Revolving Credit Period, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank a commitment fee at the rate of 0.20% per annum on the daily amount by which such Banks Commitment Amount exceeded the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans made by such Bank (including, in the case of a Delinquent Bank, the principal amount of all Loans with respect to which such Bank is delinquent). Such commitment fee shall accrue from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Termination Date. Accrued commitment fees payable hereunder shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first such day after the Effective Date, and on the Termination Date.
(b) On the Effective Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for its own account, a non-refundable structuring fee as agreed upon separately between the Borrower and the Agent.
SECTION 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Each Banks Commitment Amount permanently shall reduce to $0 and each Banks Commitment shall terminate on the Termination Date.
-20-
(b) Subject to Section 2.05(d) hereof, during the Revolving Credit Period, the Borrower may, upon at least three (3) Domestic Business Days prior written notice to the Agent, (i) terminate the Commitments at any time, or (ii) reduce from time to time the aggregate Commitment Amounts by an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, whereupon the Commitment Amounts of each of the Banks shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their Commitment Percentage of the amount specified in such notice or, as the case may be, each Banks Commitment shall be terminated. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the occurrence of other relevant events, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly after receiving any notice of the Borrower delivered pursuant to this Section, the Agent will notify the Banks of the substance thereof. Upon the effective date of any such reduction or termination, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks the full amount of any commitment fee then accrued on the amount of the reduction. No reduction in the Commitment Amounts or termination of the Commitments may be reinstated.
SECTION 2.09. Extension of Termination Date. (a) The Borrower may, by notice to the Agent (which shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Banks) not less than 30 days and not more than 45 days prior to the Termination Date then in effect hereunder (the Existing Termination Date ), request that the Banks extend the Termination Date for an additional 364 days from the Existing Termination Date. Each Bank, acting in its sole discretion, shall, by notice to the Borrower and the Agent given on the date (and, subject to the provision below, only on the date) 15 days prior to the Existing Termination Date (provided, if such date is not a Domestic Business Day, then such notice shall be given on the next succeeding Domestic Business Day) (the Consent Date ), advise the Borrower whether or not such Bank agrees to such extension; provided that each Bank that determines not to extend the Termination Date (a Non-Extending Bank ) shall notify the Agent (who shall notify the Borrower) of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Consent Date) and any Bank that does not advise the Borrower on or before the Consent Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Bank. The election of any Bank to agree to an extension of the Termination Date shall not obligate any other Bank to agree to such extension.
(b) The Borrower shall have the right on or before the Existing Termination Date to replace each Non-Extending Bank with, and otherwise add to this Agreement, one or more other commercial banks, which may include any Bank (each, prior to the Existing Termination Date, an Additional Commitment Bank ) with the approval of the Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld). Each Additional Commitment Bank shall enter into an Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Additional Commitment Bank shall, effective as of the Existing Termination Date, undertake a Commitment (an Additional Commitment ). If any such Additional Commitment Bank is a Bank, its Additional Commitment shall be in addition to such Banks Commitment hereunder on such date.
-21-
(c) If (and only if) Banks with Commitment Amounts that, in the aggregate, together with the proposed Commitment Amounts of the Additional Commitment Banks that will become effective on the Existing Termination Date, aggregate at least 51% of the aggregate Commitment Amounts (not including the proposed Commitment Amounts of the Additional Commitment Banks) on the Consent Date shall have agreed to extend the Existing Termination Date, then, effective as of the Existing Termination Date, the Existing Termination Date shall be extended to the date which is 364 days after the Existing Termination Date ( provided , if such date is not a Domestic Business Day, then such Termination Date as so extended shall be the next preceding Domestic Business Day) and each Additional Commitment Bank shall thereupon become a Bank with a Commitment for all purposes of this Agreement.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the extension of the Existing Termination Date shall not be effective with respect to any Bank unless:
(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the notice requesting such extension, the Consent Date or the Existing Termination Date;
(ii) each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower in Article IV hereof shall be true and correct on and as of each of the date of the notice requesting such extension, the Consent Date and the Existing Termination Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of each such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date); and
(iii) each Non-Extending Bank shall have been paid in full by the Borrower all amounts owing to such Bank hereunder on or before the Existing Termination Date.
If the Existing Termination Date is extended as provided in this Section 2.09 (a) the Commitment of each Non-Extending Bank shall terminate on the Existing Termination Date and (b) from and after the Existing Termination Date, the aggregate Commitment Amounts of the Banks shall not include the Commitment Amounts of the Non-Extending Banks.
SECTION 2.10. General Provisions as to Payments. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment of principal and interest on the Loans and of fees hereunder and all other amounts due hereunder not later than 12:00 noon (Boston time) on the date when due, in Dollars and in federal or other funds immediately available in Boston, to the Agent at its address referred to in Section 9.01 . The Agent shall promptly distribute to each Bank its ratable share of each such payment received by the Agent for the account of the Banks. Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, Base Rate Loans or of fees shall be due on a day which is not a Domestic Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Domestic Business Day and interest shall accrue during such extension. Except as otherwise provided in the definition of Interest Period, whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, LIBOR Loans shall be due on a day which is not a LIBOR Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day unless such LIBOR Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case the date for payment thereof
-22-
shall be the next preceding LIBOR Business Day. If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.
(b) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Bank on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due to such Bank. If and to the extent that the Borrower shall not have so made such payment, each Bank shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Bank together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date such Bank repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate.
(c) All payments by the Borrower hereunder and under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made in Dollars without setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings, compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein, unless the Borrower is required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Borrower or its agent) to make such deduction or withholding. Subject to Section 2.10(d), if any Non-Excluded Taxes are required to be withheld with respect to any amount payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the account of the Banks or (as the case may be) the Agent, on the date on which such amount is due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan Document, such additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary to enable the Banks or the Agent to receive the same net amount which the Banks or the Agent would have received on such due date had no such Non-Excluded Taxes been required to be withheld. For purposes of this Agreement, Non-Excluded Taxes are any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings of any nature now or hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein other than net income taxes (however denominated), franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes), branch profits taxes and any other similar taxes imposed on the Agent or any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which the Agent or Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) is organized or in which its principal office is located or through which it holds the Loans or any political subdivision, taxing authority or other authority thereof or therein, or as a result of a present or former connection between the Agent or Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) and the jurisdiction imposing such tax other than a connection arising solely as a result of the Agent or Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received payments under, or enforced, this Agreement. The Borrower will deliver promptly to the Agent certificates or other valid vouchers for all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under such other Loan Document. If the Borrower reasonably believes that such Non-Excluded Taxes were
-23-
not correctly or reasonably asserted, the applicable Bank will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to obtain a refund of such taxes (which shall be repaid to the Borrower so long as such efforts would not, in the good faith determination of the Bank, result in any material additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it).
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (c) of this Section 2.10 , the Borrower will not be required to make any additional payment to or for the account of any Bank with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes under clause (c) (i) by reason of a breach by such Bank of any certification or representation set forth in any form furnished to the Borrower under Section 2.12 or such Banks failure or inability to furnish under Section 2.12 an original or an extension or renewal of any form required under Section 2.12 or (ii) if such Non-Excluded Taxes are withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Bank at the time such Bank becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office or changes its place of organization or principal office), except to the extent that such Banks assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 2.10 .
(e) If the Agent or a Bank determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 2.10 , it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under clause (c) of this Section 2.10 ), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent or such Bank and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant governmental authority with respect to such refund); provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of the Agent or such Bank, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant governmental authority) to the Agent or such Bank in the event the Agent or such Bank is required to repay such refund to such governmental authority. Each Bank agrees, that upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to a tax as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 2.10, it will use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect of any such event, including by designating another lending office for any Loan affected by such event and by completing and delivering or filing any tax-related forms which would reduce or eliminate such tax or additional amounts.
SECTION 2.11. Computation of Interest and Fees. All interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed, except that, with respect to Base Rate Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the prime rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Agents determination of interest rates shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
-24-
SECTION 2.12. Withholding Tax Exemption. (a) Each Bank that is not a Foreign Bank shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) an original signed, properly completed IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that the Bank is not subject to U.S. backup withholding tax, on or prior to the date on which the Bank becomes a Bank under this Agreement, promptly upon the obsolescence, expiration, or invalidity of any form previously delivered by the Bank, and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or Agent.
(b) Any Foreign Bank that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Bank, if requested by the Borrower or the Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, including without limitation, as will enable the Borrower or the Agent to determine whether or not the Bank is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, each Foreign Bank shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Bank becomes a Bank under this Agreement (and promptly upon the obsolescence, expiration or invalidity of any form or certificate previously delivered by such Foreign Bank or from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(i) original signed and duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party that reduces or eliminates withholding tax;
(ii) original signed and duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI;
(iii) in the case of a Foreign Bank claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a written certificate that such Foreign Bank is not (A) a bank within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (B) a 10 percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (C) a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and (y) original signed and duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN; or
(iv) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
-25-
ARTICLE III.
CONDITIONS
SECTION 3.01. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective on the date that each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 9.05 hereof:
(a) receipt by the Agent of counterparts hereof signed by each of the parties hereto;
(b) receipt by the Agent for the account of each Bank, if requested by such Bank, of a duly executed Note dated the Effective Date complying with the provisions of Section 2.04 ;
(c) receipt by the Agent of (i) a perfection certificate from the Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (ii) copies of the results of current UCC lien searches (or the equivalent in the applicable jurisdictions), such results to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; (iii) authorizations to file UCC financing statements (or the equivalent in the applicable jurisdictions), with such financing statements to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (iv) control agreements (or the equivalent in the applicable jurisdictions) to the extent applicable, (v) the Security Agreement, and (vi) such other documents, instruments and/or agreements as the Agent may reasonably require to perfect its security interest in the Collateral in the relevant jurisdictions;
(d) receipt by the Agent of the legal opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Borrower, addressed to the Agent and the Banks and covering such matters relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as the Agent may reasonably request;
(e) receipt by the Agent of a certificate manually signed by an officer of the Borrower to the effect set forth in clauses (b) (if the Borrower is submitting a Notice of Borrowing on the Effective Date), (c) and (d) of Section 3.02 , such certificate to be dated the Effective Date and to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent;
(f) receipt by the Agent of a manually signed certificate from the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and dated the Effective Date as to the incumbency of, and bearing manual specimen signatures of, the Authorized Signatories who are authorized to execute and take actions under the Loan Documents for and on behalf of the Borrower, and certifying and attaching copies of (i) Charter Documents, with all amendments thereto, (ii) the resolutions of the Borrowers Board of Directors authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the Prospectus, (iv) the investment advisory agreement between the Borrower and the Investment Adviser as then in effect, along with any other investment management or submanagement agreements to which the Borrower is a party as then in effect, (v) the Custody Agreement then in effect and (vi) the Borrowers Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008;
-26-
(g) a legal existence and good standing certificate for the Borrower from the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland, dated as of a recent date;
(h) a copy of the certificate of incorporation of the Borrower, with all amendments, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland;
(i) the Banks being satisfied in their sole discretion that there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower since May 31, 2008; and
(j) receipt by the Agent of payment of all reasonable fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of special counsel for the Agent) then payable hereunder for which invoices have been presented.
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Banks of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.
SECTION 3.02. All Borrowings. The obligation of any Bank to make a Loan on the occasion of any borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01 (or such conditions being waived in accordance with Section 9.05 ) and the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a) receipt by the Agent of a Notice of Borrowing as required by Section 2.02 , along with (i) in the case of the initial Loan made hereunder, a current completed Form FR U-1 referred to in Regulation U signed by the Borrower, and (ii) in the case of all Loans made hereunder (including such initial Loan), to the extent required by Regulation U, a current completed Form FR U-1 referred to in Regulation U signed by the Borrower and, if reasonably requested by the Agent, such other information with respect to compliance with Regulation U in form reasonably acceptable to the Agent, including where required by Regulation U a current list of the assets of the Borrower, including all margin stock;
(b) the fact that, immediately after such borrowing, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans (i) will not exceed the lesser of (A) the Borrowing Base and (B) the Aggregate Commitment Amount as in effect on such date; and (ii) will not cause the aggregate amount of the Borrowers outstanding Debt to exceed the Maximum Amount;
(c) the fact that, immediately before and after such borrowing, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(d) the fact that the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such borrowing and with the same force
-27-
and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific earlier date, as of such specific date); and
Each borrowing hereunder shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date of such borrowing as to the facts specified in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.
SECTION 3.03. Security . To secure the payment and performance in full of all of its Obligations, the Borrower shall grant to the Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Banks, a security interest in certain of the Borrowers assets pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents.
ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants that:
SECTION 4.01. Existence and Power; Investment Company. (a) The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Maryland and has all corporate powers and all authorizations and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted. The Borrower is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business, assets, and properties, including without limitation, the performance of the Borrowers Obligations, requires such qualification, except where failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) The Borrower is a closed-end management investment company registered as such under the Investment Company Act, and the outstanding shares of each class of its stock (i) have been duly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, (ii) have been duly registered under the Securities Act or sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and (iii) have been sold only in states or other jurisdictions in which all filings required to be made under applicable state securities laws have been made.
SECTION 4.02. Authorization; Execution and Delivery, Etc. The execution and delivery by the Borrower of, and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents are within its corporate powers, and have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action by the Borrower. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
SECTION 4.03. Noncontravention. Neither the execution and delivery by the Borrower of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents nor the consummation of the
-28-
transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions hereof or thereof by the Borrower will (a) conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any of the Charter Documents, (b) conflict with, or result in a violation of, any of the Borrowers Investment Policies and Restrictions, (c) conflict with or contravene (i) any Applicable Law, (ii) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower or any of its assets, or (iii) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting the Borrower or any of its assets, (d) result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, or permit the acceleration of any obligation or liability in, or but for any requirement of the giving of notice or the passage of time (or both) would constitute such a conflict with, breach or violation of, or default under, or permit any such acceleration in, any contractual obligation or any agreement or document to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound (or to which any such obligation, agreement or document relates), or (e) result in any Adverse Claim upon any asset of the Borrower.
SECTION 4.04. Governmental Authorizations; Private Authorization. The Borrower has obtained all necessary Governmental Authorizations and Private Authorizations, and made all Governmental Filings necessary for the execution and delivery by the Borrower of, and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under, this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and no Governmental Authorization, Private Authorization or Governmental Filing which has not been obtained or made, is required to be obtained or made by the Borrower in connection with the execution and delivery by the Borrower of, or the performance of its obligations under, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
SECTION 4.05. Regulations T, U and X. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder will not violate any provision of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X.
SECTION 4.06. Non-Affiliation with Banks. So far as appears from the records of the Borrower, none of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower is an Affiliate of any Bank or any Affiliate of any Bank known to the Borrower.
SECTION 4.07. Subsidiaries. The Borrower has no Subsidiaries.
SECTION 4.08. Financial Information. (a) The statement of assets and liabilities of the Borrower, as of May 31, 2008, and the related Statements of Operations and Changes in Net Assets for the fiscal year ended on such date, reported on by KPMG LLP and set forth in the Annual Report for the fiscal year ended on such date, together with the notes and schedules thereto, and each financial statement delivered by the Borrower to the Banks in accordance with Section 5.01 , together with the notes and schedules thereto, presents and, when delivered in accordance therewith, will present fairly, in all material respects, in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, the financial position of the Borrower as of such date.
(b) Since May 31, 2008, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower.
-29-
(c) Each of the financial statements of the Borrower (whether audited or unaudited) delivered to the Banks under the terms of this Agreement fairly present all material contingent liabilities in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
SECTION 4.09. Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation of any kind pending against, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting, the Borrower before any court or arbitrator or any Authority which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.10. ERISA. (a) The Borrower has no material liability in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, Plan or Multiemployer Plan subject to ERISA.
(b) Assuming that the sources of the funds for the Loans do not constitute plan assets of any benefits plan investor within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA, no Loan will constitute a prohibited transaction under Section 406(a) of ERISA or Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Internal Revenue Code for which an exemption is not available.
SECTION 4.11. Taxes. The Borrower has elected to be treated and qualifies as a regulated investment company within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code. The Borrower has timely filed all material United States federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by it, if any, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns, if any, or pursuant to any assessment received by the Borrower, except for any taxes or assessments which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect thereto adequate reserves have been established in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied or for which non-payment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower in respect of taxes or other governmental charges, if any, are, in the opinion of the Borrower, adequate.
SECTION 4.12. Compliance. (a) The Borrower is in compliance with the Investment Company Act in all material respects except where the necessity of compliance therewith is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or exemptive relief has been obtained therefrom and remains in effect. The Borrower is in compliance with all other Applicable Laws and all of the terms of any applicable licenses and permits issued by, any Authority except where the necessity of compliance therewith is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or exemptive relief has been obtained therefrom and remains in effect or where noncompliance therewith would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower is in compliance with all agreements and instruments to which it is a party or to which any of its properties may be bound, in each case where the violation thereof would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all of its Investment Policies and Restrictions.
(b) No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
-30-
(c) The Borrower is not subject to any Applicable Law (other than the Investment Company Act) which limits its ability to incur Debt hereunder. The Borrower has not entered into any agreement with any Authority limiting its ability to incur Debt hereunder.
SECTION 4.13. Fiscal Year. The Borrower has a fiscal year ending on May 31 of each year.
SECTION 4.14. Full Disclosure. All information heretofore furnished by the Borrower to the Agent and the Banks for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by the Borrower to the Agent or the Banks in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents will be, when delivered, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is stated or certified, and such information does not contain, or will not contain, when delivered, when taken as a whole, any material misrepresentation or any omission to state therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, matters necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading in any material respect. The Borrower has disclosed to the Banks in writing all facts which, to the best of the Borrowers knowledge after due inquiry (to the extent the Borrower can now reasonably foresee), may give rise to the reasonable possibility of a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 4.15. Intentionally Omitted.
SECTION 4.16. Account. All assets of the Borrower that are included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base are held in or credited to the Account.
SECTION 4.17. Foreign Assets, Control Regulations, Etc. None of the requesting or borrowing of the Loans or the use of the proceeds of any thereof will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq., as amended) (the Trading With the Enemy Act ), any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the Foreign Assets Control Regulations ) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto (which for the avoidance of doubt shall include, but shall not be limited to (a) Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the Executive Order ) and (b) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56)). Furthermore, the Borrower (i) is not and will not become a blocked person as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations and (ii) does not engage and will not engage in any dealings or transactions, or be otherwise associated, with any such blocked person.
SECTION 4.18. Title to Assets. The Borrower has good and marketable title to all properties, assets and rights, except where failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
-31-
ARTICLE V.
COVENANTS
The Borrower agrees that, so long as any Bank has any Commitment hereunder or any amount payable hereunder or under any Note remains unpaid:
SECTION 5.01. Information. The Borrower will deliver to the Agent (along with copies for each of the Banks if such information is not delivered in electronic form):
(a) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a statement of assets and liabilities of the Borrower, including the portfolio of investments, as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets of the Borrower for such fiscal year, together with an audit report thereon issued by KPMG LLP or other independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
(b) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of the first semi-annual period of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a statement of assets and liabilities of the Borrower, including the portfolio of investments, as of the end of such period, and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets of the Borrower of such period, all in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied, and certified (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes) as to fairness of presentation, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and consistency by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower or accompanied by an audit report thereon issued by KPMG LLP or other independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing;
(c) as soon as available and in any event not later than the tenth Domestic Business Day after the end of each calendar month, a Borrowing Base Report as at the end of the immediately preceding month, as applicable;
(d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above and each Borrowing Base Report delivered pursuant to clause (c) above, a certificate of an Authorized Signatory reasonably acceptable to the Banks stating whether any Default or Event of Default exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default or Event of Default then exists, setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
(e) promptly (and in any event within three (3) Domestic Business Days) after any officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, if such Default or Event of Default is then continuing, a certificate of an Authorized Signatory setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;
-32-
(f) promptly upon the filing thereof with the SEC or the mailing thereof to shareholders of the Borrower, copies of all annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders, amendments and supplements to the Borrowers registration statement, the Prospectus, non-routine proxy statements, financial statements and other materials of a financial or otherwise material nature;
(g) promptly upon any officer of the Borrower becoming aware of any action, suit or proceeding of the type described in Section 4.09 , notice and a description thereof and copies of any filed complaint relating thereto; and
(h) from time to time such additional information regarding the financial position or business of the Borrower, including without limitation, listing and valuation reports, as the Agent, at the request of any Bank, may reasonably request.
SECTION 5.02. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will pay and discharge, at or before maturity, all of the Borrowers material obligations, including, without limitation, tax liabilities, except where the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and where reserves, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, have been provided on the books of the Borrower.
SECTION 5.03. Maintenance of Insurance. The Borrower will maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, policies with respect to its assets and property and business of the Borrower against at least such risks and contingencies (and with no greater risk retentions) and in at least such amounts as are required by the Investment Company Act and, in addition, as are customary in the case of registered closed-end investment companies; and will furnish to the Agent, upon request, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.
SECTION 5.04. Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence. (a) The Borrower will continue to engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by it.
(b) The Borrower will preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a Maryland corporation. The Borrower will preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its rights, privileges and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business except where failure to do so would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will maintain in full force and effect its registration as a closed-end management company under the Investment Company Act.
(c) The Borrower will not amend, terminate, supplement or otherwise modify any of its Charter Documents if such amendment, termination, supplement or modification would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will provide copies to the Agent of all amendments, supplements, terminations and other modifications of any of its Charter Documents, in each case prior to the effective date of any such amendment, supplement, termination or other modification. The Borrower will comply in all material respects with its Charter Documents.
-33-
(d) The Borrower will at all times place and maintain the Collateral in the custody of the Custodian subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement.
SECTION 5.05. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will comply in all material respects with the Investment Company Act and the requirements of any Authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower with respect thereto except where the necessity of compliance therewith is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or exemptive relief has been obtained therefrom and remains in effect. The Borrower will comply in all material respects with all other Applicable Laws and requirements of any Authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower except where the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, exemptive relief has been obtained therefrom and remains in effect or where noncompliance therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will file all material federal and other material tax returns, reports and declarations required by all relevant jurisdictions on or before the due dates for such returns, reports and declarations and will pay all taxes due pursuant to such returns and other material governmental assessments and charges as and when they become due (except those that are being contested in good faith by the Borrower and as to which the Borrower has established appropriate reserves on its books and records).
SECTION 5.06. Inspection of Property, Books and Records. The Borrower will keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities in accordance with Applicable Law, including the Investment Company Act, and will permit representatives of the Agent, at the Agents expense, to visit and inspect any of its offices, to examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, employees and independent public accountants, at a frequency not more than once every calendar year; provided that, during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower will permit representatives of the Agent, or any Bank designated by the Agent, to conduct such examinations, at any time during business hours and with reasonable advance notice, with any reasonable frequency. The right of inspection described in this Section 5.06 shall not apply to any information regarding shareholders of the Borrower to the extent the Borrower is prohibited from providing such information by Regulation S-P, 17 CFR Part 248.
SECTION 5.07. Debt. The Borrower will not create, assume or suffer to exist any Debt other than:
(a) Debt arising under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents;
(b) Debt in favor of the Borrowers Custodian;
(c) Debt in respect of judgments or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default, including any unsecured performance bond in respect of such judgments or awards; and
(d) Debt arising in connection with portfolio investments and investment techniques arising in the ordinary course of the Borrowers business to the extent that
-34-
such Debt is permissible under the Investment Company Act and consistent with the Borrowers Investment Policies and Restrictions, including, without limitation, any Debt arising under reverse repurchase agreements and derivative transactions;
provided that in no event shall the Borrower (i) enter into or utilize Financial Contracts other than in the ordinary course of business for hedging or investment purposes in accordance with its Investment Policies and Restrictions or (ii) issue or be or remain liable for or have outstanding any senior security (as defined in the Investment Company Act), except that the Borrower may borrow from the Banks pursuant to this Agreement. The Borrower will not at any time issue or have outstanding any preferred stock.
SECTION 5.08. Liens. (a) The Borrower will not create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its assets (including the income and profits thereof) whether such asset is now owned or hereafter acquired, except (i) Liens of the Agent, on behalf of itself and the Banks, created by or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or any of the other Loan Documents; (ii) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies the payment of which is not at the time required or which are being contested in good faith by the Borrower and as to which the Borrower has established appropriate reserves on its books and records, (iii) Liens in favor of the Borrowers Custodian granted pursuant to the Custody Agreement to secure obligations arising under such custody agreement, and (iv) encumbrances created in connection with the Borrowers portfolio investments and investment techniques to the extent not prohibited by the Borrowers Investment Policies and Restrictions and Section 5.07 .
(b) The Borrower will not create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any of the Collateral except (i) Liens of the Agent, on behalf of itself and the Banks, created by or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or any of the other Loan Documents and (ii) Liens permitted under Section 5.08(a)(ii) and (iii) above.
SECTION 5.09. Consolidations, Mergers and Sales of Assets. The Borrower will not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, nor will the Borrower sell, lease or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, all or any substantial part of its assets to any other Person (in each case, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions), except that the Borrower may sell its assets in the ordinary course of business. The Borrower will not invest all of its investable assets in any other closed-end management investment company or otherwise employ a master-feeder or fund of funds investment structure or any other multiple investment company structure in respect of investments of all its investable assets.
SECTION 5.10. Use of Proceeds. Proceeds of Loans may be used only to leverage the Funds investment portfolio and for temporary liquidity needs of the Borrower, in each case in accordance with its registration statement, the Prospectus and Applicable Law and regulations, including, without limitation, Regulation U. Each Loan shall be made in compliance with, and subject to, such Regulation U and no portion of any proceeds of any Loan shall be used directly or indirectly in violation of any provision of any statute, regulation, order or restriction applicable to any Bank or the Borrower.
SECTION 5.11. Compliance with Investment Policies and Restrictions. The Borrower will at all times comply in all material respects with the Investment Policies and
-35-
Restrictions. The Borrower will not permit any of the Investment Policies and Restrictions that may not be changed without shareholder approval to be changed from those in effect on the Effective Date without the prior written consent of the Required Banks, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
SECTION 5.12. Non-Affiliation with Banks. The Borrower will not at any time become an Affiliate of any Bank or any Affiliate of any Bank known to the Borrower.
SECTION 5.13. Regulated Investment Company. The Borrower will use reasonable best efforts to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code at all times and will use reasonable best efforts to make sufficient distributions to qualify to be taxed as a regulated investment company pursuant to subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code.
SECTION 5.14. No Subsidiary. The Borrower will not have at any time any Subsidiary.
SECTION 5.15. ERISA. The Borrower will not have any material liability in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, Plan or Multiemployer Plan subject to ERISA.
SECTION 5.16. Fiscal Year. The Borrower will not, without the consent of the Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld) change its fiscal year from that set forth in Section 4.13 hereof.
SECTION 5.17. Regulation U. The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent from time to time, at the Agents reasonable request, such documents or information, including a current completed Form FR U-1 referred to in Regulation U and a current list of assets, in each case as reasonably required in order for the Banks to comply with Regulation U.
SECTION 5.18. Custodian. The Custodian will at all times be the Borrowers custodian.
-36-
SECTION 5.19. Asset Coverage. The Borrower will not at any time permit the aggregate amount of Total Liabilities that are Senior Securities Representing Indebtedness to exceed 33 1/3% of its Adjusted Net Assets for more than three (3) consecutive Domestic Business Days.
SECTION 5.20. Maximum Amount. The Borrower will not at any time permit the aggregate amount of its outstanding Debt to exceed the Maximum Amount for more than three (3) Domestic Business Days after the occurrence of such event or such shorter time as may be required by Applicable Law.
SECTION 5.21. Negative Pledge. The Borrower will not enter into any agreement prohibiting or limiting the Borrower from encumbering any of its assets, other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (b) any documents or agreements evidencing or governing any Debt permitted by Section 5.07(d) hereof (in which case, any such prohibition or limitation shall not apply to any of the Collateral).
SECTION 5.22. Further Assurances. The Borrower shall execute and deliver all such documents and instruments, and take all such actions, as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.
ARTICLE VI.
DEFAULTS
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. If one or more of the following events ( Events of Default ) shall have occurred and be continuing:
(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay when due (whether at maturity or any accelerated date of maturity or any other date fixed for payment or prepayment) (i) any principal of any Loan or (ii) any interest on any Loan or any fees or any other amount payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents within three (3) Domestic Business Days of the due date therefor; or
(b) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant contained in Section 5.04(b) , 5.07 , 5.08 , 5.09 , 5.10 , 5.12 , 5.14 , 5.15 , 5.16 , 5.17 , 5.18 , 5.19 , 5.20 or 5.21 hereof; or
(c) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Document (other than those covered by clauses (a) or (b) above) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof; or
(d) any representation, warranty, certification or statement made (or deemed made) by the Borrower in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, financial statement or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made (or deemed made); or
-37-
(e) the Borrower shall fail to make any payment in respect of any Debt of the Borrower in an aggregate amount equal to or in excess of 5% of the Borrowers then-current Total Assets beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Debt was created; or
(f) any event or condition shall occur which results in the acceleration of the maturity of any Debt of the Borrower which Debt in the aggregate is at least 5% of the Borrowers then-current Total Assets or enables the holder of such Debt or any Person acting on such holders behalf to accelerate the maturity thereof or, in the case of a Financial Contract, (i) enables the non-defaulting party to terminate the contract evidencing such Debt and (ii) such event or condition shall not have been waived or cured by the holder of such Debt within five (5) Domestic Business Days; or
(g) the Borrower shall seek the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property, or shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or any of its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or the Borrower shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally (or admit in writing its inability) to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any action to authorize any of the foregoing; or
(h) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Borrower under the federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect; or
(i) a judgment or order for the payment of money (not paid or, in the reasonable determination of the Agent, fully covered by insurance or other indemnity from a third party) shall be rendered against the Borrower, provided that (i) such judgment or order shall be in excess of 5% of the Borrowers then-current Total Assets or more and (ii) and such judgment or order shall continue unsatisfied or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; or
(j) any investment advisory agreement or management agreement with the Investment Adviser which is in effect on the Effective Date for the Borrower shall terminate, or the Investment Adviser shall cease to be the investment adviser to the Borrower unless the successor thereto is an Affiliate of the Investment Adviser; or
-38-
(k) State Street Bank and Trust Company (or any Affiliate thereof) shall cease to be the Custodian of the Borrower; or
(l) the Investment Adviser shall (i) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Investment Adviser or (ii) consolidate with or merge into any other Person, unless it is the survivor or such Person is an Affiliate of the Investment Adviser; or
(m) the Agent for any reason shall cease to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral, free and clear of all Adverse Claims other than Liens permitted under Section 5.08 ;
then, and in every such event, the Agent shall (i) if requested by Banks constituting Required Banks by notice to the Borrower terminate the Commitments, and they shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) if requested by Banks constituting Required Banks by notice to the Borrower declare the Loans (together with accrued interest thereon) to be, and the Loans (together with accrued interest thereon) shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; provided that in the case of any of the Events of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically without any notice to the Borrower or any other act by the Agent or any Bank, the Commitments shall thereupon terminate and the Loans (together with accrued interest thereon) shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.
SECTION 6.02. Remedies. No remedy herein conferred upon the Banks is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law. In the case any one or more of the Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Banks shall have accelerated the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof, each Bank, if owed any amount with respect to the Loans may, with the consent of the Required Banks but not otherwise, proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the ex parte appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of such Bank.
-39-
ARTICLE VII.
THE AGENT
SECTION 7.01. Appointment and Authorization. Each Bank irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Any reference to an agent for the Banks in, or in connection with, any Loan Document shall be a reference to the Agent.
SECTION 7.02. Action by Agent. The duties and responsibilities of the Agent hereunder are only those expressly set forth herein. The relationship between the Agent and the Banks is and shall be that of agent and principal only, and nothing contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loans Documents shall be construed to constitute the Agent as a trustee for any Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent shall not be required to take any action with respect to any Default or Event of Default except as expressly provided in Article VI .
SECTION 7.03. Consultation with Experts. The Agent may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.
SECTION 7.04. Liability of Agent. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in connection herewith (i) with respect to liability to one or more Banks only, with the consent or at the request of the Required Banks, or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into or verify (a) any statement, warranty or representation made in connection with this Agreement or any borrowing hereunder; (b) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of the Borrower; (c) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article III , except receipt of items required to be delivered to it; or (d) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection herewith or therewith. The Agent shall not incur any liability by acting in reliance upon any notice, consent, certificate, statement or other writing (which may be a bank wire, telex or similar writing) believed by it to be genuine or to be signed by the proper party or parties.
SECTION 7.05. Indemnification. Each Bank shall, ratably in accordance with its Commitment Percentage, indemnify the Agent and its affiliates, officers, directors and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) for all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, penalties, actions, judgments and expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (collectively, the Liabilities ) that such Person may suffer or incur in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by such Person hereunder or thereunder, provided that no Bank shall have any obligation to indemnify any such Person against any Liabilities that are determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by
-40-
a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Persons gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, provided , however , that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Banks shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section.
SECTION 7.06. Credit Decision. Each Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement.
SECTION 7.07. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any resignation of the Agent, the Required Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent with, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the prior written consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Banks within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a commercial bank organized or licensed under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Agents resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent.
SECTION 7.08. Agent as Bank. In its individual capacity, State Street and any other Bank that serves as a successor Agent hereunder shall have the same obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect of its Commitment and the Loans made by it as it would have were it not also the Agent.
SECTION 7.09. Distribution by Agent. If in the opinion of the Agent the distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder, under the Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve it in liability, it may refrain from making such distribution until its right to make such distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.
SECTION 7.10. Delinquent Banks. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any Bank that (i) willfully does not or (ii) does not as a result of a Failure (as defined below) (A) make available to the Agent its pro rata share of any Loan, or (B) comply with the provisions of Section 9.04 with
-41-
respect to making dispositions and arrangements with the other Banks, where such Banks share of any payment received, whether by setoff or otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata share of such payments due and payable to all of the Banks, in each case as, when and to the full extent required by the provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed delinquent (a Delinquent Bank ) and shall be deemed a Delinquent Bank until such time as such delinquency is satisfied. A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Borrower, whether on account of outstanding Loans, interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining nondelinquent Banks for application to, and reduction of, their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans. The Delinquent Bank hereby authorizes the Agent to distribute such payments to the nondelinquent Banks in proportion to their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans. A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the assigned payments to all outstanding Loans of the nondelinquent Banks, the Banks respective pro rata shares of all outstanding Loans have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency. The provisions of this Section 7.10 shall not affect the rights of the Borrower against any such Delinquent Bank.
(b) For purposes of this Section 7.10 , a Failure of a Bank shall mean (i) it shall seek the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property, or shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (ii) it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing, or (iii) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against it seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it, or (iv) an order for relief shall be entered against it under the bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect.
ARTICLE VIII.
CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES
SECTION 8.01. Additional Costs; Capital Adequacy. (a) If any new law, rule or regulation, or any change after the date hereof in the interpretation or administration of any applicable law, rule or regulation by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency in connection therewith issued, promulgated or enacted after the date hereof shall:
(i) subject any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to its Loans, its Note or its Commitment, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) of the principal of or interest on its Loans or any other amounts due under this Agreement or its Commitment, in each case except for any tax on, or changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of, or franchise taxes payable by, such Bank or its Applicable Lending Office or any Non-Excluded Taxes covered by Section 2.10(c) ; or
-42-
(ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, insurance assessment or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or shall impose on any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) any other condition affecting its Loans, its Note or its Commitment; or
(iii) impose on any Bank any other conditions or requirements with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Loans or such Banks Commitment;
and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) of making, funding, issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any Loan or such Banks Commitment, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its Note with respect thereto, by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then, promptly upon demand by such Bank (and in any event within thirty (30) days after demand by such Bank) and delivery to the Borrower of the certificate required by clause (c) hereof (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Bank the additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank for such increased cost or reduction.
(b) If any Bank shall determine that any change after the date hereof in any existing applicable law, rule or regulation or any new law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change after the date hereof in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any new request or directive of general applicability regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency issued, promulgated or enacted after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such Bank (or its parent corporation) as a consequence of such Banks obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank (or its parent corporation) could have achieved but for such law, change, request or directive (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then from time to time, promptly upon demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent) (and in any event within thirty (30) days after demand by such Bank) the Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank (or its parent corporation) for such reduction.
-43-
(c) Each Bank will promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Bank pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than three months prior to the date that such Bank notifies the Borrower of such Banks intention to claim compensation therefor; and provided further that , if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such three-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. A certificate of any Bank claiming compensation under this Section and setting forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and the calculations used in determining such additional amount or amounts shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Bank may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.
SECTION 8.02. Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair. If, on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any borrowing of LIBOR Loans, the Agent shall determine or be notified by the Required Banks that:
(a) adequate and reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable for such Interest Period on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Offered Rate, or
(b) the Adjusted LIBOR Offered Rate as determined by the Agent will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Banks of funding their LIBOR Loans for such Interest Period,
the Agent shall forthwith give notice of such determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Banks) to the Borrower and the Banks. In such event, until the Agent notifies the Borrower and the Banks that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, (i) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion with respect to LIBOR Loans shall be automatically withdrawn and shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Loan, (ii) each LIBOR Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest Period relating thereto, become a Base Rate Loan, and (iii) the obligations of the Banks to make LIBOR Loans shall be suspended until the Agent or the Required Banks determine that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, whereupon the Agent or, as the case may be, the Agent at the instruction of the Required Banks, shall so notify the Borrower and the Banks.
SECTION 8.03. Illegality. If any future applicable law, rule, regulation, treaty or directive, or any change in any present or future applicable law, rule, regulation, treaty or directive, or any change in the interpretation or administration of any present or future applicable law, rule, regulation, treaty or directive by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with any new request or new directive (whether or not
-44-
having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Bank (or its LIBOR Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund its LIBOR Loans and such Bank shall so notify the Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other Banks and the Borrower, whereupon until such Bank notifies the Borrower and the Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, (a) the commitment of such Bank to make LIBOR Loans or convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans shall forthwith be suspended, and (b) such Banks Loans then outstanding as LIBOR Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Loans or within such earlier period as may be required by law. Before giving any notice to the Agent pursuant to this Section, such Bank shall designate a different LIBOR Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank. If such Bank shall reasonably determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain and fund any of its outstanding LIBOR Loans to maturity and shall so specify in such notice, the Borrower shall promptly prepay in full the then outstanding principal amount of each such LIBOR Loan, together with accrued interest thereon and any amount payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.06(c) . Concurrently with prepaying each such LIBOR Loan, the Borrower shall borrow a Base Rate Loan in an equal principal amount from such Bank (on which interest and principal shall be payable contemporaneously with the related LIBOR Loans of the other Banks), and such Bank shall make such a Base Rate Loan.
SECTION 8.04. Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected LIBOR Loans. If (a) the obligation of any Bank to make LIBOR Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 8.03 or (b) any Bank has demanded compensation under Section 8.01(a) with respect to LIBOR Loans and the Borrower shall, by at least two LIBOR Business Days prior notice to such Bank through the Agent, have elected that the provisions of this Section shall apply to such Bank, then, unless and until such Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension or demand for compensation no longer apply:
(a) all Loans which would otherwise be made by such Bank as LIBOR Loans shall be made instead as Base Rate Loans, and
(b) after each of its LIBOR Loans has been repaid, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to repay such LIBOR Loans shall be applied to repay its Base Rate Loans instead.
SECTION 8.05. Replacement Banks. Upon (a) the election of any Bank to request reimbursement by the Borrower for amounts due under Sections 8.01 or 8.03 , (b) the suspension of any Banks obligation to make, convert to or continue LIBOR Loans or (c) any Bank becoming a Delinquent Bank, the Borrower may, upon prior written notice to the Agent and such Bank, request that the Agent find a replacement Bank which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Borrower (a Replacement Bank ). Each Bank agrees that, should it be identified for replacement pursuant to this Section 8.05 , it will promptly execute and deliver all documents and instruments reasonably required by the Borrower to assign such Banks Loans and Commitment to the applicable Replacement Bank. The Agent shall cooperate with the Borrower in seeking a Replacement Bank and shall use its best efforts to identify a Replacement Bank and complete the assignment to such Replacement Bank of such Loans and Commitment within 45 days of said written notice.
-45-
SECTION 8.06. Indemnity. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and to hold each Bank harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (excluding, however, the LIBOR Margin) that such Bank shall sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as and when due and payable, including any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain its LIBOR Loans, (b) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing or conversion after the Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion relating thereto in accordance with Section 2.02 or (c) the making of any payment of a LIBOR Loan or the making of any conversion of any such Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto, including interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain any such Loans.
ARTICLE IX.
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 9.01. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at its address or telex number or facsimile number set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto. Each such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by facsimile, when such facsimile is transmitted to the facsimile number specified in this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (b) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (c) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section; provided that notices to the Agent under Article II or Article VII shall not be effective until received.
SECTION 9.02. No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under any Notes shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Documentary Taxes; Indemnification. (a) The Borrower shall promptly pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent, including reasonable fees and disbursements of special counsel for the Agent, in connection with the preparation, negotiation and closing of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, the syndication of the facility established hereby, any waiver or consent hereunder or any amendment hereof or thereof or any waiver of any Default or Event of Default or alleged Default or Event of Default hereunder, and any amendment or termination hereof or thereof and (ii) if a Default or an Event of Default occurs, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent and each Bank, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (including reasonable allocated costs of in-house counsel), in connection with such Default or Event of Default and collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings resulting
-46-
therefrom. The Borrower shall indemnify each Bank against any transfer taxes, documentary taxes, assessments or charges made by any governmental authority by reason of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Notes.
(b) The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Agent, each Bank and each of their affiliates, officers, directors and employees (each, a Covered Person ) and hold each Covered Person harmless from and against any and all Liabilities which may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against such Covered Person, in each case arising out of or in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (whether or not such Covered Person shall be designated a party thereto) relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the Loan Documents or any actual or proposed use of proceeds of Loans hereunder, provided that no Covered Person shall have the right to be indemnified hereunder for Liabilities that are determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Covered Persons gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
SECTION 9.04. Setoff. During the continuance of any Event of Default, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of the Banks to the Borrower (subject, in the case of State Street, to any agreements or limitations applicable to the Custodians rights with respect to any such deposits which are contained in, and solely to the extent that such deposits constitute collateral subject to, any control agreement (i) entered into prior to the date hereof among the Custodian, the Borrower and one or more third parties or (ii) entered into hereafter among the Custodian, the Borrower and one or more third parties that does not contain a waiver or prohibition of State Streets right of setoff with respect to such deposits) may be applied to or setoff by such Bank against the payment of the Obligations of the Borrower to such Bank. Each of the Banks agrees with each other Bank that if such Bank shall receive from the Borrower whether by voluntary payment, exercise of the right of setoff, counterclaim, cross action, or enforcement of a claim based on the Obligations owing to such Bank by proceedings against the Borrower at law or in equity or by proof thereof in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar proceedings, or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the payment of the Obligations owing to such Bank any amount in excess of its ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Banks with respect to the Obligations owed to all of the Banks, such Bank will make such disposition and arrangements with the other Banks with respect to such excess, either by way of distribution, pro tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Bank receiving in respect of the Obligations owing to it its proportionate payment as contemplated by this Agreement; provided that if all or any part of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Bank, such disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded and the amount restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
SECTION 9.05. Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Borrower and the Required Banks (and, if the rights or duties of the Agent are affected thereby, by the Agent); provided that no such amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by each affected Bank (a) increase the Commitment Amount of any Bank (except as provided in Section 9.06(c) ) or subject any Bank to any additional obligation, (b) reduce or forgive the principal of or rate of interest on any Loan or any fees to the Banks hereunder (other than the application of the default rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.06(c) ),
-47-
(c) postpone the date fixed for any payment of principal of or interest on any Loan or any fees to the Banks hereunder or for the termination of the Commitments (other than pursuant to Section 2.08(b) ), or (d) change the percentage of the Commitment Amounts or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or the number of Banks, which shall be required for the Banks or any of them to take any action under this Section or any other provision of this Agreement. No delay or omission on the part of any Bank or any holder hereof in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other rights of such Bank or such holder, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar or waiver of the same or any other right on any further occasion.
SECTION 9.06. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of all of the Banks
(b) Subject to clause (f) below, any Bank may at any time grant to one or more commercial banks (each a Participant ) participating interests in its Commitment or all of its Loans. In the event of any such grant by a Bank of a participating interest to a Participant, whether or not upon notice to the Borrower and the Agent, such Bank shall remain responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such Banks rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which any Bank may grant such a participating interest shall provide that such Bank shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrower hereunder, including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such participation agreement may provide that such Bank will not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement described in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) of Section 9.05 without the consent of the Participant. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall, to the extent provided in its participation agreement, be entitled to the benefits of Article VIII with respect to its participating interest; provided that no Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount greater than its pro rata share of any amount the selling Bank would have received hereunder had no participation been sold (and each Participant shall be required to satisfy any requirements the selling Bank is required to satisfy to receive such benefits). An assignment or other transfer which is not permitted by clause (c) or (d) below shall be given effect for purposes of this Agreement only to the extent of a participating interest granted in accordance with this clause (b).
(c) Subject to clause (f) below, any Bank may at any time assign to one or more banks (each an Assignee ) all, or a proportionate amount of at least $5,000,000 of all, of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, and such Assignee shall assume such rights and obligations, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance (each an Assignment and Acceptance ) in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto executed by such Assignee and such transferor Bank, with, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the written consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and of the
-48-
Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that no such consent of the Borrower or the Agent shall be required if the Assignee is an Affiliate of the transferor Bank. Upon execution and delivery of such instrument and payment by such Assignee to such transferor Bank of an amount equal to the purchase price agreed between such transferor Bank and such Assignee with respect to the interest assigned, such Assignee shall be a Bank party to this Agreement (in addition to any interest of such Bank held prior to such assignment) and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Bank with the Commitment Amount as set forth in such instrument of assumption (in addition to any interest of such Bank held prior to such assignment), and the transferor Bank shall be released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent, and no further consent or action by any party shall be required. Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this clause (c), the transferor Bank, the Agent and the Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that, if required, new Notes are issued to the Assignor and the Assignee, and the Agent shall be authorized to revise Schedule 1 to reflect such assignment and to circulate such revised Schedule 1 to the Banks and the Borrower, which revised Schedule 1 shall be deemed to be a part hereof and shall be incorporated by reference herein. In connection with any such assignment, the transferor Bank shall pay to the Agent an administrative fee for processing such assignment in the amount of $3,000. The Assignee shall, prior to the date of consent of the Borrower to the assignment, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes in accordance with Section 2.12 (and shall thereafter be subject to the requirements thereof).
(d) Without notice to or consent of any Person, any Bank may at any time assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, and its Note, to a federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall release the transferor Bank from its obligations hereunder.
(e) No Assignee, Participant or other transferee of any Banks rights shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10(c) or Section 8.01 than such Bank would have been entitled to receive with respect to the rights transferred, unless such transfer is made with the Borrowers prior written consent.
(f) No bank may become an Assignee pursuant to clause (c) above or an Additional Commitment Bank pursuant to Section 2.09 unless such bank constitutes a bank (as such term is used in Section 18(f)(1) of the Investment Company Act) in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower and the Agent. No Person may become a Participant or an Assignee pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above or an Additional Commitment Bank pursuant to Section 2.09 if that Person is an Affiliate of the Borrower.
(g) The Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the Register ). The entries in the Register shall be
-49-
conclusive in the absence of manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the Banks, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
SECTION 9.07. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and each of the other loan documents are contracts under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall for all purposes be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of said Commonwealth of Massachusetts (excluding the laws applicable to conflicts of law). Each of the Borrower, the Banks and the Agent agrees that any suit for the enforcement of this agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other action brought by such person arising hereunder or in any way related to this agreement or any of the other Loan Documents whether sounding in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be brought in the courts of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or the federal court sitting therein, and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such court and the service of process in any suit being made upon such person by mail at the address specified in Section 9.01 . Each of the Borrower, the Banks and the Agent hereby waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any suit brought in Suffolk County, Massachusetts or any court sitting therein or that a suit brought therein is brought in an inconvenient court.
SECTION 9.08. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. Except as prohibited by law, the Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. The Borrower (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any Bank or the Agent has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such Bank or the Agent would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the Agent and the Banks have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained herein.
SECTION 9.09. Confidential Information. (a) Each Bank agrees that any information, documentation or materials provided by the Borrower or the Borrowers Affiliates, employees, agents or representatives ( Representatives ) disclosing the portfolio holdings of the Borrower or disclosing other non-public information pursuant to this Agreement or the Loan Documents ( Confidential Material ), whether before or after the date of this Agreement, shall be treated confidentially, using the same degree of care that such Bank uses to protect its own similar material.
(b) Such Confidential Information may be disclosed to Representatives of each Bank who need to know such information in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or in connection with managing the relationship of such Bank or its Affiliates with the Borrower (it being understood that the Bank will inform such Representatives when such disclosure is made of the confidential nature of such
-50-
information and will cause such Representatives to comply with the provisions of this Section 9.09) but shall not be disclosed to any third party and may not be used for purposes unrelated to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, including without limitation for the purposes of buying or selling securities, including shares issued by the Borrower; provided , however , that the Banks may disclose Confidential Material to (i) the Federal Reserve Board pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board (which, as of the Effective Date, require a filing of a list of all Margin Stock which directly or indirectly secures a Loan), (ii) the extent required by statute, rule, regulation or judicial process, (iii) counsel for any of the Banks or the Agent in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (iv) bank examiners, auditors and accountants, or (v) any Assignee or Participant (or prospective Assignee or Participant) as long as such Assignee or Participant (or prospective Assignee or Participant) first agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.09 .
Each Bank agrees to promptly provide such information as is reasonably requested by the Borrower in order for the Borrower to monitor (as required by applicable law) whether the Banks use of Confidential Material complies with this Section 9.09 .
SECTION 9.10. USA Patriot Act. Each Bank that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Bank) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the Act ), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Bank or the Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.
SECTION 9.11. Miscellaneous. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersede any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction.
[Signature page follows.]
-51-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Kaprel Ozsolak | ||
Title: CEO & Treasurer | ||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, individually and as Agent | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, individually and as Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: James H. Reichert | ||
Title: Vice President |
SCHEDULE 1
BORROWER :
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH
INCOME FUND INC.
BANKS: |
COMMITMENT
AMOUNT |
COMMITMENT
PERCENTAGE |
||||||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY |
$ | 125,000,000 | 100 | % |
For funding or payment notices: |
Domestic Lending Office: |
Mutual Fund Lending Department |
Copley Place, Tower 2 |
Boston, MA 02206 |
Attn. Robyn A. Shepard, Assistant Vice |
President - CSU Manager |
Tel: (617) 937-8806 |
Fax: (617) 988-6677 |
Email: rashepard@statestreet.com |
LIBOR Lending Office: |
Mutual Fund Lending Department |
Copley Place, Tower 2 |
Boston, MA 02206 |
Attn: Robyn A. Shepard, Assistant Vice |
President - CSU Manager |
Tel: (617) 937-8806 |
Fax: (617) 988-6677 |
Email: rashepard@statestreet.com |
For all other notices: |
Mutual Fund Lending Department |
Copley Place Tower 2 |
Boston, MA 02206 |
Attn: James Reichert |
Tel: (617) 937-8831 |
Fax: (617) 937-8889 |
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF NOTE
U.S. $[ ] |
, 20 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation (the Borrower ), hereby promises to pay to [INSERT NAME OF BANK] (the Bank ) at the head office of the Agent (as defined below) at Copley Place Tower 2, Boston, Massachusetts 02206:
(a) on the Termination Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal amount of [INSERT COMMITMENT AMOUNT] (U.S. $ ) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Loans advanced by the Bank to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among the Borrower, the Bank, other banks parties thereto and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as agent (the Agent );
(b) the principal outstanding hereunder from time to time at the times provided in the Credit Agreement; and
(c) interest on the principal balance hereof from time to time outstanding from the Effective Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement) through and including the Termination Date at the times and at the rates provided in the Credit Agreement.
This Note evidences borrowings under and has been issued by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Bank and any permitted holder hereof are entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and may enforce the agreements of the Borrower contained therein, and any permitted holder hereof may exercise the respective remedies provided for thereby or otherwise available in respect thereof, all in accordance with the respective terms thereof. All capitalized terms used in this Note and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.
The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Bank to make or cause to be made, at or about the date of any Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal of this Note, an appropriate notation on the grid attached to this Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, reflecting the making of such Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Loans set forth on the grid attached to this Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by the Bank with respect to any Loans shall, absent manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to the Bank, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on any such grid, continuation or other record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement to make payments of principal of and interest on this Note when due.
The Borrower has the right in certain circumstances and the obligation under certain other circumstances to prepay the whole or part of the principal of this Note on the terms and conditions specified in the Credit Agreement.
If any one or more of the Events of Default shall occur and be continuing, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued thereon may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.
No delay or omission on the part of the Bank or any holder hereof in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other rights of the Bank or such holder, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar or waiver of the same or any other right on any further occasion.
The Borrower and every endorser and guarantor of this Note or the obligation represented hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note, and assents to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.06 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER HEREUNDER SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS NOTE MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 9.07(b) OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT. THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT BROUGHT IN SUFFOLK COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY SUCH COURT SITTING IN SUFFOLK COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.
-2-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has caused this Note to be signed as a as a document under seal in its name by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
-3-
Date |
Amount of Loan |
Type of Loan |
Amount of Principal Paid or Prepaid |
Balance of Principal Unpaid |
Notation Made By: |
|||||
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF
NOTICE OF BORROWING
DATE:
TO: | STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent |
ATTN: |
Robyn A. Shepard | |
Assistant Vice President -CSU Manager | ||
Ph: (617)937-8806 | ||
Fax: (617)988-6677 | ||
Email: rashepard@statestreet.com |
FROM: [ ]
Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (such agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation, the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Agent. Capitalized terms which are used herein without definition and which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.
Pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement, please make the Loans described below.
[Domestic][LIBOR] Business Day of proposed borrowing: | ||||
Amount of Loan requested: | $ | |||
Aggregate amount of Loans outstanding (after giving effect to the Loan requested hereby): | $ | |||
Maximum Loans per attached Borrowing Base Report: | $ | |||
[Interest Period:] | ||||
[Instructions for Wire to Third Party:] | ||||
Attached hereto is a Borrowing Base Report dated as of .
The undersigned hereby certifies that: (a) on the date of this notice and immediately after giving effect to the borrowing of the Loan(s) as set forth herein, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans do not and will not exceed the least of the Borrowing Base, the Aggregate Commitment Amount and the Maximum Amount, (b) the representations and warranties of the Borrower in Article IV of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and will be true and correct in all material respects immediately after giving effect to the borrowing of the Loan(s) as set forth herein, in each case except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly are expressly stated to have been made as of a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date, and (c) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur immediately after giving effect to the borrowing, as set forth herein.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
-2-
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION
DATE:
TO: STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent
ATTN: Robyn A. Shepard
Assistant Vice President -CSU Manager
Ph: (617)937-8806
Fax: (617)988-6677
Email: rashepard@statestreet.com
FROM: [ ]
Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (such agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation, the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Agent. Capitalized terms which are used herein without definition and which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.
Pursuant to Section 2.02(b) of the Credit Agreement, please convert or continue the following Loan as set forth below
Existing Loan | New Loan | |||||||||
Type | Amount |
Continue As /Convert to |
Amount | Date * |
Interest Period |
|||||
LIBOR | $ | |||||||||
LIBOR | $ | |||||||||
Base Rate | $ | |||||||||
Base Rate | $ | N/A | ||||||||
If LIBOR, last day of current Interest Period is:
|
The undersigned hereby certifies that: (a) on the date of this notice and immediately after giving effect to the conversion or continuation of the Loan(s) as set forth herein, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans do not and will not exceed the least of the Aggregate Commitment Amounts, the Borrowing Base and the Maximum Amount, (b) the representations and warranties of the Borrower in Article IV of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and will be true and correct in all material respects immediately after giving effect to the conversion or continuation of the Loan(s) as set forth
herein, in each case except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly are expressly stated to have been made as of a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such specific date, and (c) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or will occur under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents immediately after giving effect to the conversion or continuation of the Loan(s) as set forth herein.
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
* | Must be a Domestic Business Day or a LIBOR Business Day, as applicable. |
-2-
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF BORROWING BASE REPORT
Date
To each of the Banks referred
to below
c/o State Street Bank and
Trust Company, as Agent
100 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
Attention:
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), by and among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation (the Borrower ), the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks (collectively, the Banks ), and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as agent for the Banks. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
This Borrowing Base Report is delivered to you [ as part of a Notice of Borrowing ] [ pursuant to Section 5.01(c) of the Credit Agreement ] . The undersigned hereby certifies to you that Annex 1 is a true and accurate calculation of the Borrowing Base as at the end of [INSERT DATE] , determined in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement:
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
Annex 1
to Borrowing Base Report
As of:
-2-
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF
ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
Dated as of
Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (as from time to time amended and in effect, the Credit Agreement ), by and among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation (the Borrower ), the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks (collectively, the Banks ) and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as agent (in such capacity, the Agent ) for the Banks. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
(the Assignor ) and (the Assignee ) hereby agree as follows:
§1. Assignors . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Assignment and Acceptance, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes without recourse to the Assignor, a [ $ ] interest in and to the rights, benefits, indemnities and obligations of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement equal to [ %] in respect of the Assignors Commitment Amount immediately prior to the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined).
§2. Assignors Representations . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) as of the date hereof, its Commitment Amount is [ $ ] , its Commitment Percentage is [ %], the aggregate outstanding principal balance of its Loans equals [ $ ] , (in each case before giving effect to the assignment contemplated hereby and without giving effect to any contemplated assignments which have not yet become effective), and (iii) immediately after giving effect to all assignments which have not yet become effective, the Assignors Commitment Percentage will be sufficient to give effect to this Assignment and Acceptance, (b) makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or the attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest or mortgage, other than that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder free and clear of any claim or encumbrance; (c) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Loans, or the performance or observance by the Borrower or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Loans of any of its obligations under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document delivered or executed pursuant thereto; and (d) attaches hereto the Note delivered to it under the Credit Agreement.
[The Assignor requests that the Borrower exchange the Assignors Note for new Notes payable to the Assignor and the Assignee as follows:]
[Notes Payable to: |
Amount of Note: | |||
Assignor |
$ | |||
Assignee |
$ | ] |
§3. Assignees Representations . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is duly and legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and Acceptance do not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Assignee, or of any agreement binding on the Assignee, (iii) all acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have occurred prior to the execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and Acceptance, and to render the same the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Assignee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, have been done and performed and have occurred in due and strict compliance with all applicable laws; (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Agent or any other Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (d) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (e) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank; and (f) attaches hereto the form(s) required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement.
§4. Effective Date . The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be [ ] (the Effective Date ). Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance each party hereto shall deliver its duly executed counterpart hereof to the Agent for consent by the Agent (and the Borrower, if required by the Credit Agreement) and recording in the register by the Agent. Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement shall thereupon be replaced as of the Effective Date by the Schedule 1 annexed hereto.
§5. Rights Under Credit Agreement . Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Bank thereunder, provided that, without the Borrowers prior written consent, the Assignee shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10(c) or Section 8.01 of the Credit Agreement than the Assignor would have been entitled to receive with respect to the rights transferred, and (b) the Assignor shall, with respect to that portion of its interest under the Credit Agreement assigned hereunder, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that the Assignor shall retain its rights to be indemnified pursuant to Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement with respect to any claims or actions arising prior to the Effective Date.
-2-
§6. Payments . Upon such acceptance of this Assignment and Acceptance by the Agent and such recording, from and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the rights and interests assigned hereby (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make any appropriate adjustments in payments for periods prior to the Effective Date by the Agent or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.
§7. Governing Law . THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE IS INTENDED TO TAKE EFFECT AS A SEALED INSTRUMENT TO BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICT OF LAWS).
§8. Counterparts . This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number of counterparts which shall together constitute but one and the same agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , intending to be legally bound, each of the undersigned has caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed on its behalf by its officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
[ASSIGNOR] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
[ASSIGNEE] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
-3-
CONSENTED TO : | ||
[WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: ] | ||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
-4-
EXECUTION VERSION
FIRST AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
dated as of May 20, 2010
among
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.,
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
and the other lending institutions party hereto
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
in its capacity as Agent
To the Credit Agreement dated as of May 21, 2009
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AGREEMENT , dated as of May 20, 2010 (this Amendment ), among (i) WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a closed-end management investment company (the Borrower), (ii) the banks and other financial institutions parties to this Amendment (the Banks ), and (iii) STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, as Agent for the Banks from time to time parties to the Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, the Agent ), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 among all of such parties (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Agreement ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS , the parties to the Agreement desire to amend the Agreement as of the date hereof (the First Amendment Effective Date ) in order, among other things, to extend the term of the Agreement until May 19, 2011;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendment to the Agreement . (a) Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by amending each of the following definitions to read in its entirety as follows:
Aggregate Commitment Amount means, as of any date, the aggregate of all Commitment Amounts as of such date. As of May 20, 2010, the Aggregate Commitment Amount is $100,000,000.
Termination Date means May 19, 2011, or such earlier date on which the Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, provided that the Termination Date (and some or all of the Banks Commitments to make Loans to the Borrower hereunder) may be extended in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof.
(b) Schedule 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the Schedule 1 attached to this Amendment.
SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date only upon the satisfaction or waiver of all of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Executed Agreement . The Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each Bank.
(b) Related Agreements . The Agent shall have received true and correct copies, certified as to authenticity by the Borrower, all agreements pertaining to the creation or perfection of any lien on any asset of the Borrower (including any control agreements between
the Borrower and any broker), the most recent annual and semi-annual financial reports for the Borrower and such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, including, without limitation, a copy of any debt instrument, security agreement or other material contract to which the Borrower may be a party. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document.
(c) Proceedings of the Borrower . The Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower as of the First Amendment Effective Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect.
(d) Incumbency Certificate . The Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower, dated the First Amendment Effective Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of the Borrower executing this Amendment or any other document delivered in connection herewith, executed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.
(e) Organizational Documents . The Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the charter or certificate, as the case may be, and by-laws of the Borrower, certified as of the First Amendment Effective Date as complete and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document (such certificate shall state when such document was previously delivered).
(f) Legal Opinion . The Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of special counsel (with customary assumptions and exceptions) to the Borrower (which shall not be an Accord opinion). Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably require.
(g) Financial Information . The Agent shall have received the most recent publicly available financial information (which includes a list of portfolio securities) for the Borrower, unless such financial information shall have been previously delivered in connection with Section 5.01 of the Agreement.
(h) Additional Matters . All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and
2
by the Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, and the Agent shall have received such other documents and legal opinions (with customary assumptions and exceptions) in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request.
SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Amendment and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:
(a) This Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action by the Borrower, and this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof with the same effect as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date or period.
(c) Before and after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default has occurred and is continuing.
SECTION 5. Reference to and Effect on the Documents . Each reference in the Agreement to this Agreement, hereunder, hereof, herein or words of like import, and each reference to the Agreement in documents related to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Agreement and all such related documents, and all other documents, agreements, instruments or writings entered into in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified, confirmed and acknowledged by each party.
SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as the delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature appears on next page.]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent and as a Bank |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: James H. Reichert | ||
Title: Vice President |
SIGNATURE PAGE TO STATE STREET BANK
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
2010 FIRST AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: R. Jay Gerken | ||
Title: President and CEO |
.
SCHEDULE 1
BORROWER :
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH
INCOME FUND INC.
c/o Legg Mason
620 8th Avenue, 49th Floor
New York, NY 10018
Attn: Mr. William Renahan
Email: WRenahan@leggmason.com
BANKS: |
COMMITMENT
AMOUNT |
COMMITMENT
PERCENTAGE |
||||||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY |
$ | 100,000,000 | 100 | % |
For funding or payment notices: |
Domestic Lending Office: |
Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place, Tower 2 Boston, MA 02206 Attn. Robyn A. Shepard, |
Assistant Vice President - CSU Manager Tel: (617) 937-8806 Fax: (617) 988-6677 Email: rashepard@statestreet.com |
LIBOR Lending Office: |
Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place, Tower 2 Boston, MA 02206 Attn: Robyn A. Shepard, |
Assistant Vice President - CSU Manager Tel: (617) 937-8806 Fax: (617) 988-6677 Email: rashepard@ statestreet.com |
For all other notices: |
Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place Tower 2 Boston, MA 02206 Attn: James Reichert Tel: (617) 937-8831 Fax: (617) 937-8889 |
EXECUTION COPY
SECOND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
dated as of May 19, 2011
among
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.,
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
and the other lending institutions party hereto
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
in its capacity as Agent
To the Credit Agreement dated as of May 21, 2009
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of May 19, 2011 (this Amendment ), among (i) WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a closed-end management investment company (the Borrower ), (ii) the banks and other financial institutions parties to this Amendment (the Banks ), and (iii) STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, as Agent for the Banks from time to time parties to the Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, the Agent ), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 among all of such parties (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Agreement ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the parties to the Agreement desire to amend the Agreement as of the date hereof (the Second Amendment Effective Date ) in order, among other things, to extend the term of the Agreement until May 17, 2012;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendments to the Agreement . Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a) Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by amending each of the following definitions to read in its entirety as follows:
LIBOR Margin means 0.70%.
Termination Date means May 17, 2012, or such earlier date on which the Commitments shall terminate as provided herein, provided that the Termination Date (and some or all of the Banks Commitments to make Loans to the Borrower hereunder) may be extended in accordance with Section 2.09 hereof.
(b) Section 2.07(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the percentage 0.20% appearing therein with the percentage 0.10%.
(c) Schedule 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the Schedule 1 attached to this Amendment.
SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date only upon the satisfaction or waiver of all of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Executed Agreement . The Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each Bank.
(b) Related Agreements . The Agent shall have received true and correct copies, certified as to authenticity by the Borrower, all agreements pertaining to the creation or perfection of any lien on any asset of the Borrower (including any control agreements between the Borrower and any broker), the most
recent annual and semi-annual financial reports for the Borrower and such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, including, without limitation, a copy of any debt instrument, security agreement or other material contract to which the Borrower may be a party. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document.
(c) Proceedings of the Borrower . The Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect.
(d) Incumbency Certificate . The Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower, dated the Second Amendment Effective Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of the Borrower executing this Amendment or any other document delivered in connection herewith, executed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.
(e) Organizational Documents . The Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the charter or certificate, as the case may be, and by-laws of the Borrower, certified as of the Second Amendment Effective Date as complete and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document (such certificate shall state when such document was previously delivered).
(f) Legal Opinion . The Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of special counsel (with customary assumptions and exceptions) to the Borrower (which shall not be an Accord opinion). Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably require.
(g) Financial Information . The Agent shall have received the most recent publicly available financial information (which includes a list of portfolio securities) for the Borrower, unless such financial information shall have been previously delivered in connection with Section 5.01 of the Agreement.
(h) Additional Matters . All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, and the Agent shall have received such other documents and legal opinions (with customary assumptions and exceptions) in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request.
2
SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Amendment and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:
(a) This Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action by the Borrower, and this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof with the same effect as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date or period.
(c) Before and after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default has occurred and is continuing.
SECTION 5. Reference to and Effect on the Documents . Each reference in the Agreement to this Agreement, hereunder, hereof, herein or words of like import, and each reference to the Agreement in documents related to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Agreement and all such related documents, and all other documents, agreements, instruments or writings entered into in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified, confirmed and acknowledged by each party.
SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as the delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature appears on next page.]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent and as a Bank | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | James H. Reichert | |||
Title: | Vice President | |||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent and as a Bank |
||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | R. Jay Gerken | |||
Title: | President and CEO |
SCHEDULE 1
BORROWER :
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
c/o Legg Mason
620 8th Avenue, 49th Floor
New York, NY 10018
Attn: Mr. William Renahan
Email: WRenahan@leggmason.com
BANKS : |
COMMITMENT
AMOUNT |
COMMITMENT
PERCENTAGE |
||||||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY | $ | 100,000,000 | 100 | % | ||||
For funding or payment notices: | ||||||||
Domestic Lending Office: Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place, Tower 1 Boston, MA 02206 Attn. Robyn A. Shepard, Assistant Vice President - CSU Manager Tel: (617) 662-8575 Fax: (617) 988-6677 Email: rashepard@statestreet.com |
||||||||
LIBOR Lending Office: Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place, Tower 1 Boston, MA 02206 Attn: Robyn A. Shepard, Assistant Vice President - CSU Manager Tel: (617) 662-8575 Fax: (617) 988-6677 Email: rashepard@statestreet.com |
||||||||
For all other notices: | ||||||||
Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place Tower 1 Boston, MA 02206 Attn: James Reichert Tel: (617) 662-8620 Fax: (617) 662-8664 |
EXECUTION VERSION
THIRD AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
dated as of May 17, 2012
among
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.,
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
and the other lending institutions party hereto,
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
in its capacity as Agent
To the Credit Agreement dated as of May 21, 2009
THIS THIRD AMENDMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of May 17, 2012 (this Amendment ), among (i) WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a closed-end management investment company (the Borrower ); (ii) the banks and other financial institutions parties to this Amendment (the Banks ); and (iii) STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, as Agent for the Banks from time to time parties to the Agreement referred to below (in such capacity, the Agent ), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 among all of such parties (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Agreement ).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the parties to the Agreement desire to amend the Agreement as of the date hereof (the Amendment Effective Date ) in order, among other things, to extend the term of the Agreement beyond the Amendment Effective Date when it would have otherwise terminated;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendments to the Agreement. Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a) Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by amending or adding anew, as applicable, each of the following definitions, each to read in its entirety as follows:
Amendment Effective Date means May 17, 2012.
Applicable Banks means (a) with respect to each Applicable Margin Change Notice or any Commitment Fee Change Notice that in either case would increase the Applicable Margin or the Commitment Fee Rate, Required Banks, and (b) with respect to all other Applicable Margin Change Notices and Commitment Fee Change Notices, all Banks.
Applicable Margin means (a) during the Initial Margin Period, a rate per annum equal to 0.70% per annum, and (b) during each Subsequent Margin Period, if any, a rate per annum equal to the New Applicable Margin (as defined in the Applicable Margin Change Notice in respect of the Applicable Margin Change Effective Date which is the first day of such Subsequent Margin Period).
Applicable Margin Change Effective Date has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a) .
Applicable Margin Change Notice means a notice from the Agent to the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit G .
Commitment Fee Change Effective Date has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(b) .
Commitment Fee Change Notice means a notice from the Agent to the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit H .
Commitment Fee Rate means (a) during the Initial Fee Period, a rate per annum equal to 0.10%, and (b) during each Subsequent Fee Period, if any, a rate per annum equal to the New Commitment Fee Rate (as defined in the Commitment Fee Change Notice in respect of the Commitment Fee Change Effective Date which is the first day of such Subsequent Fee Period).
Initial Fee Period means the period from the Amendment Effective Date to but excluding the first Commitment Fee Change Effective Date, if any.
Initial Margin Period means the period from the Amendment Effective Date to but excluding the first Applicable Margin Change Effective Date, if any.
LIBOR Margin means the Applicable Margin.
Subsequent Fee Period means, with respect to any Commitment Fee Change Notice, the period commencing on the Commitment Fee Change Effective Date, if any, with respect to such Commitment Fee Change Notice to but excluding the earlier to occur of (a) the Termination Date (as in effect at the commencement of such period), or (b) the Commitment Fee Change Effective Date, if any, immediately succeeding such Commitment Fee Change Effective Date.
Subsequent Margin Period means, with respect to any Applicable Margin Change Notice, the period commencing on the Applicable Margin Change Effective Date, if any, with respect to such Applicable Margin Change Notice to but excluding the earlier to occur of (a) the Termination Date (as in effect at the commencement of such period), or (b) the Applicable Margin Change Effective Date, if any, immediately succeeding such Applicable Margin Change Effective Date.
Termination Date means the earlier to occur of (a) the later to occur of May 16, 2013, or the Termination Notice Effective Date, and (b) such earlier date on which the Commitments terminate or are terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.
Termination Notice means a notice from the Agent to the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.
Termination Notice Effective Date means the 270th day after the date of delivery of the first Termination Notice given pursuant to Section 2.08(c) hereof.
(b) Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby further amended by deleting the following defined terms therefrom: Additional Commitment, Additional Commitment Bank, Consent Date, Existing Termination Date and Non-Extending Bank.
3
(c) Section 2.07(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
(a) During the Revolving Credit Period, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Bank a commitment fee at the Commitment Fee Rate on the daily amount on the daily amount by which such Banks Commitment Amount exceeded the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans made by such Bank (including, in the case of a Delinquent Bank, the principal amount of all Loans with respect to which such Bank is delinquent). Such commitment fee shall accrue from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Termination Date. Accrued commitment fees payable hereunder shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first such day after the Effective Date, and on the Termination Date.
(d) Section 2.08 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new subsection (c) at the end thereof as follows:
(c) At the request of any Bank at any time, the Agent shall send to the Borrower a Termination Notice.
(e) Section 2.09 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
SECTION 2.09. Pricing Changes . (a) At any time and from time to time the Agent shall, at the request of Applicable Banks, send to the Borrower an Applicable Margin Change Notice, and such Applicable Margin Change Notice shall become effective on the date that is the latest to occur of the following (such latest date with respect to such Applicable Margin Change Notice, the Applicable Margin Change Effective Date ): (a) the date specified as such in such Applicable Margin Change Notice, (b) the 90th day after the date of such Applicable Margin Change Notice, (c) the 360th day following the Amendment Effective Date, and (d) other than with respect to the first Applicable Margin Change Notice, the 270th day after the immediately preceding Applicable Margin Change Effective Date.
(b) At any time and from time to time the Agent shall, at the request of Applicable Banks, send to the Borrower a Commitment Fee Change Notice, and such Commitment Fee Change Notice shall become effective on the date that is the latest to occur of the following (such latest date with respect to such Commitment Fee Change Notice, the Commitment Fee Change Effective Date ): (a) the date specified as such in such Commitment Fee Change Notice, (b) the 30th day after the date of such Commitment Fee Change Notice, (c) the 360th day following the Amendment Effective Date, and (d) other than with respect to the first Commitment Fee Change Notice, the 270th day after the immediately preceding Commitment Fee Change Effective Date.
4
(f) Section 9.06(f) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
(f) No bank may become an Assignee pursuant to clause (c) above unless such bank constitutes a bank (as such term is used in Section 18(f)(1) of the Investment Company Act) in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower and the Agent. No Person may become a Participant or an Assignee pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above if that Person is an Affiliate of the Borrower.
(g) Schedule 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the Schedule 1 attached to this Amendment.
(h) The Agreement is hereby amended by adding to the end thereof Exhibit F , Exhibit G and Exhibit H attached hereto.
SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the Amendment Effective Date only upon the satisfaction or waiver of all of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Executed Agreement . The Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each Bank.
(b) Related Agreements . The Agent shall have received true and correct copies, certified as to authenticity by the Borrower, all agreements pertaining to the creation or perfection of any lien on any asset of the Borrower (including any control agreements between the Borrower and any broker), the most recent annual and semi-annual financial reports for the Borrower and such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, including, without limitation, a copy of any debt instrument, security agreement or other material contract to which the Borrower may be a party. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document.
(c) Proceedings of the Borrower . The Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower as of the Amendment Effective Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect.
(d) Incumbency Certificate . The Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower, dated the Amendment Effective Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of the Borrower executing this Amendment or any other document delivered in connection herewith, executed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.
(e) Organizational Documents . The Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the charter or certificate, as the case may be, and by-laws of the Borrower, certified as of the Amendment Effective Date as complete and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an
5
Assistant Secretary of the Borrower. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document (such certificate shall state when such document was previously delivered).
(f) Legal Opinion . The Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of special counsel (with customary assumptions and exceptions) to the Borrower (which shall not be an Accord opinion). Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably require.
(g) Financial Information . The Agent shall have received the most recent publicly available financial information (which includes a list of portfolio securities) for the Borrower, unless such financial information shall have been previously delivered in connection with Section 5.01 of the Agreement.
(h) Additional Matters . All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, and the Agent shall have received such other documents and legal opinions (with customary assumptions and exceptions) in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request.
SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Amendment and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:
(a) This Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action by the Borrower, and this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof with the same effect as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date or period.
(c) Before and after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default has occurred and is continuing.
SECTION 5. Reference to and Effect on the Documents . Each reference in the Agreement to this Agreement, hereunder, hereof, herein or words of like import, and each reference to the Agreement in documents related to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby. Except as specifically amended hereby, the
6
Agreement and all such related documents, and all other documents, agreements, instruments or writings entered into in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified, confirmed and acknowledged by each party.
SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as the delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature appears on next page.]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, As Agent and as a Bank |
||
By: |
|
|
Name: James H. Reichert Title: Vice President |
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
8
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, As Agent and as a Bank |
||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: R. Jay Gerken Title: President and CEO |
9
SCHEDULE 1
BORROWER:
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH
INCOME FUND INC.
c/o Legg Mason
620 8th Avenue, 49th Floor
New York, NY 10018
Attn: Mr. William Renahan
Email: WRenahan@leggmason.com
BANKS: |
COMMITMENT
AMOUNT |
COMMITMENT
PERCENTAGE |
||||||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY |
$ | 100,000,00 | 100 | % |
For funding or payment notices:
Domestic Lending Office:
Mutual Fund Lending Department
Copley Place, Tower 1
Boston, MA 02116
Attn. Robyn A. Shepard,
Assistant Vice President CSU
Manager Tel: (617) 662-8575
Fax: (617) 988-6677
Email: rashepard@statestreet.com
LIBOR Lending Office:
Mutual Fund Lending Department
Copley Place, Tower 1
Boston, MA 02116
Attn: Robyn A. Shepard,
Assistant Vice President CSU
Manager Tel: (617) 662-8575
Fax: (617) 988-6677
Email: rashepard@statestreet.com
For all other notices:
Mutual Fund Lending Department
Copley Place Tower 1
Boston, MA 02116
Attn: James Reichert
Tel: (617) 662-8620
Fax: (617) 662-8664
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF
TERMINATION NOTICE
DATE:
TO: WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., as Borrower
ATTN:
Ph:
Fax:
Email:
FROM: STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST, as Agent
Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (such agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC . , a Maryland corporation, the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Agent.
This is a Termination Notice under, as defined in, and with the effect set forth in, the Credit Agreement.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
EXHIBIT G
FORM OF
APPLICABLE MARGIN CHANGE NOTICE
DATE:
TO: WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., as Borrower
ATTN:
Ph:
Fax:
Email:
FROM: STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST, as Agent
Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (such agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation, the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Agent.
This is an Applicable Margin Change Notice under, as defined in, and with the effect set forth in, the Credit Agreement.
The new Applicable Margin (the New Applicable Margin ) is . The Applicable Margin Change Effective Date in respect of the New Applicable Margin is .
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
EXHIBIT H
FORM OF
COMMITMENT FEE CHANGE NOTICE
DATE:
TO: WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., as Borrower
ATTN:
Ph:
Fax:
Email:
FROM: STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST, as Agent
Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009 (such agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time, the Credit Agreement ), among WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. , a Maryland corporation, the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Agent.
This is a Commitment Fee Change Notice under, as defined in, and with the effect set forth in, the Credit Agreement.
The new Commitment Fee Rate (the New Commitment Fee Rate ) is . The Commitment Fee Change Effective Date in respect of the New Commitment Fee Rate is .
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
EXECUTION VERSION
FOURTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT AND WAIVER
dated as of May 28, 2013
among
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.,
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
and the other lending institutions party hereto,
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
in its capacity as Agent
To the Credit Agreement dated as of May 21, 2009
THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of May 28, 2013 (this Amendment ), is entered into among (i) WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a closed-end management investment company (the Borrower ); (ii) the banks and other financial institutions parties to this Amendment (the Banks ); and (iii) STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, as agent (the Agent ) for the Banks from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009, among all of such parties (as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Agreement ).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Borrower has entered into a new Custodian Services Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2012, by and among each Fund (as defined therein, and including, without limitation, the Borrower) on behalf of each of its Portfolios (as defined therein) and State Street (the New Custody Agreement ). The Borrower has notified the Agent that the New Custody Agreement has replaced the Custodian Services Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007 and as amended from time to time, among the Borrower, the Custodian and the other parties thereto (the Existing Custody Agreement ).
WHEREAS, the Borrower desires a waiver of the Specified Defaults (as defined below) and an amendment to the Agreement as of the date hereof (the Amendment Effective Date ) and upon the terms and conditions herein contained, and the Banks have agreed thereto upon the terms and conditions herein contained.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendment to the Agreement. Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 below, the Agreement is hereby amended by amending the following definition in its entirety as follows:
Custody Agreement means (a) prior to October 5, 2012, that certain Custodian Services Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2007, among the Borrower, the Custodian and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended and in effect from time to time, and (b) at all other times, that certain Custodian Services Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2012, among the Borrower, the Custodian and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or in effect from time to time.
SECTION 3. Waiver. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that during the period (the Default Period ) from and including October 5, 2012 to the Amendment Effective Date, solely as a result of the replacement of the Existing Custody Agreement, one or more Events of Default have occurred and are continuing under Sections 6.01(b) , (c) , (d) and (m) , respectively, of the Agreement (the Specified Defaults ). The Banks hereby waive the Specified Defaults during the Default Period.
SECTION 4. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the Amendment Effective Date only upon the satisfaction or waiver of all of the following conditions precedent:
(a) Executed Agreement . The Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each Bank.
(b) Related Agreement . The Agent shall have received from the Borrower a true, correct and complete copy of the New Custody Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through the Amendment Effective Date.
SECTION 5. Reaffirmation; Representations and Warranties . To induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Amendment and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby (a) reaffirms and admits the validity and enforceability of each Loan Document and all of its obligations thereunder in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, (b) agrees and admits that, to its knowledge, as of the date hereof, it has no defense to or offset against any such obligation, and (c) represents and warrants that, as of the date of execution and delivery hereof by the Borrower, after giving effect to the waiver and amendments provided in Sections 2 and 3 of this Amendment, (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).
SECTION 6. Reference to and Effect on the Documents . Each reference in the Agreement to this Agreement, hereunder, hereof, herein or words of like import, and each reference to the Agreement in documents related to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Agreement and all such related documents, and all other documents, agreements, instruments or writings entered into in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified, confirmed and acknowledged by each party.
SECTION 7. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
SECTION 8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as the delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature appears on next page.]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, As Agent and as a Bank |
||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | James H. Reichert | |||
Title: | Vice President | |||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, | ||
As Agent and as a Bank | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: R. Jay Gerken | ||
Title: President and CEO |
5
EXECUTION VERSION
FIFTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
dated as of December 11, 2013
among
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.,
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
and the other lending institutions party hereto,
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
in its capacity as Agent
To the Credit Agreement dated as of May 21, 2009
THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT , dated as of December 11, 2013 (this Amendment ), is entered into among (i) WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a closed-end management investment company (the Borrower ); (ii) the banks and other financial institutions parties to this Amendment (the Banks ); and (iii) STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, as agent (the Agent ) for the Banks from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009, among all of such parties (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Agreement ).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS , the parties to the Agreement desire to amend the Agreement as of the date hereof (the Amendment Effective Date ) in order to adjust the delivery dates in respect of certain financial reporting;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendment to the Agreement . Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, Section 5.01(c) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
(c) as soon as available and in any event not later than the fifteenth Domestic Business Day after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a Borrowing Base Report as at the end of such fiscal quarter;
SECTION 3. Condition to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the Amendment Effective Date only upon the satisfaction or waiver of the following condition precedent:
(a) Executed Agreement . The Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each Bank.
SECTION 4. Reaffirmation; Representations and Warranties . To induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Amendment and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby (a) reaffirms and admits the validity and enforceability of each Loan Document and all of its obligations thereunder in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, (b) agrees and admits that, to its knowledge, as of the date hereof, it has no defense to or offset against any such obligation, and (c) represents and warrants that, as of the date of execution and delivery hereof by the Borrower, after giving effect to the amendment provided in Section 2 of this Amendment, (i) no Default has
occurred and is continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).
SECTION 5. Reference to and Effect on the Documents . Each reference in the Agreement to this Agreement, hereunder, hereof, herein or words of like import, and each reference to the Agreement in documents related to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Agreement and all such related documents, and all other documents, agreements, instruments or writings entered into in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified, confirmed and acknowledged by each party.
SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
SECTION 7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as the delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature appears on next page.]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, | ||
As Agent and as a Bank | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: James H. Reichert | ||
Title: Vice President | ||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, | ||
as Agent and as a Bank | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: Kenneth D. Fuller | ||
Title: President and CEO |
5
EXECUTION VERSION
SIXTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
dated as of March 2, 2015
among
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.,
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
and the other lending institutions party hereto,
and
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
in its capacity as Agent
To the Credit Agreement dated as of May 21, 2009
THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 2, 2015 (this Amendment ), is entered into among (i) WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC., a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as a closed-end management investment company (the Borrower ); (ii) the banks and other financial institutions parties to this Amendment (the Banks ); and (iii) STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, as agent (the Agent ) for the Banks from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2009, among all of such parties (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Agreement ).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the parties to the Agreement desire to amend the Agreement as of the date hereof (the Amendment Effective Date ) in order, among other things, to increase the Aggregate Commitment Amount;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Agreement.
SECTION 2. Amendments to the Agreement . Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a) Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by amending or adding anew, as applicable, each of the following definitions, each to read in its entirety as follows:
Aggregate Commitment Amount means, as of any date, the aggregate of all Commitment Amounts as of such date. As of the Amendment Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitment Amount is $125,000,000.
Amendment Effective Date means March 2, 2015.
Anti-Corruption Laws means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
Applicable Margin means (a) during the Initial Margin Period, a rate per annum equal to 0.75% per annum, and (b) during each Subsequent Margin Period, if any, a rate per annum equal to the New Applicable Margin (as defined in the Applicable Margin Change Notice in respect of the Applicable Margin Change Effective Date which is the first day of such Subsequent Margin Period).
Base LIBOR Rate means, as of any day, the rate appearing on the Reuters LIBOR01 screen displaying interest rates for Dollar deposits in the London interbank market (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, as the rate for Dollar deposits in the London interbank market with a maturity of one month, provided that in the event such rate does not appear on such screen (or on any successor or substitute page on such screen or otherwise on such screen), the Base LIBOR Rate shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market as may be reasonably selected by the Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which Dollar deposits of $1,000,000 in immediately available funds for a one-month term are offered by the principal office of the Agent to leading banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, provided further that in the event such day is not a LIBOR Business Day, then Base LIBOR Rate shall be such rate as in effect on the immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day.
Base Rate means, on the date of determination therefor, the higher of: (a) 1.05% above the Federal Funds Rate as in effect on such date; and (b) 1.05% above the Base LIBOR Rate as in effect on such date.
Basel III means, collectively, those certain agreements on capital and liquidity standards contained in Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems, Basel III: International Framework for Liquidity Risk Measurement, Standards and Monitoring, and Guidance for National Authorities Operating the Countercyclical Capital Buffer, each as published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010 (as revised from time to time), and Basel III: The Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Liquidity Risk Monitoring Tools, as published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in January 2013 (as revised from time to time), and, in each case, as implemented by a Banks primary U.S. bank regulatory authority.
Borrowing Base means, at the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) 33 1/3% of the Adjusted Net Assets of the Borrower and (b) the sum of the following items to the extent that they are classified as assets on the balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles:
(i) 90% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Government Securities;
(ii) 90% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Commercial Paper rated A1 or better by S&P or PI or better by Moodys;
(iii) 80% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Domestic Debt Securities, Eligible OECD Sovereign Debt Securities and Eligible Guaranteed Debt Securities, in each case rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
3
(iv) 70% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Domestic Debt Securities rated BB- or better (but lower than BBB-) by S&P or Ba3 or better (but lower than Baa3) by Moodys;
(v) 60% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Domestic Debt Securities rated B- or better (but lower than BB-) by S&P or B3 or better (but lower than Ba3) by Moodys;
(vi) 60% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Sovereign Debt Securities rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
(vii) [reserved];
(viii) 50% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
(ix) 50% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Equity Securities;
(x) [reserved];
(xi) 40% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BB- or better (but lower than BBB-) by S&P or Ba3 or better (but lower than Baa3) by Moodys;
(xii) 30% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated B- or better (but lower than BB-) by S&P or B3 or better (but lower than Ba3) by Moodys;
(xiii) 30% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BBB- or better by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moodys;
(xiv) 20% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated BB- or better (but lower than BBB-) by S&P or Ba3 or better (but lower than Baa3) by Moodys;
(xv) 10% of the aggregate Asset Value of all Eligible Non-OECD Foreign Debt Securities rated B- or better (but lower than BB-) by S&P or B3 or better (but lower than Ba3) by Moodys;
(xvi) 0% of the aggregate Asset Value of all other assets of the Borrower;
4
provided, that:
(1) if any security has a lower rating from one agency than from another, the higher rating shall be disregarded for purposes of the foregoing or, if unrated, such security shall, in the reasonable judgment of the Investment Adviser, be of equal credit quality as a rated security which is valued similarly as such unrated security;
(2) if aggregate investments in securities not denominated in Dollars constitute more than 25% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;
(3) if aggregate investments in issuers which (i) are domiciled (or whose principal place of business is located) outside the United States, and (ii) are not members of the OECD constitute more than 25% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;
(4) if aggregate investments in any one country (other than the United States) constitute more than 5% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base;
(5) if the securities of any one issuer (other than the Government of the United States) constitute more than 5% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base; and
(6) no asset shall be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base if it constitutes an Illiquid Asset or an asset which is the subject of a reverse repurchase agreement, dollar roll or securities lending transaction.
Commitment Fee Rate means (a) during the Initial Fee Period, a rate per annum equal to (x) for each day during which the aggregate Loans outstanding totals less than 75% of the Aggregate Commitment Amount, 0.25% per annum, or (y) for each day during which the aggregate Loans outstanding totals at least 75% of the Aggregate Commitment Amount, 0.15% per annum, and (b) during each Subsequent Fee Period, if any, a rate per annum equal to the New Commitment Fee Rate (as defined in the Commitment Fee Change Notice in respect of the Commitment Fee Change Effective Date which is the first day of such Subsequent Fee Period). For the avoidance of doubt, this definition does not take effect until March 2, 2015; with respect to the period occurring prior to such date, the Commitment Fee Rate shall be calculated in accordance with the definition of Commitment Fee Rate that was in effect during such period.
5
Interest Period means, with respect to each LIBOR borrowing, initially the period commencing on the date of such borrowing and ending one, two or three months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing, and thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such borrowing and ending on the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as the Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Conversion, provided that :
(a) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a LIBOR Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day unless such LIBOR Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding LIBOR Business Day;
(b) any Interest Period which begins on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month;
(c) any Interest Period which would otherwise end after the Termination Date shall end on the Termination Date; and
(d) all LIBOR Loans outstanding at any time shall end on no more than five different dates.
Sanctions has the meaning set forth in Section 4.19 .
(b) Section 2.06(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
(b) Subject to Section 2.06(c) and Section 8.06 . each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for the period commencing with the date such LIBOR Loan is made or continued through and including the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the LIBOR Margin plus the applicable Adjusted LIBOR Offered Rate. Interest on each LIBOR Loan shall be payable in arrears on the last day of the Interest Period in effect with respect thereto and on the Termination Date.
(c) Section 2.09 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
SECTION 2.09. Pricing Changes. (a) At any time and from time to time the Agent shall, at the request of Applicable Banks, send to the Borrower an Applicable Margin Change Notice, and such Applicable Margin Change Notice shall become effective on the date (such date with respect to such Applicable Margin Change Notice, the Applicable Margin Change Effective Date ) that is the 270th day after the delivery of such notice.
6
(b) At any time and from time to time the Agent shall, at the request of Applicable Banks, send to the Borrower a Commitment Fee Change Notice, and such Commitment Fee Change Notice shall become effective on the date (such date with respect to such Commitment Fee Change Notice, the Commitment Fee Change Effective Date ) that is the 270th day after the delivery of such notice.
(d) Article IV of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding at the end thereof a new Section 4.19 as follows:
SECTION 4.19. Sanctions. (i) None of the Borrower, or any of the Borrowers subsidiaries or any director or officer of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is a Person that is, or is 50% or more owned by Persons that are (x) the subject or target of any economic sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets Control ( OFAC ), the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majestys Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, Sanctions ) or (y) located, organized or resident of a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions (currently Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria); (ii) the Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower and its directors and officers with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and (iii) the Borrower and its officers and to the knowledge of the Borrower, its directors, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects.
(e) Article V of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding at the end thereof a new Section 5.23 as follows:
SECTION 5.23. Compliance with Sanctions and Anti-Corruption Laws. (a) The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of (i) offering, paying, promising to pay, or authorizing the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) funding any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (iii) causing any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) to be in violation of Sanctions.
(b) The Borrower shall maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower and its directors and officers with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
7
(f) Section 6.01(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
(b) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant contained in Section 5.04(b) , 5.07 , 5.08 , 5.09 , 5.10 , 5.12 , 5.14 , 5.15 , 5.16 , 5.17 , 5.18 , 5.19 , 5.20 , 5.21 or 5.23 hereof; or
(g) Section 8.01(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
(b) If any Bank shall determine that any change after the date hereof in any existing applicable law, rule or regulation or any new law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy or liquidity, or any change therein, or any change after the date hereof in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any new request or directive of general applicability regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency issued, promulgated or enacted after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such Bank (or its parent corporation) as a consequence of such Banks obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Bank (or its parent corporation) could have achieved but for such law, change, request or directive (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity as applicable) by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then from time to time, promptly upon demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Agent) (and in any event within thirty (30) days after demand by such Bank) the Borrower shall pay to such Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank (or its parent corporation) for such reduction; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and all regulations, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith relating to capital adequacy or liquidity, and (ii) all regulations, rules, guidelines or directives applicable to such Bank as promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States bank regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall be deemed to be a change in law giving rise to a payment or indemnity obligation by the Borrowers under this Section 8.01 , regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.
(h) Schedule 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the Schedule 1 attached to this Amendment.
SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the Amendment Effective Date only upon the satisfaction or waiver of all of the following conditions precedent:
8
(a) Executed Agreement . The Agent shall have received this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower and each Bank.
(b) Related Agreements . The Agent shall have received true and correct copies, certified as to authenticity by the Borrower, all agreements pertaining to the creation or perfection of any lien on any asset of the Borrower (including any control agreements between the Borrower and any broker), the most recent annual and semi-annual financial reports for the Borrower and such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably requested by the Agent, including, without limitation, a copy of any debt instrument, security agreement or other material contract to which the Borrower may be a party. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document.
(c) Proceedings of the Borrower . The Agent shall have received a copy of the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the board of directors of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower as of the Amendment Effective Date, which certificate shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall state that the resolutions thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect.
(d) Incumbency Certificate . The Agent shall have received a certificate of the Borrower, dated the Amendment Effective Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of the Borrower executing this Amendment or any other document delivered in connection herewith, executed by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.
(e) Organizational Documents . The Agent shall have received true and complete copies of the charter or certificate, as the case may be, and by-laws of the Borrower, certified as of the Amendment Effective Date as complete and correct copies thereof by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower. To the extent that any of the foregoing documents (i) has been previously delivered in connection with the Agreement or a previous amendment to the Agreement and (ii) has not been amended since the date of such delivery and continues to be in full force and effect, the Borrower may deliver to the Agent an officers certificate to such effect in lieu of such document (such certificate shall state when such document was previously delivered).
(f) Legal Opinion . The Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of special counsel (with customary assumptions and exceptions) to the Borrower (which shall not be an Accord opinion). Such legal opinion shall cover such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably require.
9
(g) Financial Information . The Agent shall have received the most recent publicly available financial information (which includes a list of portfolio securities) for the Borrower, unless such financial information shall have been previously delivered in connection with Section 5.01 of the Agreement.
(h) Additional Matters . All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, and the Agent shall have received such other documents and legal opinions (with customary assumptions and exceptions) in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request.
SECTION 4. Reaffirmation; Representations and Warranties . To induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Amendment and to make the Loans, the Borrower hereby (a) reaffirms and admits the validity and enforceability of each Loan Document and all of its obligations thereunder in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and (b) agrees and admits that, to its knowledge, as of the date hereof, it has no defense to or offset against any such obligation. In addition, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and each Bank that:
(a) This Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action by the Borrower, and this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Agreement (after giving effect to this Amendment) are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof with the same effect as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date or period.
(c) Before and after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default has occurred and is continuing.
SECTION 5. Reference to and Effect on the Documents . Each reference in the Agreement to this Agreement, hereunder, hereof, herein or words of like import, and each reference to the Agreement in documents related to the Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement as amended hereby. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Agreement and all such related documents, and all other
10
documents, agreements, instruments or writings entered into in connection therewith, shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified, confirmed and acknowledged by each party.
SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
SECTION 7. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by email or facsimile transmission shall be effective as the delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature appears on next page.]
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent and as a Bank |
||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | James H. Reichert | |||
Title: | Vice President | |||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||||
By | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Agent and as a Bank |
||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC. | ||||
By: |
|
|||
Name: | Kenneth D. Fuller | |||
Title: | Chairman, President and CEO |
13
SCHEDULE 1
BORROWER:
WESTERN ASSET GLOBAL HIGH INCOME FUND INC.
c/o Legg Mason
Mutual Funds Legal Department
100 First Stamford Place 6th Floor
Stamford, CT 06902-6732
Attn: Mr. George Hoyt
Email: GPHoyt@leggmason.com
BANKS: |
COMMITMENT
AMOUNT |
COMMITMENT
PERCENTAGE |
||||||
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY |
$ | 125,000,00 | 100 | % | ||||
For funding or payment notices: |
||||||||
Domestic Lending Office: Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place, Tower 2 Boston, MA 02116 Attn: Peter Connolly Tel: (617) 662-8588 Fax: (617) 988-6677 Email: ais-loanops-csu@statestreet.com |
||||||||
LIBOR Lending Office: Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place, Tower 2 Boston, MA 02116 Attn: Peter Connolly Tel: (617) 662-8588 Fax: (617) 988-6677 Email: ais-loanops-csu@statestreet.com |
||||||||
For all other notices: |
||||||||
Mutual Fund Lending Department Copley Place Tower 2 Boston, MA 02116 Attn: James Reichert Tel: (617) 662-8620 Fax: (617) 662-8665 |
14